WO2007133831A2 - High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays - Google Patents

High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007133831A2
WO2007133831A2 PCT/US2007/062825 US2007062825W WO2007133831A2 WO 2007133831 A2 WO2007133831 A2 WO 2007133831A2 US 2007062825 W US2007062825 W US 2007062825W WO 2007133831 A2 WO2007133831 A2 WO 2007133831A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
probes
adaptor
sequence
target
adaptors
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2007/062825
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2007133831A3 (en
Inventor
Radoje Drmanac
Matthew J. Callow
Snezana Drmanac
Original Assignee
Callida Genomics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Callida Genomics, Inc. filed Critical Callida Genomics, Inc.
Priority to JP2008556583A priority Critical patent/JP5180845B2/en
Priority to EP07757499A priority patent/EP1994180A4/en
Priority to AU2007249635A priority patent/AU2007249635B2/en
Priority to CA002643700A priority patent/CA2643700A1/en
Priority to CN2007800147466A priority patent/CN101432439B/en
Publication of WO2007133831A2 publication Critical patent/WO2007133831A2/en
Publication of WO2007133831A3 publication Critical patent/WO2007133831A3/en
Priority to IL193599A priority patent/IL193599A/en
Priority to IL238895A priority patent/IL238895B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6834Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase
    • C12Q1/6837Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase using probe arrays or probe chips
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869Methods for sequencing
    • C12Q1/6874Methods for sequencing involving nucleic acid arrays, e.g. sequencing by hybridisation

Definitions

  • the invention addresses the problems associated with short sequence read-lengths produced by many approaches to large-scale DNA sequencing, including the problem of obtaining limited sequence information per enzymatic cycle. Also provided are methods and compositions for preparing random arrays of engineered nucleic acid molecules able to support billions of molecules, including molecules at submicron sizes and distances. [0007] In one aspect, the invention provides a method of determining the identification of a first nucleotide at a detection position of a target sequence, wherein the target sequence comprises a plurality of detection positions. In a preferred aspect, the method includes Iwo steps: providing a plurality of concatemers and identifying the first nucleotide.
  • Each concatemer comprises a plurality of monomers, and each monomer comprises: (i) a first target domain of the target sequence comprising a first set of target detection positions; (ii) a first adaptor comprising a Type Hs endonuclease restriction site; (iii) a second target domain of the target sequence comprising a second set of target detection positions; and (iv) a second interspersed adaptor comprising a Type ILs endonuclease restriction site.
  • the target sequence concatemers are immobilized on a surface.
  • the surface is functionalized
  • the imention provides a method of determining the identification of a first nucleotide at a detection position of a target sequence in which the identifying step comprises contacting the concatemers with a set of sequencing probes,
  • the sequencing probes each comprise a first domain complementary to one of the adaptors, a unique nucleotide at a first interrogation position, a label.
  • the contact between the concatemers and the sequencing probes is accomplished under conditions such that if the unique nucleotide is complementary to the first nucleotide, a sequencing probe hybridizes to the co ⁇ catemer, thereby identifying the first nucleotide.
  • each adaptor comprises an anchor probe, a hybridization site and an identifying step.
  • the identifying step in an exemplary embodiment comprises: hybridizing anchor probes to anchor probe hybridization sites, hybridizing sequencing probes to target detection positions adjacent to the adaptors, ligating adjacent hybridized sequencing and anchor probes to form ligated probes, and detecting the ligated probes to identify the first nucleotide.
  • each adaptor comprises an anchor probe hybridization site
  • the identifying step comprises hybridizing anchor probes to the anchor probe hybridization sites and adding a polymerase and at least one dNTP comprising a label.
  • the polymerase and the at least on dNTP are added under conditions whereby if the dNTP is perfectly complementary to a detection position, the dNTP is added to the anchor probe to form an extended probe, thereby creating an interrogation position of the extended probe.
  • the first nucleotide is identified by determining the nucleotide at the interrogation position of the extended probe.
  • a nucleotide at a second detection position is identified.
  • nucleotides at a third detection position, at a fourth detection position, at a fifth detection position, and/or at a sixth detection position is identified.
  • the invention provides a method of determining the identification of a first nucleotide at a detection position of a target sequence, wherein the target sequence the target sequence concatemers are immobilized on a surface, and that surface comprises functional moieties including but not limited to amines, silanes, and hjdroxyis.
  • the surface comprises a plurality of spatially distinct regions comprising said immobilized concatemers.
  • the concatemers are immobilized on the surface using capture probes.
  • the im ention provides a substrate comprising a plurality of immobilized concatemers, each monomer of said eoncatemer comprising: a first target sequence- a first adaptor comprising a Type Hs endonuclease restriction site, a second target sequence, and a second interspersed adaptor comprising a Type ⁇ ls endonuclease restriction site.
  • the Type Hs endonuciease restriction site of the first adaptor may or not be the same as the f >pe Hs endonuclease restriction site of the second adaptor.
  • each monomer further comprises a third target sequence and a third interspersed adaptor comprising a Type Os endonuclease restriction site, and in a stil! further embodiment, each monomer further comprises a fourth target sequence and a fourth interspersed adaptor comprising a Type Os endonuclease restriction site.
  • the invention provides methods for inserting multiple adaptors in a target sequence.
  • the method includes the steps of: (i) ligating a first adaptor to one terminus of said target sequence, wherein the adaptor comprises a binding site for a restriction enzyme; circularizing the product from step (i) to create a first circular polynucleotide; cleaving the circular polynucleotide with a restriction enzyme, wherein the
  • steps (in) through ( ⁇ ) are repeated to insert a desired number of adaptors in the target sequence.
  • the circularization is able to bind to the binding site within the first adaptor; ligating a second adaptor, wherein said second adaptor comprises a binding site for a restriction enzyme; and circularizing the product from step (iv) to create a second circular polynucleotide,
  • steps (in) through ( ⁇ ) are repeated to insert a desired number of adaptors in the target sequence.
  • the circularization is able to bind to the binding site within the first adaptor; ligating a second adaptor, wherein said second adaptor comprises a binding site for a restriction enzyme; and circularizing the product from step (iv) to create a second circular polynucleotide.
  • step comprises adding a CircLigaseTM enzyme.
  • the circularization step comprises adding a circulari/ation sequence to a second terminus of the target sequence, hybridizing a bridge template to at least a portion of the adaptor and a portion of the circularization sequence, and ligating the first and second termini together to circularize the target sequence.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence. In this method, a plurality of interspersed adaptors is provided within the target sequence, and each interspersed adaptors has at least one boundary with the target sequence. At least one nucleotide adjacent to at least one boundary of at least two interspersed adaptors is identified, thereby identifying the nucleotide 20 sequence of the target sequence.
  • the invention provides a library of polynucleotides.
  • the library comprises more than one nucleic acid fragment, and each fragment comprises a plurality of interspersed adaptors in a predetermined order.
  • Each interspersed adaptor has at least one end that comprises a sequence which is not able to 25 cross-h ⁇ bridize other sequences of other interspersed adaptors of the plurality.
  • the predetermined order of interspersed adaptors is identical for every nucleic acid fragment.
  • the im ention pirn ides a method for identify ing a nucleotide sequence of a target polynucleotide which comprises the steps of generating an amplicon 130 from each of a plurality of fragments of the target polynucleotide and forming a random array of the ampiicons, hybridizing one or more sequencing probes to the random array, determining the identity of at least one nucleotide adjacent to at least one interspersed adaptor by extending the one or more sequencing probes in a sequence specific reaction, and repeating the hybridization and identifying steps until a nucleotide sequence of the target 135 polynucleotide is identified.
  • the sequencing probes are hybridized to the random array under conditions that permit the formation of perfectly matched duplexes between the one or more probes and complementary sequences on interspersed adaptors.
  • each fragment contains a plurality of interspersed adaptors at predetermined sites.
  • each amplicon comprises multiple copies of a 140 fragment in numbers such that the fragments substantially cover the target polynucleotide.
  • the ampiicons of the random array arc fixed to a surface at a density- such that at least a majority of the ampiicons is optically resolvable.
  • the invention provides a method of identify ing a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence which comprises the steps of providing a random array of 145 concatemers. hybridizing one or more probes from a first set of probes to the random array, hybridizing one or more probes from a second set of probes to the random array, ligating probes form the first and second sets which are hybridized to a target concatemer at contiguous sites, identifying the sequences of the ligated first and second probes, and repeating the hybridizing, ligating and identifying steps until the sequence of the target 150 sequence is identified.
  • the random array of concatemers comprises concatemers fixed to a planar surface having an array of optically resolvable discrete spaced apart regions, and each concatemer comprises multiple copies of a fragment of the target polynucleotide, such that the number of different concatemers is such that their respective fragments substantially cover the target sequence.
  • each discrete spaced 155 apart region has an area of less than 1 ⁇ m". such that substantially ail the discrete spaced apart regions have at most one concatemer attached.
  • the invention provides a method of identifying a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence which comprises generating a plurality of concatemers comprising multiple copies of a fragment of the target sequence, forming a random array of 160 the concatemers fixed to a surface at a density such that at least a majority of the concatemers are optically resolvable, and identify ing a sequence of at least a portion of each fragment adjacent to at least one interspersed adaptor in at least one concatemer, thcreb) identifying the nucleotide sequence of the target sequence.
  • Figs. 1 ⁇ -l G illustrate the invention and applications thereof.
  • Figs. 2A-2G illustrate various methods of inserting adaptors in a nucleic acid fragment to produce a target polynucleotide containing interspersed adaptors.
  • FIG. 3A-3E illustrate a method of high-throughput sequencing that can be implemented on target polynucleotides containing interspersed adaptors. 170
  • FIG. 4 provides a comparison of structured and standard random DNA arrays made by attaching RCR products.
  • Fig. 5 illustrates reference patterns on an ordered array.
  • Fig. 6 shows random arrays imaged on a rSBFI instrument.
  • Fig. 7 shows three array images overlaid with slight shifts for easier viewing. 175 (0028] Fig. 8 shows five array images overlaid with slight shifts.
  • Fig, 10 shows an image of an array in which lines of capture probe across the surface of the coverslip were used to specifically bind to DNBs.
  • the practice of the present invention may employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques and descriptions of organic chemistry, polymer technology, molecular biology (including recombinant techniques), cell biology, biochemistry, and immunology, which are within the skill of the art.
  • conventional techniques include polymer array synthesis, hybridization, ligation, and detection of hybridization using a label.
  • the present invention is directed to methods and compositions for acquiring nucleotide sequence information of target sequences (also referred to herein as "target polynucleotides " ) using adaptors interspersed in target polynucleotides.
  • target sequences also referred to herein as "target polynucleotides "
  • adaptors interspersed in target polynucleotides.
  • the 200 information can be new. e.g. sequencing unknown nucleic acids, resequencing, or genotyping.
  • the invention preferably includes methods for inserting a plurality of adaptors at spaced locations within a target polynucleotide or a fragment of a polynucleotide.
  • Such adaptors are referred to herein as “interspersed adaptors " , and may serve as platforms for interrogating adjacent sequences using various sequencing chemistries, such as those that
  • nucleotides 205 identify nucleotides by primer extension, probe ligation, and the like. That is, one unique component of some embodiments of the invention is the insertion of known adaptor sequences into target sequences, such that there is an interruption of contiguous target sequence with the adaptors. By sequencing both "upstream” and “downstream” of the adaptor, sequence information of entire target sequences may be accomplished.
  • Genomic DNA is used as an example herein, but is not meant to be limiting.
  • Genomic DNA from any organism is isolated and fragmented into target sequences using standard techniques.
  • a first adaptor is ligated to one terminus of the target sequence.
  • the adaptor preferably comprises a Type Os restriction endonuclease site, which
  • the overhang portion can either be filled in or removed.
  • an enzyme is used to ligate the two ends of the linear strand comprising the adaptor and the target sequence to form a circularized nucleic acid. This may be done using a single step. Alternatively, a second adaptor can be added to the other
  • a bridging sequence can be hybridized to the two adaptors, followed by ligation.
  • a circular sequence is formed.
  • the circulari/.ed sequences are then amplified using a rolling circle replication (RCR) reaction, to form concatemers of the original target sequence (e.g. multimers of monomers). These ⁇ ong concatemers form ""DXA nanobalis' " ("DNBs " ) can then optional!) be immobilized on a surface in a ⁇ arietv of v ⁇ a ⁇ s, as outlined below 230 [0037]
  • sequencing of the intervening target sequences is done.
  • there are a number of techniques that can be used to detect or determine the identity of a base at a particular location in a target nucleic acid including, but not limited to. the use of temperature. competithe hybridization of perfect and imperfect probes to the target sequence, sequencing
  • RNA 235 by synthesis, for example using single base extension techniques (sometimes referred to as “minisequencing " ), the oligonucleotide ligase amplification (OLA) reaction, rolling circle replication (RCR), allelic PCR. competiti ⁇ e hybridization and Invader' M technologies.
  • Preferred embodiments include sequencing by hybridization with ligation, and sequencing by hybridization.
  • sequence information can then be used to reconstruct sequences of larger target sequences, such as sequencing of the entire genomic DNA,
  • the present invention provides a multiplicity of adjacent sequence reads.
  • these adjacent reads are contiguous, thereby effectively amplifying the expected read lengths of a large class of sequencing chemistries.
  • the present invention thus allows the determination of a longer contiguous or
  • compositions/structures of target polynucleotides are Compositions/structures of target polynucleotides
  • the present invention provides compositions and methods utilizing target sequences from samples.
  • the sample solution may comprise any number of things, including, but not limited to, bodily fluids 260 (including, but not limited to, blood, urine, serum, lymph. anal and vaginal secretions, perspiration and semen) and cells of virtually any organism, with mammalian samples being preferred and human samples being particular! ⁇ preferred, em sronme ⁇ tal sample ⁇ (including, but not limited to. air. agricultural, water and sou samples); biological warfare agent samples; research samples (i.e.
  • the sample may be the 265 products of an amplification reaction, including both target and signal amplification, such as PCR amplification reactions; purified samples, such as purified genomic DNA, RNA preparations, raw samples (bacteria, virus, genomic DNA. etc.): as will be appreciated b ⁇ those in the art. ⁇ irtuaily any experimenta! manipulation may been done on the samples,
  • genomic DNA the amount of genomic DNA required for constructing arrays of the invention can ⁇ ary widely.
  • fragments are generated from at least about 10 genome-equivalents of DNA; and in another aspect, fragments are generated from at least about 30 genome-equivalents of DNA; and in
  • fragments are generated from at least about 60 genome-equivalents of DNA.
  • the target sequences or target polynucleotides are nucleic acids.
  • nucleic acid 11 or oligonucleotide or grammatical equivalents herein means at least two nucleotides covalently linked together.
  • a nucleic acid of the present invention will generally contain phosphodiester bonds, although in some cases, as outlined below (for example in the
  • nucleic acid analogs are included that may have alternate backbones, comprising, for example, phosphoramide (Beaucage et a!.. Tetrahedron 49(1G):1925 (1993) and references therein; Letsinger, J. Org. Chem. 35:3800 (1970); SRocl et a]., Eur. J. Biochem. 81 :579 (1977): Letsinger et aL Nucl. Acids Res. 14:3487 (1986); Sawai et al, Chem. Lett. 805 ( 1984), Letsinger et a!.. J. Am. Chem.
  • the nucleic acids may be single stranded or double stranded, as specified, or contain portions of both double stranded or single stranded sequence.
  • the nucleic acids may be DNA, both genomic and cDNA, RNA or a hybrid, where the nucleic acid contains an> combination of deoxyribo- and ribo-nucleotides, and any combination of bases, including
  • uracil uracil, adenine, thymine, cytosine, guanine, inosine, xathanine hypoxathanine, isocytosine, isoguanine, etc.
  • target sequence or "target nucleic acid” or grammatical equivalents herein means a nucleic acid sequence on a single strand of nucleic acid.
  • the target sequence may be a portion of a gene, a regulatory sequence, genomic DNA. cDNA. RNA including
  • the target sequence ma ⁇ be a target sequence from a sample, or a secondary target such as a product of an amplification reaction, etc. It may be any length.
  • probes are made to h ⁇ bridize to target sequences to determine the presence or absence of the target sequence in a sample. Generally speaking.
  • the target sequence may also be comprised of different target domains; for example, a first target domain of the sample target sequence ma> hybridize to a capture probe and a second target domain hybridize to a label probe, etc.
  • the target domains may be adjacent or separated as indicated. Unless specified, the terms “first” and “second” are not meant to confer an orientation of the sample target sequence.
  • genomic DNA particular human genomic DNA, is used. Genomic DNA is obtained using conventional techniques, for example, as disclosed in
  • the DNA is denatured after fragmentation to produce single stranded fragments.
  • Target polynucleotides may be generated from a source nucleic acid, such as genomic DNA, by fragmentation to produce fragments of a specific size; in one embodiment, the fragments are 50 to 600 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the fragments are 300 to 600 or 200 to 2000 nucleotides in length. In yet another embodiment, the fragments are 10-100, 50-100, 50-300. 100-200, 200-300, 50-400. 100-400. 200-400,
  • Interspersed adaptors are oligonucleotides that are inserted at spaced locations within the interior region of a target polynucleotide.
  • "interior" in reference to a target polynucleotide means a site internal to a target poh nucleotide prior to processing, such as circularization and cleavage, that may introduce sequence inversions, or like
  • interspersed adaptors are inserted at intervals within a contiguous region of a target polynucleotide. In some cases, such internals ha ⁇ ⁇ predetermined lengths, which may or may not be equal. In other cases, the spacing between interspersed adaptors may be known only to an accuracy of from one to a few
  • J 370 nucleotides e.g. from 1 to 15
  • one to a few tens of nucleotides e.g. from 10 to 40
  • one to a few hundreds of nucleotides e.g. from 100 to 200.
  • the ordering and number of interspersed adaptors within each target polynucleotide is known.
  • interspersed adaptors are used together with adaptors that are attached to the ends of target polynucleotides.
  • the invention provides target polynucleotides in the form of concatemers which contain multiple copies (e.g. "monomers'") of a target polynucleotide or a fragment of a target polynucleotide.
  • DNA concatemers under conventional conditions a conventional DNA buffer, e.g. TE, SSC, SSPE, or the like, at room temperature
  • a conventional DNA buffer e.g. TE, SSC, SSPE, or the like, at room temperature
  • One measure of the size of a random coil polymer, such as single stranded DNA, is a root mean square of the end-to-end distance, which is roughly a measure of the diameter of
  • a randomly coiled structure 385 the randomly coiled structure.
  • Such diameter referred to herein as a “random coil diameter, " ' can be measured by light scatter, using instruments, such as a Zetasizer Nano System (Malvem Instruments. UK), or like instrument.
  • Additional size measures of macromolecular structures of the invention include molecular weight, e.g. in Daltons. and total polymer length, which in the case of a branched polvmer is the sum of the lengths of all
  • oligonucleotides Upon attachment to a surface, depending on the attachment chemistry, density of linkages, the nature of the surface, and the Hke, single stranded poh nucleotides fill a flattened spheroidal volume that on a ⁇ erage is bounded by a region which is approximately equivalent to the diameter of a concatemer in random coil configuration. Preserving the 395 compact form of the macromolecular structure on the surface allows a more intense signal to be produced probes, e.g. fluorescent! labeled oligonucleotides, specifically directed to components of a concatemer.
  • classes of polynucleotides may be created by providing adaptors having different anchor probe binding sites, This type of "clustering" allows for 400 increased efficiency in obtaining sequence information of the polynucleotides.
  • Such procedures may also be applied to predicting protein alleles and to mapping short reads to the correct positions within a genome.
  • Another use for such methods is the correct assignment of a mutation in a gene family which occurs within ⁇ 100 bases of DNA sequence shared between multiple genes.
  • Fig. (IC-D) illustrates one aspect of the invention, in which source nucleic acid
  • Adaptor ( 1604) is usually an initial adaptor, which need not be
  • Source nucleic acid (1600) may be genomic DNA extracted from a sample using conventional techniques, or a cDNA or genomic library produced by conventional techniques, or synthetic DNA, or the like.
  • Treatment (1601) usually entails
  • fragments may be derived from either an entire genome or from a selected subset of a genome. Many techniques are available for
  • shear forces during lysis and extraction of genomic DN ⁇ generate fragments in a desired range. Also encompassed by the invention are methods of fragmentation utilizing restriction endonucieases,
  • the first stage of fragmentation may also be employed to select a predetermined subset of such fragments, e.g. fragments containing genes that encode proteins of a signal transduction pathway, and the like.
  • the sample genomic DKA is fragmented using techniques
  • genomic DNA is isolated as 30-300 kb sized fragments. Through proper dilution, a small subset of these fragments is. at random, placed in discreet wells of multi-well plates or similar accessories. For example a plate with 96, 384 or 1536 wells can be used for these fragment subsets. An optimal way to create these DNA aliquots is to isolate the DNA with a
  • overlapping fragments from the same region of a chromosome into the same plate well is minimized.
  • diploid genomes represented with 10x coverage there are 20 overlapping fragments on average to separate into distinct wells. If this sample is distributed over a 384 well plate, then each well contains, on average, L562 fragments. By forming 384 fractions in a standard 384-well plate, there is only about a 3/400 chance that two overlapping 460 fragments may end up in the same well. if some matching fragments are placed in the same well, the other overlapping fragments from each chromosomal region pro ⁇ id ⁇ the unique mapping information. [0062] In one embodiment, the prepared groups of long fragments are further cut to the final fragment size of about 300 to 600 bases. To obtain sufficient (e.g.. 1 Ox) coverage of
  • each fragment in a group the DNA in each well may be amplified before final cutting using well-developed whole genome amplification methods.
  • All short fragments from one well may then be arrayed and sequenced on one separate unit array or in one section of a larger continuous matrix.
  • a composite array of 384 unit arra ⁇ s is ideal for parallel analysis of these groups of fragments. In the assembly of long
  • the algorithm may use the critical information that short fragments detected in one unit array belong to a limited number of longer continuous segments each representing a discreet portion of one chromosome. In almost all cases the homologous chromosomal segments may be analyzed on different unit arrays. Long (-100 Kb) continuous initial segments form a tailing pattern and provide
  • amplification of the single targets obtained in the chromosomal separation procedure is accomplished using methods known in the art for whole genome amplification. In a preferred embodiment, methods that produce 10-100 fold amplification are used. In one embodiment, these procedures do not discriminate in terms of the 490 sequences that are to be amplified but instead amplify all sequences within a sample. Such a procedure does not require intact amplification of entire 100 kb fragments, and shorter fragments, such as fragments from 1-10 kb, can be used.
  • composition/structure of interspersed adaptors Composition/structure of interspersed adaptors
  • interspersed adaptors are inserted at intervals within a contiguous 495 region of a target polynucleotide, interspersed adaptors may vary widely in length, which depends in pan on the number and t>pe of functional elements desired.
  • functional elements include, but are not limited to, anchor sequences, sequences complementary to capture probe sequences (e.g. for attachment to surfaces), tagging sequences, secondare structure sequences, sequences for attachment/In bridi/ation of label probes,
  • nucleases such as nicking enzvmes. restriction endonucleases, and the like.
  • the adaptors comprise a restriction endonuclease recognition site as known in the art.
  • recognition sites can be for nicking enzymes.
  • the restriction endonuclease site is a Type Os restriction endonuclease site.
  • Type-IIs endonucleases are g ⁇ neralh commerciail ⁇ available and are well known in the art. Like their Type-II counterparts.
  • Type-IJs endonucleases recognize specific sequences of nucleotide base pairs within a double stranded polynucleotide sequence. Upon recognizing that sequence, the endonuclease will cleave the polynucleotide
  • Type-IIs endonucleases aiso generally cleave outside of their recognition sites; the distance may be anywhere from 2 to 20 nucleotides away from the recognition site. Because the cleavage occurs within an ambiguous portion of the polynucleotide sequence, it permits the capturing of the ambiguous sequence up to the cleavage site, under the methods of the
  • type Hs restriction endonucleases are selected that have cleavage sites separated from their recognition sites by at least six nucleotides (i.e. the number of nucleotides between the end of the recognition site and the closest cleavage point).
  • Exemplary type Os restriction endonucleases include, but are not limited to, Eco57M ⁇ , Mme
  • each adaptor comprises the same Tv pe Hs restriction endonuclease site. In alternative embodiments, different adaptors comprise different sites. J0069] In one embodiment, one or more of the adaptors comprise anchor probe
  • anchor probes are used in sequencing reactions, and can take a variety of forms. In general, at least one end of the anchor probe hybridization site is at the junction between the target sequence and the adaptor; that is, sequencing reactions generally rely on hybridization of the anchor probe direct! adjacent to detection positions of the target sequence.
  • the anchor or primer may be selected or designed
  • the anchor probe hybridization site comprises the entire
  • each adaptor there may be two anchor probe hybridization sites within each adaptor: one adjacent or close to the 3 ' end of the target sequence and one adjacent or close to the 5 " end.
  • two anchor probe hybridization sites may be directly adjacent, or they may be separated by
  • the length of the anchor probe hybridization sequence will vary depending on the conditions of the assay.
  • one or more of the adaptors comprise a primer binding sequence.
  • polymerases generally require a single stranded template (the concatemers, for example) with a portion of double stranded nucleic acid. Essentially.
  • any sequence can ser ⁇ e as a primer binding sequence, to bind a primer, as any double stranded sequence will be recognized by the polymerase.
  • the primer binding sequence is from about 3 to about 30 nucleotides in length, with from about 15 to about 25 being preferred.
  • Primer oligonucleotides are usually 6 to 25 bases in length.
  • the primer binding sequence can be contained within any of
  • one or more of the adaptors comprise a capture probe recognition sequence.
  • one embodiment of the invention utilizes capture probes on the surface of a substrate to immobilize the DNBs.
  • the adaptors comprise a domain sufficiently complementary to one or more
  • one or more of the adaptors comprise a secondary structure sequence.
  • palindromic sequences in a plurality of adaptors within the concatemer results in hybridization between adaptors (e.g. intramolecular interactions 560 between copies in the concatemer) thus "tightening" the three dimensional structure of the DNA nanoball ("DNBs").
  • These palindromic sequence units can be 5, 6. 7. 8, 9. 10 or more nucleotides in length and of various sequences, such as sequences chosen to provide a specific melting temperature.
  • a palindrome AAAAAAATTTTTTT will provide a 14 bases dsDNA hybrid between neighboring any two unit replicas in the form of:
  • the adaptors comprise label probe binding sequences.
  • label probes can be added to the concatemers to detect particular sequences.
  • probes will hybridize to the label probe binding sequence and comprise at least one detectable label as is outlined herein. For example, detection of the presence of infectious agents such as bacteria or viruses can be done in this manner.
  • the adaptors comprise tagging sequences.
  • tagging sequences ma> be used to memel out or purify circularized target sequences.
  • tagging sequences may include unique nucleic acid sequences that can be utilized to identify the origin of target sequences in mixtures of tagged samples, or can include components of ligand binding pairs, such as biotin ⁇ treptavidin, etc.
  • interspersed adaptors each have a length in the range of from 8 to 60 nucleotides: in another aspect, they have a length in the range of from 8 to 32 nucleotides: in
  • 580 another aspect, they have a length in a range selected from about 4 to about 400 nucleotides: from about 10 to about 100 nucleotides, from about 400 to about 4000 nucleotides, from about 10 to about 80 nucleotides, from about 20 to about 70 nucleotides, from about 30 to about 60 nucleotides, and from about 4 to about 10 nucleotides.
  • Embodiments utilizing adaptors with a total length from about 20 to about 30 bases find particular use in several
  • the number of interspersed adaptors inserted into target polynucleotides may vary widely and depends on a number of factors, including the sequencing/genotyping chemistry being used (and its read-length capacity), the particular length of the cleavage site of a particular Type Os site, the number of nucleotides desired to be identified within each target
  • a plurality of interspersed adaptors are inserted at sites in a contiguous segment of a target poly nucleotide; this may include two, three, four or more interspersed adaptors that are inserted at sites in a contiguous segment of a target polynucleotide. Alternath ely. the number of interspersed adaptors inserted into a target
  • interspersed adaptors may be inserted in one or both polynucleotide segments of a longer polynucleotide, e.g.. 0.4-4 Kb in length, that have been ligated together directly or indirectly in a circularization operation (referred to herein as a '"mate-pair *' ).
  • such polynucleotide segment? ma% be 4-400 ⁇ preferably 10- 100) bases long. 600 [0079]
  • the first adaptor attached to a target sequence is not "interspersed" or "inserted " . That is. the first adaptor is generally attached to one terminus of the fragmented target sequence, and the subsequent adaptors are interspersed within a contiguous target sequence
  • each member of a group of target pok nucleotides has an adaptor 605 with an identical anchor probe binding site and type Hs recognition site attached to a DNA fragment from source nucleic acid.
  • classes of polynucleotides ma ⁇ be created by providing adaptors having different anchor probe binding sites.
  • adaptors are inserted at inten als within a contiguous region of a target pol> nucleotide in which the intervals have pre-determined lengths. These pre- 610 determined lengths may or may not be equal. In some embodiments the length of the intervals are known to an accuracy of about 1 to 200 nucleotides, in other embodiments from about 1-15, 10-40 and 100-200 nucleotides.
  • Interspersed adaptors may in accordance with the invention be single or double stranded. 615 [0083] In one aspect, adaptors include palindromic sequences, which foster intramolecular interactions within the target polynucleotide, resulting in a "nano-ball".
  • One aspect of the invention provides a method for producing a target polynucleotide having interspersed adaptors, as illustrated diagrammatically in Figs, (IA-
  • target polynucleotide ( 1002) is combined with adaptor ( 1000), which may or may not be an interspersed adaptor, to form (1004) circle (1005). which may be either single stranded or double stranded.
  • the target polynucleotide is generally obtained by fragmentation of a larger piece of DNA, such as chromosomal or other genomic DNA. [0085] If double stranded DNA is used, then the ends of the fragments may be prepared for
  • 530 designed in this aspect of the inv ention to include a recognition site of a type Hs restriction endonuclease. which is oriented so that its cleavage site (1006) is interior to the target polynucleotide, shown, for example, to the right of adaptor (1000), thereby opening 1 1008 s circle (1005).
  • the method of inserting interspersed adaptors emplo>s type Os restriction endonucleases that leave 3' protruding strands after cleavage.
  • a nicking enzvme mav be used, or one strand of the first adaptor ma ⁇ be disabled from ligation, thus creating a nick that can be translated at an approximate distance and used to initiate poh nucleotide cutting.
  • interspersed adaptor (3010) is ligated into place using conventional techniques to produce open circle ( 1012) containing two adaptors,
  • the process is then repeated ( 1018): cleaving, inserting, and closing, until a desired number of interspersed adaptors, such as three, are inserted ( 1026) into target pol> nucleotide (1002). as shown in Fig. I B.
  • the final circle (1024) containing the interspersed adaptors may then be processed in a number of ways to obtain sequence information at sites in the target polynucleotide adjacent to at least one
  • sequences of a target polynucleotide are analyzed at or adjacent to one or both of the boundaries (e.g. 1021 ) between each interspersed adaptor and the target polynucleotide.
  • final circle (1024). or a segment of it, mav be amplified to generate an amplicon that is analyzed by a selected sequencing chemistrv , such as one based
  • the first and last interspersed adaptors may be selected so that the region of final circle (1024) containing the interspersed adaptors can be cleaved (1038) from the circle, after which adaptors are ligated (1040) for amplification by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Cleavage of the circle mav be performed on one or two sites outside of adaptors 1 and 3.
  • final circle (1024) may be
  • RCR rolling circle replication
  • target polynucleotides having interspersed adaptors may be amplified using RCR or emulsion PCR as shown in Figs. (IC-I D) and Figs. (I E-I G), respectively .
  • the adaptors are excised, e.g. as shown in Fig. I A (1038). to form a population of excised sequences, which are then ligated to adaptors (1 503).
  • the adaptored sequences are combined in a water-oil emulsion (1505) with primers specific for an adaptor ligated to one end of excised sequences, beads ha ⁇ ing attached primers specific for an adaptor ligated to the other end of excised sequences, and a
  • Conditions are selected that permit a substantial number (e.g. greater than 15-20 percent) of aqueous bubbles (1508) in oil (1506) to contain a single adaptored sequence (1510) and at least one bead (1512).
  • the aqueous phase in bubbles (1508) otherwise contain a conventional reaction mixture for conduction PCR, which results in beads (1518) each having a clonal population of a distinct adaptored sequence attached.
  • the introduction of multiple interspersed adaptors into a single genomic fragment proceeds through a series of steps involving I) ligation of an initial adaptor harboring a binding site for a Hs restriction enzyme and closing the DNA circle, followed by 2) primer extension and selective restriction cutting of the genomic sequence to reopen the circle; and 3) ligation of second adaptor and closing the DNA circle.
  • Steps 2 and 3 are then repeated to incorporate a third adaptor into the genomic sequence (Figs. 2B and 2C).
  • the second adaptor may utilize the same restriction site as the first adaptor to minimize cutting genomic segments at an internal site of the genomic DNA.
  • controlled cleavage using the recognition site of the second adaptor and not of the first adaptor is accomplished by blocking the cleavage at the first adaptor
  • restriction site using techniques known in the art, such as by methylating the first restriction site prior to cutting at the second site.
  • Adaptors with different binding sites may be used with two aliquots of a sample to pr ⁇ ent exclusion of certain genomic fragments.
  • a part of the sequence of the final adaptor is used as an RCR priming site and another part of the adaptor is used as
  • a method for inserting adaptors into a genomic fragment begins with ligation of a first adaptor followed by circle formation.
  • Genomic fragments of 100 to 300 (or 300-600) bases in length ma> be prepared by DN ⁇ se fragmentation that generates 5-prime phosphates and 3-prime OH groups suitable for
  • the first stage is ligation of adaptor sequences to the ends of each single stranded genomic fragment. Since all possible sequence combinations may be represented in the genomic DNA, an adaptor can be ligated to one end with the aid of a bridging template molecule that is synthesized with all possible sequences (Fig. 2B). Since these oligonucleotides may be of relatively high concentration
  • the oligonucleotide that is complementary to the end of the genomic fragment may hybridize.
  • a bridge is thus formed at the ligation site to allow ligation of the 5-prime end of the single stranded genomic fragment to the adaptor. In one embodiment, this structural arrangement does not allow ligation of the adaptor to the 3-prime end of the fragment.
  • Fig. 2B another exemplary method is illustrated for incorporating multiple interspersed adaptors into DNA circles.
  • Such method comprises the steps of: 1. Ligation of adaptors (230) to the 5' and 3 " end of single stranded DNA (232) (the adaptors having degenerate (6-9 bases) bridge templates (234)) followed by ligation of the adaptors via a 3- base overhangs (236); 2. Extension (238) from the adaptor oligonucleotide with a
  • the second adaptor section at the 3 ' end of the genomic fragment is used to close the circle with a 3-base overhang that is complementary to the end of the adaptor that bound at the 5 " end.
  • both bridging 735 oligonucleotides attach independently of each other to ensure freedom of the degenerate oligonucleotides to bind to their complementary sequences.
  • Both of the adaptor components may be Iigated to the respecth e DNA ends in the same ligation reaction and ligation artifacts can be further prevented by designing bridging template oligonucleotides with blocked ends.
  • a capture mechanism such as biotin/streptavidin onto the
  • non-circle adaptor strand can be used in a down-stream cleanup processes.
  • the un ⁇ Iigated excess adaptor can be removed by size selection of adaptor-genomic fragments that are -200 bases in length.
  • the adaptor-genomic fragments can then be attached to streptavidin coated beads for subsequent cleaning procedures. Another option is to use beads
  • Beads with a pre-assembled left side of the first adaptor/template may be used to further simplify the process.
  • FIG. 2C another exemplary method for incorporating interspersed adaptors is illustrated.
  • the method comprises the following steps: (1 ) Ligate two adaptor segments
  • the double stranded segment of 250 may be about 10 bases long, and the double stranded segment of 252 may be 8 -10 bases long
  • degenerate bases for example, segments 256 and 258 show the use of 7 degenerate bases, but 8 degenerate bases could also be used. Both ends of template oligonucleotides (250 and 256) are blocked from ligation
  • DNA is recaptured to a solid support using a iong capture oligonucleotide (262) with 3' end blocked by dideoxy termination.
  • the oligonucleotide may be in the form of a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) to provide tight binding of the DNA to the solid support to facilitate remo ⁇ al of excess free adaptors in subsequent procedures.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • two adaptor segments are ligated to genomic ssDNA fragments using degenerate templates (Fig. 2C).
  • the 3 ' end of the adaptor segment that ligates Io the 5 " end of the genomic DNA has a
  • the template for the 3 " adaptor segment has bsotin.
  • Adaptor/ templates are in very high concentration such as 1 ⁇ M and have -I QOOx high concentration from genomic DNA.
  • DNA is collected on a streptavidin support and the solution is removed with the excess of adaptor components.
  • the genomic DNA is released at an elevated temperature and the DNA solution is collected.
  • the DNA is collected again on a second
  • Elevated temperatures are used to remove templates bound to the circular DNA. This step is repeated to insert a third adaptor. If no additional adaptors are to be inserted, then no polymerase is added and after a buffer exchange the DNA is released at elevated temperatures for the RCR reaction.
  • FIG. 2D Another exemplary method of inserting interspersed adaptors is illustrated in Fig. 2D.
  • This method generates segments of target polynucleotide with predetermined lengths adjacent to interspersed adaptors.
  • the predetermined lengths are selected by selecting and positioning type Hs restriction endonucleases within the interspersed adaptors.
  • each different interspersed adaptor from the initial adaptor to
  • the penultimate adaptor has a recognition site of a different type Hs restriction endonuclease.
  • Double stranded DNA fdsDNA is fragmented to produce target polynucleotides (270) having frayed ends f 269), after which such ends are repaired using conventional techniques to form fragments (271 ) with blunt ends.
  • target polynucleotides 270
  • frayed ends f 269 frayed ends f 269
  • blunt ends are repaired using conventional techniques to form fragments (271 ) with blunt ends.
  • a single nucleotide (273) is added, e.g. dA, using Taq polymerase, or like enzyme, to produce 805 augmented fragments (272).
  • Augmented fragments (272) are combined with interspersed adaptors (274) that ha ⁇ e complementary nucleotide overhangs, e.g. d f.
  • each cycle of interspersed adaptor incorporation includes an amplification step of the desired product to generate sufficient material for subsequent processing steps.
  • FIG. 2E another exemplary method is illustrated for incorporating interspersed adaptors at predetermined sites in a target polynucleotide. Fragments are
  • fragment ⁇ 288 is treated with a DNA polymerase (292) that can extend the upper strand from a nick (e.g. 291 ) to the end of the lower strand of fragment (288) to form a fragment having a 3 * overhang at one end and a blunt end at the other.
  • a DNA polymerase 292 that can extend the upper strand from a nick (e.g. 291 ) to the end of the lower strand of fragment (288) to form a fragment having a 3 * overhang at one end and a blunt end at the other.
  • an interspersed adaptor (294) that has
  • FIG. 2F another method of incorporating interspersed adaptors is illustrated that provides segments of variable lengths between interspersed adaptors. That is, interspersed adaptors are incorporated in a predetermined order, but at spacings that are not
  • dsDNA circles (2000) are prepared having an initial adaptor (2002) (that may or may not be an interspersed adaptor) containing a recognition site (2004) for a nicking enzyme. After creation of nick (2006). dsDNA circle (2000) is treated with a DNA polymerase (2008) that extends (2010) the free 3" strand and
  • 850 displaces or degrades the strand with the free 5' end at nick site (2006).
  • the reaction is stopped after a predetermined interval, which is selected to be shorter than the expected time to synthesize more than a few hundred bases.
  • Such extension may be halted by a variety of methods, including changing reaction conditions such as temperature, salt concentration, or the like, to disable the polymerase being used. This leaves dsDNA circle with a nick or
  • 860 polynucleotide (2000) may be cleaved (2017) to the left of adaptor (2002) using a type Os restriction endonuclease that leaves a staggered, or sticky, end.
  • the next interspersed adaptor is attached, after which the resulting construct may be circularized using conv entional techniques for further insertions of interspersed adaptors.
  • the distances between successive interspersed adaptors e.g. (2002) and (2038),
  • reaction conditions such as dNTP concentrations, and the like.
  • nick translation can be used instead of strand displacement.
  • second adaptor may be
  • the invention provides a method for inserting adaptors using CircLigase rM to close single stranded polynucleotide circles without template. This enzjme
  • the initial adaptor after the initial adaptor is inserted into the polynucleotide, it may need to be released from the support to be able to form a single stranded circle.
  • the polynucleotide can then be re-hybridized to the support; in one embodiment, this re- hybridization occurs on a capture oligonucleotide which is bound to the surface of the support.
  • a primer is added together with polymerase after closing the cycle for generating
  • U common base, NNdegenerate base.
  • P phosphate.
  • G genomic or DNA of interest.
  • a primer already pre-hybridized to the adaptor is extended with a polymerase to create enough double stranded DNA for type Hs restriction enzyme cutting allowing precise insertion of additional adaptors (Fig 9).
  • a polymerase such as Klenow may be used, along with a level of ddNTPs to control extension length to about 20-30 bases.
  • Inserting two additional adaptors can in some embodiments of the invention take 2- 3 hours if each enzymatic step is accomplished in less than 30 minutes. Sporadic errors created in the adaptor insertion process can be tolerated because of the redundant tens of overlapping sequences generated for each base and because of probe-probe data that is generated on more than 100 bases of each DNA fragment that is not subjected to adaptor ⁇ insertion, [00110]
  • multiple adaptors can be inserted b> preparing dsDNA circles with a 50-100 bases +25 base mate-pair at >1 Kb distance.
  • a dsDNA circle of a -1 -3 Kb genomic fragment is provided with an adaptor using A/T or blunt-end ligation.
  • the adaptor has a nicking enzyme binding site or it has one
  • the DNA is cut using a nicking enz ⁇ me or at Uracil sites and the available 3 * end is extended (or just extended if adaptor ligation has left a nick) by --75 bases with strand-displacement enzyme or nick translation enzyme; in the case of using a
  • the displacement would be through the adaptor, e.g. the length would be 75 bases plus the length of the adaptor.
  • the available 3' end may be remov ed nick translation or by DNA synthesis with strand displacement.
  • the cut can be at a nick or at a branched structure by one of several enzymes including single stranded cutting enzymes. This process results in a dsDNA fragment 30-1 10 bases next to one end of the initial
  • the DNA can then be cut with a Type IIS restriction endoniiclease that has a long cutting distance. In one embodiment, the cutting distance is from 18 to 25 bases.
  • the circle can be closed without adaptor (blunt end ligation of genomic fragments) or by directional blunt end ligation of a second adaptor. Both adaptors may be used for further insertion of additional adaptors using different or the same enzymes. If the first adaptor site is
  • the second adaptor can use the same restriction site positioned at the proper distance from the adaptor end to obtain cutting at the specific position in the genomic DNA.
  • CircLigase 1 N1 enzyme is used to close single stranded polynucleotide circles without template.
  • a bridging template that is complementary to the two termini of the linear strand is used.
  • the addition of a first adaptor to one termini of the target sequence is used to design a complementary part of the bridging template.
  • the other end may be universal template DNA containing degenerate bases for binding to all genomic sequences. Hybridization of the two termini followed by ligation results in a circularized
  • the 3 1 end of the target moiecule may be modified by addition of a poIy-dA tail using terminal transferase.
  • the modified target is then circularized using a bridging template compiementarv to the adaptor and to the oligo-dA tail.
  • biotin is incorporated into each template oligonucleotide used to guide ligation. This allows for easy removal of templates, for example by apph ing
  • the target DNA may be attached to some solid support such as magnetic beads or tube/plate well walls to allow removal of all templates or adaptors that
  • Target ssDNA may be attached using a support with random primers to extend and create about 20-80 bases of dsDNA.
  • the extension length may be controlled by time or by the amount of ddNTPs.
  • Another approach is to ligate an adaptor to one end of the ssDNA and then size select DNA with the adaptor iigated to the ssDNA, and at the same time removing free adaptor. In this case an anchor sequence about
  • This anchor moiecule may have additional components to increase hybrid stability, such as the incorporation of a peptide nucleic acid.
  • Another method for attaching single stranded DNA is by utilizing a single stranded DNA binding protein attached to the support,
  • Fig, 2A In one method of circularization, illustrated in Fig, 2A. after genomic DNA (200) is fragmented and denatured (202). single stranded DNA fragments (204) are first treated with a terminal transferase (206) to attach a poly dA tails (208) to 3-prime ends. This is then followed by ligation (212) of the free ends intra-molecuLarh with the aid of bridging oligonucleotide (210) that is complementary to the poly dA tail at one end and 975 complementary to any sequence at the other end by ⁇ irtue of a segment of degenerate nucleotides.
  • Duplex region (214) of bridging oligonucleotide (210) contains at least a primer binding site for RCR and, in some embodiments, sequences that pro ⁇ ide complements to a capture oligonucleotide, which be the same or different from the primer binding site sequence, or which may o ⁇ erlap the primer binding site sequence.
  • the 980 length of capture oligonucleotides maj vary widely, In one aspect, capture oligonucleotides and their complements in a bridging oligonucleotide have lengths in the range of from 10 to 100 nucleotides; and more preferably, in the range of from 10 to 40 nucleotides.
  • duplex region (214) may contain additional elements, such as an oligonucleotide tag, for example, for identifying the source nucleic acid from which its 985 associated DNA fragment came. That is, in some embodiments, circles or adaptor ligation or concatemers from different source nucleic acids may be prepared separately during which a bridging adaptor containing a unique tag is used, after which they are mixed for concatemer preparation or application to a surface to produce a random array. The associated fragments may be identified on such a random array by hybridizing a labeled tag 990 complement to its corresponding tag sequences in the concatemers, or by sequencing the entire adaptor or the tag region of the adaptor. Circular products (218) may be conveniently isolated by a conventional purification column, digestion of non-circular DNA by one or more appropriate exonucleases, or both.
  • an oligonucleotide tag for example, for identifying the source nucleic acid from which its 985 associated DNA fragment came. That is, in some embodiments, circles
  • DNA fragments of the desired sized range can be 995 circularized using circularizing enzymes, such as CircLigase, as single stranded DNA ligase that circularizes single stranded DNA without the need of a template.
  • circularizing enzymes such as CircLigase
  • a preferred protocol for forming single stranded DNA circles comprising a DNA fragment and one or more adaptors is to use a standard ligase, such as T4 ligase, for ligating an adaptor to one end of a DNA fragment followed by application of CircLigase to close the circle.
  • a DNA circle comprising an adaptor oligonucleotide and a target sequence is generated using T4 ligase utilizes a target sequence that is a synthetic oligonucleotide TIN (sequence : 5 ' ⁇
  • the adaptor is made up 05 of 2 separate oligonucleotides.
  • the adaptor oligonucleotide that joins to the 5 * end of TIN is BR2»ad (sequence : 5'- TA ⁇ CA rC ' l GGA I Gl T AGGAAG ACAAAAGG ⁇ GC FGAGG ACA 1 1 AACGGAC -3 " ) (SEQ ID NO: 2) and the adaptor oligonucleotide that joins to the 3 ' end of TIN is UR3-ext (sequence : 5 * -ACCTTCAGACCAG ⁇ T-3') (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • UR3-exl contains a t>pe Hs restriction en/yme site (Acu 1 : CTTCAG) to prov ide a wa ⁇ to linearize the DNA circular for insertion of a second adaptor.
  • BR2-ad is annealed to BR2-temp (sequence S ' -NNNNNNNGTCCGTTAATGTCCTCAG ⁇ ') (SEQ ID NO: A) to form a double-stranded adaptor BR2 adaptor.
  • UR3 ⁇ ext is annealed to biotinylated UR3- temp (sequence 5 ' -[BIOTIN]ATCTGGTCTGAAGGITS-NNNNNN ⁇ * ) (SEQ ID NO: 5) to
  • 1015 form a double- stranded adaptor UR3 adaptor.
  • 1 pmoi of target TIN is ligated to 25 pmol of BR2 adaptor and 10 pmol of UR3 adaptor in a single ligation reaction containing 5OmM Tris-Cl, pH7.8, 10% PEG, ImM ATP, 50 mgi, BSA, 1OmM MgCl 2 . 0.3 unit/ ⁇ l T4 DNA Iigase (Epicentre Biotechnologies, WI) and 10 mM DTT) in a final volume of 10 ⁇ l.
  • the ligation reaction is incubated in a temperature cycling program of 15°C for 1 1 min, 37°C for
  • the concentration of the adaptor-target ligated product in the final purified sample can be estimated by urea polyacryiamide gel electrophoresis analysis.
  • the circularization is
  • each member of population ( 1608) has an adaptor with an identical anchor probe binding site and type Ib recognition site attached to a 1045 DNA fragment from source nucleic acid (1600).
  • the adaptor also may have other functional elements including, but not limited to. tagging sequences, sequences for attachment to a solid surface, restriction sites, functionalization sequences, and the like. Classes of DNA circles may be created by pro ⁇ iding adaptors having different anchor probe binding sites.
  • a primer and rolling circle replication (RCR) reagents can be added to generate (1614) in a conventional RCR reaction a population (1616) of concaterners (1617) of the complements of the adaptor oligonucleotide and DNA fragments.
  • This population can then be isolated or otherwise processed (e.g. size selected) (1618) using 1055 conventional techniques, e.g. a conventional spin column, or the like, to form population (1620) for analysis.
  • a synthetic target DNA of 70 bases in length and a PCR derived fragment of 200-300 bp in length may be obtained.
  • a single stranded PCR fragment can be simply deri ⁇ ed from a [060 double stranded product by phosphorylation of one of the primers and treatment with lambda exonuclease to remove the phosphorylated strand.
  • the single stranded fragment may be ligated to an adaptor for circularization. Polymerization, type Hs restriction enzyme digestion and re-ligation with a new adaptor may be performed as described herein.
  • sequence specific probes (labeled 5-mers) may be used for the synthetic or PCR demed sequence such that ligation may occur to an unlabeled anchor 1075 probe that recognizes the terminal sequence of the adaptor. Cloning and sequencing may also be used to verify DNA integrity.
  • a template used for circle formation can also be used as a primer to create localized dsDNA.
  • the schema is simplified by generating clean ssDNA after each circle cutting which allows the use of the same circle closing chemistry for each
  • a solution of DNA fragments with sticky ends or blunt ends is prepared for making DNA circles.
  • the traditional method to a ⁇ oid making circles with more than one DNA molecule is to perform ligation in a large volume at a low concentration of DNA fragments where intermolecular ligation is unlikely.
  • the ligation reaction does not require a large volume.
  • This embodiment involves a slow addition of aliquots of DNA fragments into a regular size ligation reaction. Fast mixing of the DNA aliquot and the reaction minimizes multi-mer formation.
  • the DNA fragments can be prepared in a ligation mix without ligase or in water or IE-like buffer. Typically, the DNA volume is equal to or lower than the initial volume of
  • DNA may be in a large volume in water or simple buffer (such as TE buffer) if the ligation reaction evaporates with the speed of adding the DNA sample.
  • TE buffer simple buffer
  • the evaporation may be simplified by using thermo-stabile ligase.
  • the method of circularization involves diluting a small aliquot of DNA into a regular ligation reaction (such as 0.1 -0.5 ⁇ l in 10-50 ⁇ l provides over 100 fold
  • DNA fragments are slowly and continuously added.
  • !00 piezo or acoustic spiting or nanodroppers ca ⁇ ro-pumps that can deliver drops as small as 30 nl.
  • 10 prnols in 100 ⁇ l reaction having maximal temporal concentration of 1 fmol/ul is processed using a consecuth e addition of 100 aliquots.
  • 10 pmols are in 30-50 ⁇ l aliquots. The time to circularize >70-80% of DNA fragments in one aliquot depends on ligase concentration, type of ends (sticky 1. 2, or 4
  • the total time of the reaction is approximately 4-16 hours.
  • [001301 is immobilized on a solid support, such as beads. DXA fragments are then diffused into ligation reaction from a gel block or other porous container using methods known in the art. To prevent ligation between fragments
  • the reaction ⁇ olume is dispensed under non-evaporating conditions, for ⁇ 15 example by using small droplets.
  • Non-evaporating conditions can also be established by regulating humidit> , temperature of the support ambient, and through design of the composition of reaction buffer.
  • 10 pi drops are dispensed by piezo spitting (-20 x 20 x 20 microns). With no spreading this is equivalent to a 20 micron thick flow cell. Spreading can be promoted to further reduce thickness of the volume to
  • One exemplary method of circularization involves ligation of a single adaptor to dsDNA using two blocked complementary strands.
  • two complementary strands of an adaptor are independently prepared.
  • a matching blocking oligo that has uracils and can not be ligated to target DNA is also made for each of the two complementary
  • a dsDNA product comprising of one adaptor strand and one blocking oligo is assembled.
  • Two assembled dsDNA constructs are designed that can not iigate or hybridize one to another: the constructs may be blunt end or may have a T overhang or other overhangs for ligation to DNA targets.
  • a mixture of these two constructs is ligated to blunt end dsDNA or DNA with corresponding sticky ends. About 50% of DNA will have one of
  • each construct the other 50% will hav e two of the same construct.
  • the blocking oligo is then degraded, and the circle is closed by hybridization of complimentary strands and ligation.
  • the adaptor may be palindromic Io avoid distinction of orientation. Such an approach can provide a better yield than A/T ligation approach,
  • single molecules comprise concatemers of polynucleotides, usually polynucleotide analytes. i.e. target sequences, that have been
  • RCR reaction components comprise single stranded
  • DNA circles 150 DNA circles, one or more primers that anneal to DNA circles, a DNA polymerase having strand displacement activity to extend the 3' ends of primers annealed to DNA circles, nucleoside triphosphates, and a conventional polymerase reaction buffer.
  • a DNA polymerase having strand displacement activity to extend the 3' ends of primers annealed to DNA circles nucleoside triphosphates
  • a conventional polymerase reaction buffer e.g., RNA molecules having strand displacement activity to extend the 3' ends of primers annealed to DNA circles
  • nucleoside triphosphates a DNA polymerase having strand displacement activity to extend the 3' ends of primers annealed to DNA circles
  • nucleoside triphosphates a DNA polymerase having strand displacement activity to extend the 3' ends of primers annealed to DNA circles
  • nucleoside triphosphates nucleoside triphosphates
  • RCR reaction protocol is as follows: In a 50 ⁇ L reaction mixture, the following ingredients are assembled: 2-50 pmol circular DNA. 0.5 units/ ⁇ L phage ⁇ 29 DNA polymerase, 0.2 ⁇ g/ ⁇ L BSA, 3 mM dNTP, IX ⁇ 29 DNA polymerase reaction buffer (Amersham). The RCR reaction is carried out at 3O 0 C for 12 hours. In some embodiments, the concentration of circular DNA in the polymerase reaction may be selected to be low (approximately 10-100
  • concatemers produced by RCR are approximately uniform in size; accordingly, in some embodiments, methods of making arrays of the invention may include a step of size-selecting concatemers. For example, in one aspect, concatemers are selected
  • size uniformity is further improved by adding low concentrations of chain terminators, such ddNTPs. to the RCR reaction mixture to reduce the presence of very large concatemers. e.g. produced by DNA circles that are synthesized at a higher rate by polymerases. In one embodiment.
  • concatemers may be enriched for a particular size range using a conventional separation techniques, e.g. size- exclusion chromatography, membrane filtration, or the like.
  • a conventional separation techniques e.g. size- exclusion chromatography, membrane filtration, or the like.
  • DNA circles (1608) are formed, further interspersed adaptors are inserted as illustrated generally in Fig. (2A) to form circles (1612) containing interspersed adaptors. Io these circles, a primer and rolling circle replication (RCR) reagents can be added to generate (1614) in a conventional RCR reaction a population (1616) of concatemers ( 1617) of the complements of the adaptor oligonucleotide and DNA fragments. This population can then
  • Target polynucleotides may be generated from a source nucleic acid, such as genomic DNA, by fragmentation to produce fragments 0.2-2 kb in size, or more preferably 0.3-0.6 kb in size, which then may be circularized for an RCR reaction.
  • the invention provides methods and compositions for generating concatemers of a plurality, of target polynucleotides containing interspersed adaptors
  • concatemers may be generated by RCR. as illustrated in Figs. 1C- I D.
  • Rolling circle replication is a preferred method of creating concatemers of the invention. The RCR process has been shown to generate multiple continuous copies of the
  • This linear amplification uses the original DNA molecule, not copies of a copy, thus ensuring fidelity of sequence.
  • the molecule acts as an endless template for a strand displacing polymerase that extends a primer complementary to a portion of the circle.
  • the continuous strand extension creates long, single-stranded DNA consisting of hundreds of concatemers comprising multiple copies of sequences
  • emulsion PCR is used to generate amplicons for disposal onto an array.
  • Fig. (IB) after breaking emulsion (1505).
  • beads containing clones of the adaptored sequences ma ⁇ be arrayed (1520) on a solid surface (1522) for sequence 205 analysis.
  • Such arrav of beads may be random, as illustrated in Fig, I F. where the locations of the beads, are not determined prior Ic arraying, or the array may be in accordance with a predetermined pattern of binding sites (1524), even though the distribution of beads on such sites is randomly determined. Both of such distributions are referred to herein as "random arrays.' "
  • densities of single molecules are selected that permit at least twenty percent, or at least thirty percent, or at least forty percent, or at least a majority of the molecules to be resolved individually by the signal generation and detection systems used.
  • a density is selected that permits at least seventy percent of the single molecules to be individually resolved.
  • a density is selected such that at least a majority of single molecules have a
  • 225 nearest neighbor distance of 50 nm or greater is selected to ensure that at least seventy percent of single molecules have a nearest neighbor distance of 100 nm or greater.
  • a density is selected such that at least a majority of single molecules have a nearest neighbor distance of 200 nm or
  • such density is selected to ensure that at least seventy percent of single molecules have a nearest neighbor distance of 200 nm or greater,
  • a density is selected such that at least a majority of single molecules have a nearest neighbor distance of 300 nm or greater; and in another aspect, such
  • 235 density is selected to ensure that at least se ⁇ ent> percent of single molecules c a nearest neighbor distance of 300 nm or greater, or 400 nm or greater, or 500 nm or greater, or 600 nm or greater, or 700 nm or greater, or 800 nm or greater.
  • a is selected such that at least a majority of single molecules a nearest neighbor distance of at least twice the minimal feature
  • polymer molecules of the imention are disposed on a surface so that the density of separately detectable polymer molecules is at least 1000 per ⁇ m 2 . or at least 10,000 per ⁇ irf . or at least 100,000 per ⁇ m 2 .
  • In another aspect of the invention, the requirement of selecting densities of randomly disposed single molecules to ensure desired nearest neighbor distances is ob ⁇ iated
  • inter-regional areas are inert in the sense that eoncatemers. or other macromolecular structures, do not bind to such regions, In some embodiments, such inter-regional areas may be treated with blocking
  • the area of discrete spaced apart regions is selected, along with attachment chemistries, macromolecular structures employed, and the like, to correspond to the size of single molecules of the invention so that when single molecules are applied to surface substantially every region is occupied by no more than one single molecule.
  • 255 only one single molecule per discrete spaced apart region may be increased by selecting a density of reactive functionalities or capture oligonucleotides that results in fewer such moieties than their respective complements on single molecules.
  • a single molecule will "occupy" all linkages to the surface at a particular discrete spaced apart region, thereby reducing the chance that a second single molecule will also bind to the same region.
  • substantially all the capture oligonucleotides in a discrete spaced apart region hybridize to adaptor oligonucleotides a single macromolecular structure.
  • a discrete spaced apart region contains a number of reactive functionalities or capture oligonucleotides that is from about ten percent to about fifty percent of the number of complementary functionalities or adaptor oligonucleotides of a single molecule.
  • 265 length and sequence(s) of capture oligonucleotides may vary widely, and may be selected in accordance with well known principles, e.g. Wetmur. Critical Reviews in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. 26: 227-259 (1991 ): Britten and Davidson, chapter 1 in Hames et al. editors. Nucleic Acid Hybridization: A Practical Approach (IRL Press, Oxford. 1985).
  • the lengths of capture oligonucleotides are in a range of from 6 to 30 nucleotides.
  • Lengths and sequences of capture oligonucleotides are selected u) to provide effective binding of macromolecular structures to a surface, so that losses of macromolecular structures are minimi/ed during steps of analytical operations, such as washing, etc . and ⁇ i) to a ⁇ oid interference with analytical operations on analyte molecules, particularly when
  • sequences and lengths are selected to provide duplexes between capture oligonucleotides and their complements that are sufficiently stable so that they do not dissociate in a stringent wash.
  • sequences and lengths are selected to provide duplexes between capture oligonucleotides and their complements that are sufficiently stable so that they do not dissociate in a stringent wash.
  • DNA fragments are from a particular species of organism, then databases. v ⁇ hen available, be used to screen potential capture sequences that may form
  • the area of discrete spaced apart regions is less than 1 ⁇ m"; and in
  • the area of discrete spaced apart regions is in the range of from 0.04 ⁇ m 2 to 1 ⁇ m 2 ; and in still another aspect, the area of discrete spaced apart regions is in the range of from 0.2 ⁇ m 2 to 1 ⁇ m 2 .
  • the size of such regions are in the range of from 125 nm to 250 nm, or in
  • center-to-eenter distances of nearest neighbors of such regions are in the range of from 0.25 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m; and in another aspect, such distances are in the range of from 1 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, or in the range from 50 to 1000 nm.
  • spaced apart regions for immobilizing concatemers are arranged in a rectilinear or hexagonal pattern.
  • spacer DNBs are used to prepare a surface for attachment of test DNBs.
  • the surface is first covered by the capture oligonucleotide complementary to the binding site present on two types of synthetic DNBs; one is a capture DNB. the other is a spacer DNB.
  • the spacer DNBs do not have DNA segments complementary to the adaptor used in preparation of test DNBs and they are used in about 5-50, preferably 10x excess to 00 capture DNBs.
  • the surface with capture oligonucleotide is "saturated" with a mix of synthetic DNBs (prepared by chain ligation or by RCR) in which the spacer DNBs are used in about 10 -fold (or 5 to 50-fold) excess to capture DNBs. Because of the -10; 1 ratio between spacer and capture DNBs. the capture DNBs are mostly indiv idual islands in a sea of spacer DNBs.
  • the 10: 1 ratio provides that two capture DNBs are on a ⁇ erage separated b> 05 two spacer DNBs If DNBs are about 200 nm in diameter, then two capture DNBs are at about 600 nm ee ⁇ ter-i ⁇ -eenter spacing i his surface u> then used to attach test DNBs or u molecular structures that have a binding site complementary to a region of the capture DNBs but not present on the spacer DNBs.
  • test DNBs S310 sites in test DNBs to assure single test DXB attachment per capture DNB spot. Because the test DNA can bind onl> to capture DNBs, an arrav of test DNBs may be prepared that ha ⁇ e high site occupancy without congregation. Due to random attachment, some areas on the surface may not have am DNBs attached, but these areas with free capture oligonucleotide mav not be able to bind test DNBs since thev are designed not to have binding sites for the
  • S315 capture oligonucleotide.
  • Arrays of the invention mav or may not be arranged in a grid pattern,
  • a high density array of capture oligonucleotide spots of sub micron size is prepared using a printing head or imprint-master prepared from a bundle, or bundle of bundles, of about 10,000 to 100 million optical fibers with a core and cladding material.
  • a unique material may be produced that has about 50-1000 nm cores separated by a similar or 2-5 fold smaller or larger size cladding material.
  • differential etching (dissolving) of cladding material provides a nano-printing head having a very large number of nano-sized posts. This printing head may be used for depositing oligonucleotides or other biological (proteins, oligopeptides, DNA. aptamers) or
  • the glass fiber tool may be used as a patterned support to deposit oligonucleotides or other biological or chemical compounds. In this case only posts created by etching may be contacted with material to be deposited, In another embodiment, a flat cut of the fused fiber bundle may be used to guide light through cores and allow light-
  • the same support may then be used as a light guiding/collection device for imaging fluorescence labels used to tag oligonucleotides or other reactants.
  • This device prov ides a large field of view with a large numerical aperture (potentially >1 ).
  • Stamping or printing tools that perform active material or oligonucleotide deposition may be used to print 2 to 100 different oligonucleotides in an interleaved pattern.
  • This type of oligonucleotide array may be used for attaching 2 to 100 different DN ⁇ populations, such as populations derived from different source DNA.
  • the ⁇ also ma ⁇ be used for parallel reading from sub-light resolution spots b ⁇ using DN ⁇ specific anchors or tags
  • 340 Information can he acceded b> DN ' ⁇ specific tags, e g 16 spe ⁇ k anchors for 16 DNAs and read 2 bases by a combination of 5-6 colors and using 16 ligation cycles or one ligation cycle and 16 decoding cjcles.
  • photolithograph ⁇ electron beam lithography .
  • nano imprint lithography and nano printing ma> be used to generate such patterns on a wide 1345 variety of surfaces, e.g. Pimmg et a U.S. patent 5.143.854; Fodor et ai. U.S. patent
  • a single “masking " operation is 1350 performed on the DNA arra ⁇ substrate, as opposed to the 20 to 30 masking operations typically needed to create even a simple semiconductor.
  • Using a single masking operation eliminates the need for the accurate alignment of many masks to the same substrate. There is also no need for doping of materials. Minor delects in the pattern may have little to no effect on the usability of the array, thus allowing production yields to approach 100%.
  • high density structured random DNA array chips have capture oligonucleotides concentrated in small, segregated capture cells aligned into a rectangular grid formation (Fig. 4).
  • each capture cell or binding site is surrounded by an inert surface and may have a sufficient but limited number of capture molecules (100-400).
  • Each capture molecule may bind one copy of the matching adaptor sequence on the RCR 360 produced DNA concatemer. Since each concatemer contains over 1000 copies of the adaptor sequence, it is able to quickly saturate the binding site upon contact and prevent other concatemers from binding, resulting in exclusive attachment of one RCR product per binding site or spot. By providing enough RCR products almost even spot on the array may contain one and onh one unique DNA target.
  • RCR molecular cloning
  • saturation/exclusion single occupancy
  • RCR eoncatemers pro ⁇ ide an optimal size to form small non-mixed DNA spots.
  • Each concatemer of about 100 kb is expected to occupy a space of about 0.1 x 0.1 x 0 1 ⁇ m. thus allowing 370 RCR products to fit into 100 nm capture cells.
  • One advantage of RCR products is that the single stranded DNA is ready for hybridization and is ⁇ ery flexible for forming a randomly coiled ball of DNA.
  • the 1000 copies of DNA target produced b> RCR provide much higher speciiicity than is possible with anah sis of a single molecule [00155]
  • all spots on the chip have the same capture oligonucleotides and a 0.2-0.3 micron spot size at 0.5 micron pitch.
  • Nano-printing approaches may be used for producing such patterns, as they do not require of new oligonucleotide attachment chemistry. [00156J Nano-imprint technologies rely on classic photolithographic techniques to produce
  • PDMS polymethyl methacrylate copolymer
  • These polymers upon curing, form a negative mold of the master.
  • the mold is then used to "print" patterns of material on a substrate.
  • the nano-imprint technique can be used to create protein features on glass, silicon, and gold surfaces.
  • a master mold is used to generate many stamping devices and each stamping device can
  • 385 generate many prints of chemicals (such as oligonucleotide solution, oligonucleotide binding or glass activation chemicals).
  • Advanced nano-printing techniques can produce features as small as 10 nm. thus, features appropriate for fluorescent detection that are >200 nm in size. including features 300-500 nm at 1000 microns center to center, can be produced routinely.
  • Various chemical modifications can be used to alter surface properties, increasing
  • a mold with a 4um feature pitch can be used to create a one urn feature pitch on the substrate by printing the same substrate 16 times in a 4 by 4 grid, [00158]
  • a method of creating DNA arrays involves the use of a thin layer of
  • the second approach involves attaching a monolayer of modified oligonucleotides to the substrate.
  • the oligonucleotides are modified with a phoio-cleavable protecting group. These protecting groups can be removed by exposure to an illumination source, allowing
  • a commercially available, optically flat, quartz wafer is spin coated with a 100-500 nm thick lajer of photo-resist.
  • the photo-resist is baked on to the quartz wafer, and an image of a reticle with a pattern of spots to be activated is projected onto the surface of the photo-resist, using a machine commonly called a stepper.
  • the photo-resist is developed. remo ⁇ ing the areas of the projected pattern which v ⁇ ere exposed to the UV source. This is accomplished by plasma etching, a dry developing technique capable of producing very fine detail.
  • the wafer is then baked to strengthen the remaining photo-resist.
  • the density of the amino functional ized monomer can be tightly controlled by varying the concentration of the monomer and the time of exposure of the substrate. Only areas of quartz exposed by the plasma etching process may react with and capture the monomer. The wafer is then baked again to cure the
  • oligonucleotides can be prepared with a 5 " -carboxy- modifier-c lO (Glen Research: http://www.glenres.com ; Producffiles/l 0-1935.html). This technique allows the oligonucleotide to be attached directly to the amine modified support, thereby avoiding additional functionalization steps.
  • a nano-imprint lithography (NIL) process is used which starts with the production of a master imprint tool.
  • This tool is produced using high- resolution e-beam lithography, and can be used to create a large number of imprints, depending on the NIL polymer utilized.
  • the quartz substrate would be spin coated with a layer of resist, this layer commonly called the transfer layer.
  • this layer is commonly called the imprint layer.
  • the master imprint tool then makes an impression on the imprint layer.
  • the overall thickness of the imprint layer is then reduced by plasma etching until the low area ' s of the imprint reach the transfer layer. Because the transfer layer is harder to remove than the imprint layer, it remains largely untouched.
  • the imprint and transfer layers are then
  • the substrate is then put back into the piasma etcher until the low areas of the imprint reach the quart?.
  • the substrate is then derhatized b> vapor deposition as described in method 1 a.
  • a nano-printing method is used. Such a process uses photo, imprint, or e-beam lithograph ⁇ to create a master mold. There are many ⁇ ariations on the
  • the master mold is created as a negative image of the features required on the print head.
  • the print heads are usually made of a soft, flexible polymer such as polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS). This material, or layers of materials hav ing different properties, are spin coated onto a quartz substrate. The mold is then used to emboss the features onto the top layer of
  • PDMS polydimethylsiloxane
  • the print head 1445 resist material under controlled temperature and pressure conditions.
  • the print head is then subjected to a plasma based etching process to improve the aspect ratio of the print head, and eliminate distortion of the print head due to relaxation o ⁇ er time of the embossed material.
  • the print head is used to deposit a pattern of amine modified oligonucleotides onto a homogenously derivatized surface. These oHgo-nucleotides serve as capture probes for the
  • One advantage to nano-printing is the ability to print interleaved patterns of different capture probes onto the random array support. This can be accomplished by successive printing with multiple print heads, each head having a differing pattern, and all patterns fitting together to form the final structured support pattern. Such methods allow for positional encoding of DNA elements within the random array. For example, control DNBs
  • Electron beam lithograph can also be used to create the substrate. 1 his process is very similar to photolithography , except the pattern is drawn directly on a special resist material using an electron beam gun. The benefit of this process is that the feature size can
  • the arrays are produced using photo-cleavable modifiers, also
  • capture cells can be created by using commercially available photo-cleavable modifiers to oligonucleotides, such as the PC Linker Phosphoramidite. available from Glen Research.
  • PC Linker Phosphoramidite available from Glen Research.
  • ⁇ n oligonucleotide with a 5 prime photo- clea ⁇ able protection group, in this case DMTO. is attached to a fully functionalized piece of quartz at the 3' terminus. The exposed areas lose their protecting group, leaving a 5 *
  • oligonucleotide ligation Using oligonucleotide ligation, a capture oligonucleotide complementary to the adaptor region of RCR products is ligated to exposed phosphate groups if a template oligonucleotide is provided as depicted below
  • the entire substrate can be exposed to a UV source to remove the remaining protecting groups.
  • the free phosphate groups may be blocked by ligating hairpin
  • the photo-resist material used in fabrication methods is generally quite hydrophobic, and the patterns made in that material consist of very small holes. It is possible that the exposed surface of the quartz may not come into contact with aqueous
  • one embodiment of the invention is to use ultrasound to force the liquid past the small openings in the mask. It is also possible to put a small amount of surfactant, acetone, or other additive to the solution to break the surface tension of the water. The use of solvents in this manner might swell the mask material slightly, but it would not
  • each batch of substrates can be performed by attaching FITC or a amine-modif ⁇ ed oligonucleotide with any fluorescent label to the reactive surface and observing the intensity and pattern of the fluorescence on the substrate surface.
  • the overall intensity of the active regions may be proportional to the
  • the current microscopy system has a 10Ox. 1.4NA lens that has a theoretical resolving power of about 180 nm.
  • the sensitivity of the current image acquisition system is about 3 dye molecules per pixel, with each pixel imaging a 60x60 nm area of the substrate. It is expected to be able to attach between 30-50 capture oligonucleotides per 60 nm square area. This allows directly measuring, with high accuracy.
  • Each capture cell may be imaged by roughly 10 pixels.
  • complementary on a master arra> are transferred to a replica arra> .
  • two surfaces ma ⁇ be contacted in the presence of heating to denature dsDNA and free newly made DNA strands.
  • the transfer is achieved by applying an electric field to
  • 520 discriminatively transfer only the replicated DNA that has about 5-50 times more charge than primers.
  • a reverse field is combined with a reduction in temperature to move primers back to the master array.
  • porous glass is preferably used to allow the application of the electric field.
  • a capture oligonucleotide is designed to correspond to the end of an amplicon opposite to the priming site to assure exclusive retention of the full length copies. Having a pattern of nine or more different capture oligonucleotides minimizes the chance of '"cross talk" during DNA transfer from the master array. In one embodiment, the transfer is achieved without further amplification of DNA on the replica array; multiple
  • multiple replicas may be generated b> partial transfer from the master array, with DNA amplification performed in each replica array.
  • the substrate for the replica array contains primers for initiating DNA synthesis using template DNA attached on the first array.
  • primers cover the entire substrate surface for array preparation, A primer density of 10.000 per micron square provides a local concentration in one micron, between mo supports, of similar or about 10 times higher concentration than used in PCR.
  • Primers may have very long attachment linkers to be able to reach to the DNA template on the first array ' s support. In this process there is no possibility for DNA diffusion and replica DNA spots may be only slightly larger than original spots. A very fiat surface may be used to assure close proximity of two surfaces.
  • DNBs provide enough DNA loops of about 300-500 nm and when combined with 100 nm primer linkers, allowing
  • Replica arrays may be used to produce additional replicas. Second generation replicas would have the same DNA strand as the original array.
  • Replica arrays may be used for parallel analysis of the same set of DNA fragments such as hybridization with a large number of probes or probe pools.
  • Replica arrays may be used for parallel analysis of the same set of DNA fragments such as hybridization with a large number of probes or probe pools.
  • surface may have attached capture oligonucleotides that form complexes, e.g. double stranded duplexes, with a segment of an adaptor oligonucleotide in the concatemers. such as an anchor binding site or other elements
  • capture oligonucleotides may comprise oligonucleotide clamps, or like structures, that form triplexes with adaptor oligonucleotides, e.g. Gryaznov et al. U.S. patent 5,473.060.
  • surface (1622) may have reactive functionalities that react with complementary functionalities on the concatemers to form a linkage, e g, by way of the same techniques used to attach CDNA ⁇ to rmcroarrays. e g Smsrncn et al ] 575 (2004), Genes, Chromosomes & Cancer, 40: 72-77; Bcaucage (2001 ).
  • capture oligonucleotides may comprise non-natural nucleosidic units and or linkages that confer favorable properties, such as increased duplex stability; such compounds include, but not limited to, peptide
  • PNAs nucleic acids
  • LNA locked nucleic acids
  • oligonucleotide N3'— P5' phosphoramidates, o!igo-2'-0-alkylribonucieotides, and the like.
  • concatemers (1620 - Fig. 1 C & D) mav be fixed to surface ( 1622) b> an ⁇ of a variety of techniques, including covalent attachment and non-covalent attachment.
  • surface (1622) may have attached capture oligonucleotides that form complexes, e.g. double stranded duplexes, with a segment of an adaptor oligonucleotide in the concatemers, such as an anchor binding site or other elements.
  • capture oligonucleotides may comprise oligonucleotide clamps, or like structures, that form triplexes with adaptor oligonucleotides, e.g. Gryaznov et al. U.S. patent 5.473,060.
  • surface (1622) may have reactive functionalities that react with complementary functionalities on the concatemers to form a covalent linkage, e.g. by way of the same techniques used to attach cDNAs to microarrays, e.g. Smirnov et al (2004), Genes, Chromosomes & Cancer. 40: 72-77; Beaucage (2001), Current Medicinal Chemistry, 8: 1213-3244. which are incorporated herein by reference. Long DNA molecules, e.g. several
  • nucleotides or larger may also be efficiently attached to hydrophobic surfaces, such as a clean glass surface that has a low concentration of various reactive functionalities, such as -OH groups.
  • complete genome sequencing uses an arrav comprising a 50 to 200x genome cov erage of the analyzed polynucleotide fragments. For example 6 billion
  • 600 DNBs with an average fragment length of 100 bases would contain 600 billion bases representing 10Ox genome coverage.
  • the arrav comprises 6 billion DNBs composed of 300-600 base long DNA fragments.
  • the DNBs may be bound to the arrav substrate in a square pack arrangement at a pitch of one micron and the arrav substrate ma ⁇ r be split across 16 segments. Jn a further embodiment, each segment contains 24 unit
  • a sequencing assav which uses 8 segments and DNB * s 250 bases long may require 350 probe pools for sequencing.
  • DNB count, pool sets, and overlap can be made to optimize sequence quality versus imaging time. For 1610 example, the same random require 225 probe pools for sequencing. This would require fewer probe pool cycles, reducing imaging time, Additionally.
  • DNBs can be composed of 500 base long fragments, requiring 3 billion DNB * s to be assayed against 350 probe pools using 16 segments tested in 16 reaction chambers.
  • each probe pool is combinatoriall ⁇ labeled using 2 of 6 fluorophores producing up to 21 possible fluorescent label combinations.
  • This labeling schema allows assaying against many probes simultaneously, reducing hybridization time by an order of magnitude.
  • a wide variety of supports may be used for arrays of the invention.
  • 1620 supports are rigid solids that a surface, preferably a substantially planar surface so that single molecules to be interrogated are in the same plane. The latter feature permits efficient signal collection by detection optics.
  • solid supports of the invention are nonporous. particularly when random arrays of single molecules are analyzed by hybridization reactions requiring small 1625 volumes.
  • Suitable solid support materials include materials such as glass, polyacrylamide- coated glass, ceramics, silica, silicon, quartz, various plastics, and the like.
  • the area of a planar surface may be in the range of from 0.5 to 4 cm 2 .
  • the solid support is glass or quartz , such as a microscope slide, having a surface that is uniformly silanized. This may be accomplished using conventional protocols, 630 e.g.
  • Arrays of DNA targets with interspersed adaptor(s) are not limited to single molecule or concatemers. and can include arrays of in situ amplified DNA spots or arrays of 640 particles, each comprising multiple copies of a target nucleic acid (for example beads used in em ⁇ lsion-PCR). Furthermore, methods as described herein which utilize multiple anchors or primers that can be differentially removed or otherwise discriminated are not limited to interspersed adaptors, i.e. they can be accomplished on samples with two ""standard " , i.e. end-iigated adaptors ha ⁇ ing a total of 4 anchor sites.
  • probes is used in a broad sense of oligonucleotides used in direct hybridization, or as in ligation of two probes, or as in probe with an anchor, or as in a probe with an anchor probe. Probes may only a few. specific bases and many degenerate bases: for example BNNKNNNN or BBNNNNNN or NNBBNNNN. Anchor probes may
  • oligonucleotide probes of the invention can be labeled in a variety of ways, including the direct or indirect attachment of radioactive moieties, fluorescent moieties, colorimetric moieties, chemi luminescent moieties, and the like. Many comprehensive
  • one or more fluorescent dyes are used as labels for the oligonucleotide probes, e g. as disclosed b ⁇ Menchen et ⁇ l. L. S patent 5.188.934 ⁇ 4.7TM dichlorofluorscein dyes): Begot et al.
  • U.S. patent 5,366,860 spectralh resohable rhodamine
  • fluorescent signal generating moiety means a signaling means which con ⁇ eys information through the fluorescent absorption and/or emission properties of one or more molecules. Such fluorescent properties include fluorescence intensity, fluorescence
  • fluorescent nucleotide analogues readily incorporated into the labeling oligonucleotides include, for example. Cy3-dCTP, Cy3-dUTP, Cy5-dCTP, Cy5- dUTP (Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway, New Jersey, USA), fluorescein-! 2-dU ⁇ P, tetramethyIrhodamine-6-dUTP, Texas Red®-5-dUTP, Cascade Blue®-7-dUTP. BODIPYS
  • GreenTM-5-dUTP Oregon Green® 488-5-dUTP.
  • Texas Red®-12-dUTP BODIPYC 630/650-14-di ⁇ P
  • BODIPY® 650/665- 14-dUTP Alexa Fluor® 488-5-dUTP.
  • Alexa Fluor® 532-5-dUTP Alexa Fluor® 568-5-dUTP
  • Alexa Fluor® 546-14-dUTP fluorescein- 12-UT?, tetramethylrhodamine-6-UTP, Texas Red 1,-5-UTP,
  • Rhodamine GreenTM-5-UTP Rhodamine GreenTM-5-UTP, Alexa Fluor® 488-5-UTP, Alexa Fluor® 546-14-UTP (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, OR. USA).
  • Other flu ⁇ rophores available for post-synthetic attachment include, inter alia, Alexa Fluor® 350, Alexa Fluor® 532, Alexa Fluor® 546. Alexa Fluor® 568. Alexa Fluor® 594, Alexa Fluor® 647. BODIPY 493 '503.
  • Cascade Blue Cascade Yellow. Dansyl, lissamine rhodamine B. Marina Blue, Oregon Green 488. Oregon Green 514, Pacific Blue, rhodamine 6G, rhodamine green, rhodamine red, tetramethvlrhodamine, Texas Red (av ailable from
  • PRL ! taodern fiuorophores may also be used, such as PerCP-Cy5.5, PE-CyS, PE-Cy5.5, PE-Cy7. PE-Texas Red, and APC-Cy?: also, PE-Alexa dyes (610. 647, 680) and APC-Alexa dyes. Biotin, or a derivative thereof, may also be used as a iabel on a detection oligonucleotide, and subsequently bound by a
  • 1715 derivitized fluorescent dye, such as those listed supra
  • am member of a conjugate pair may be incorporated into a detection oligonucleotide provided that a detectably labeled conjugate partner can be bound to permit detection.
  • the term antibody refers to an antibody molecule of any class, or any subfragment thereof, such as an Fab.
  • suitable labels for detection oligonucleotides may include fluorescein
  • hapten/antibody pairs are used for detection, in which each of the antibodies is derivatized with a detectable label: biotin/ ⁇ -biotin, digoxigenin/ ⁇ -digoxigenin, dinitrophenol (DNP)/ct-DNP, 5-Carboxyfluorescein (FAM)Za-
  • probes may also be indirectly labeled, especially with a hapten that is then bound by a capture agent, e.g. as disclosed in Holtke et al, U.S. patent 5,344.757; 5,702,888; and 5,354.657; Huber et al, U.S. patent 5, 198,537; Miyoshi. U.S. patent 4.849.336; Misiura and Gait, PCT publication WO 91/17160; and the like. Many different hapten-capture agent pairs are available for use with the invention.
  • haptens include, biotin, des-biotin and other derivatives, dinitrophenol. dansj-1, fluorescein, CY5, and other dyes, digoxigenin, and the like.
  • a capture agent may be avidin, streptavidin. or antibodies.
  • Antibodies may be used as capture agents for the other haptens (many dje-antibody pairs being commercially available, e.g. Molecular Probes).
  • pools of probes are provided which preferably have from about 1 to about 3 bases, allowing for an even and optimized signal for different sequences at degenerate positions.
  • a concentration adjusted mix of 3-mer building blocks is used in the probe synthesis.
  • Probes may be prepared with nucleic acid tag tails instead of being directly labeled.
  • Tails preferably do not interact with test DNA. These tails may be prepared from natural bases or modified bases such as isoC and isoG that pair onh between themselves. If isoC and isoG nucleotides are used, the sequences may be separate!) synthesized with a 5 * amino- 1 inker, which allows conjugation to a 5' carboxy modified linker that is synthesized on to each tagged probe. This allows separately synthesized tag sequences to be combined with
  • the tails may be separated from probes by 1 -3 or more degenerated bases, abasie sites or other linkers.
  • One approach to minimize interaction of tails and target DNA is to use sequences that are very infrequent in the target DNA. For example,
  • CGCGATATCGCGATAT or CGATCGATCGAT is expected to be infrequent in mammalian genomes.
  • One option is to use probe with tails pre-hybridized with unlabeled tags that would be denaturated and maybe washed away after ligation and before hybridization with labeled tags.
  • Uracil may be used to generate degradable tails/tags and to remove them before running a new cycle instead of using temperature removal;
  • high-plex multiplex ligation assays of probes are used which are not labeled with fluorescent dyes, thus reducing background and assay costs.
  • four cycles each with 8 tags are used.
  • each color is used for 4 tags used in 4 decoding cycles.
  • tags may be
  • additional properties are included to provide the ability to distinguish different probes using the same color, for example Tm/stability, degradability by incorporated uracil bases and UDG enzyme, and chemically or photochemical! ⁇ cleavable
  • a combination of two properties such as temperature stability directly or after cutting or removing a stabilizer to provide S distinct tags for the same color; more than one cut type may be used to create 3 or more groups: to execute this 4-8 or 6-12 exposures of the same color may be required, demanding low photo-bleaching conditions such as low intensity light illumination that may be detected by intensified CCDs (ICCDs).
  • ICCDs intensified CCDs
  • probe-probe hybrids are stabilized through ligation to another unlabeled oligonucleotide.
  • the invention includes a method of determining a nucleotide sequence of a target polynucleotide, the method comprising the steps of: (a) generating a plurality of interspersed adaptors within a target polynucleotide, each interspersed adaptor having at least one boundary with the target polynucleotide; and (b) determining the identity of at least one nucleotide adjacent to at least one boundary of at least two interspersed
  • the target sequence comprises a position for which sequence information is desired, generally referred to herein as the "detection position ' '.
  • sequence information e.g. the identification of the nucleotide at a particular detection position
  • plural is desired for a plurality of detection positions.
  • a method of determining a nucleotide sequence of a target polynucleotide in accordance with the invention comprises the following steps: (a) generating a plurality of target concatemers from the target polynucleotide, each target concatemer comprising multiple copies of a fragment of the target polynucleotide and the plurality of target concatemers including a number of fragments that substantially covers the
  • Target polynucleotides may include DNA fragments, including genomic DNA fragments and cDNA fragments, and RNA fragments.
  • a ligation-based sequencing method may be used as illustrated in Figs. 3A-3E. Many different variations of this sequencing approach may be
  • Figs. 3A-3E selected by one of ordinary skill in the art depending on factors, such as, the volume of sequencing desired, the type of labels employed, the type of target polynucleotide amplicons employed and how they are attached to a surface, the desired speed of sequencing operations, signal detection approaches, and the like.
  • the variations shown in Figs. 3A-3E are only exemplary.
  • a labeled probe is able to form a stable hybrid only after ligation to a pairing probe.
  • the use of probe ligation improves data specificity o ⁇ er standard sequencing by hybridization methods.
  • Probe ligation also has application in position specific base identification (e.g. DNA ends) or in a whole sequence scanning methodology (e.g. all internal overlapping sequences).
  • the labeled probes can be designed to allow ligation to an anchor probe.
  • the longer anchor probe Is hybridized to a known adaptor sequence that is adjacent to the end of the unknown sequence to be determined, e.g. the detection positions.
  • a single stranded target polynucleotide contains a plurality of interspersed adaptors.
  • three interspersed adaptors (3002, 3004, and 3006) are shown, which may be part of an amplicon. such as a concatemer, comprising multiple copies of target polynucleotide (3000).
  • Each interspersed adaptor has a region (e.g. 3008 and 3012) at each end that has a unique sequence (in this example six such
  • a sequencing operation with interspersed adaptors comprises six successive routines of hybridizing anchor probes to each of the different unique anchor probe binding sites. Each such routine comprises a cycle of hybridizing the
  • a further embodiment includes creating a DNA circle of 300-3000 bases in length and inserting 2-3 adaptors on each side of the init ⁇ aj adaptor In this wa ⁇ a mating pair of two. 20-60 base long sequences, separated by 300-3000 bases is generated, In addition to providing twice the level of sequence data, this method provides valuable mapping
  • Mate pairs can bridge over repeats in de no ⁇ o sequence assembly, and can also be used to accurate]) position mutations in repeats longer than 20-50 bases in genome re- sequencing.
  • One, or a mating pair of two. -20-50 base sequences can be complemented with probe hybridization or probe-probe ligation data.
  • a partial set of 1 8 to 1 i 6 of all 5- mers. ⁇ -mers, 7-mers or 8-mers may be scored to provide mapping information for 200-4000
  • the six successive routines are repeated from 1 to 4 times. preferably from 2 to 3 times, so that nucleotides at different distances from the interspersed adaptor may be identified.
  • the six successive routines are carried out once, but each cycle of anchor probe hybridization, sequencing probe hybridization, ligating. etc.. is repeated from 1 to 4, or from 2 to 3 times. The former is illustrated in Fig.
  • labeled sequencing probes (3016) are added to the reaction mixture under conditions that permit ligation to anchor probe (3015) if a perfectly matched duplex is formed.
  • Sequencing probes may have a variety of different structures. Typically, they contain degenerate sequences and are either directly or indirectly labeled. In the example of
  • sequencing probes are directly labeled with, e.g. fluorescent dyes Fl , F2, F3. and F4, which generate signals that are mutually distinguishable, and fluorescent dyes Gl . G2, G3, and G4. which also generate signals that are mutually distinguishable.
  • fluorescent dyes Gl . G2, G3, and G4 which also generate signals that are mutually distinguishable.
  • dyes of each set. i.e. F and G are detected in different cycles, they may be the same dyes.
  • 900 identifying a base immediately adjacent to an interspersed adaptor may have the following structure: 3 " -F 1 -NNNNNNNAp. 3'-F2-NN ⁇ NXKNNCp. 3 * ⁇ F3 ⁇ NNNNNNNGp. 3 " -F4- NNNNNT.
  • sequence GOOO is in a S ' - ⁇ y orientation from left to right: thus, the F-labeled probes must carry a phosphate group on their 5' ends, as long as conventional ligase-mediated ligation reactions are used.
  • G-labeled probes may have the following structure 3 ' -AXNNNNNN-G 1 3'-CNNNNNNN- GZ, 3 * -GN ⁇ ' NL ⁇ NNVG3. 3 " - ' IN ⁇ N ⁇ N ⁇ ' - ⁇ 4, and for ligation of these probes, their associated anchor probe must have a 5 '-phosphate group.
  • F-labeled probes in successive cycles may have the following structures: 3 "-Fl -NlM NNNNANp, 3 * -F2-NNNNNNCNp. 3 * - F3-NNNNNNGNp. 3 * -F4-NNNNNNTN, and 3 '-Fl -NNNNNANNp, 3 " -F2-NNNNNCNNp,
  • ligated probe (3018) is identified, it is removed from the target (3020). and the next anchor probe (3022) is hybridized to its respective binding site. G-labeied sequencing probes are hybridized to the target polynucleotide so that those forming perfect! ⁇ match duplexes juxtaposed to the anchor
  • Fig. 3B illustrates a variant of the method of Fig. 3A in which anchor probes are
  • any pair of anchor probes may be employed as long as one member of the pair binds to a 3' binding site of an interspersed adaptor and the other member of the pair binds to a 5' binding site of an interspersed adaptor.
  • this embodiment requires the use of eight distinguishable labels; that is, each of the labels F1-F4 and G1 -G4 must be
  • anchor probes (3100 and 3102) are hybridized to their respective binding sites in interspersed adaptor (3002). after which a set of sequencing probes (3104) is added under stringent hybridization conditions. Probes that form perfectly matched duplexes are ligated, unligated probes are washed awav, after which the ligated probes are identified. Cycles of such hybridization, ligation and washing are
  • Fig. 3C illustrates another variant of the embodiment of Fig. 3 A, in which sequencing probes for identify bases at every site adjacent to an anchor probe are carried out
  • Fig. 3D illustrates an embodiment that employs encoded label, similar to those used with the encoded adaptors disclosed by Albrecht et al, U.S. patent 6.013.445, which is incorporated herein b> reference. The process is similar to that described in Fig. 3C.
  • oligonucleotide tags may be selected that correspond to each of sixteen pairs of bases, so that after ligation, ligated sequencing probes may be interrogated with sets of labeled anti-tags until each two-base sequence is identified.
  • sequence of a target polynucleotide adjacent to an anchor probe ma> be identified 1950 two-at-a-time. or three -at-a-ii me, or more, using encoded sequencing probes.
  • anchor probe (352) is hybridized to anchor binding site (381 J. after which encoded sequencing probes are added under conditions that permit only perfectly complementary sequencing probes (354) to be ligated to anchor probes (352).
  • labeled anti-tags (358) are successively ! 955 hybridized to the oligonucleotide tags of the sequencing probes under stringent conditions so that only labeled anti-tags forming perfectly matched duplexes are detected.
  • a variety of different labeling schemes may be used with the anti-tags. A single label may be used for all anti-tags and each anti-tag may be separately hybridized to the encoded sequencing tags.
  • sets of anti-tags may be employed to reduce the number of hybridizations and 960 washings that must be carried out. For example, where each sequencing probe identifies two bases, two sets of four anti-tags each may be applied, wherein each tag in a given set carries a distinct label according to the identity of one of the two bases identified b> the sequencing probe. Likewise, if a sequencing probe identifies three bases, then three sets of four anti- tags each may be used for decoding. Such cycles of decoding may be carried out for each 965 interspersed adaptor, after which additional cycles may be carried out using sequencing probes that identify bases at different sites.
  • Fig. 3E illustrates an embodiment similar to that described in Fig. 3B, except that here encoded sequencing probes are employed.
  • two anchor probes are hybridized to a target polynucleotide at a time and the corresponding sequencing probes are identified by 970 decoding with labeled anti-tags.
  • anchor probes (316 and 318) are hybridized to their respective binding sites on interspersed adaptor (3002), after which two sets of encoded sequencing probes (327) are added under conditions that permit only such probes forming perfect!) matched duplexes to be ligated. After removal of unl ⁇ gated probes, ihe oligonucleotide tags of the ligated probes are decoded with labeled anti-tags.
  • a target polynucleotide at a time and the corresponding sequencing probes are identified by 970 decoding with labeled anti-tags.
  • anchor probes (316 and 318) are hybridized to their respective binding sites on interspersed adaptor (3002), after which two sets
  • a sequencing method for use with the invention for determining sequences in a plurality of DNA or RNA fragments comprises the following steps: (a) generating a plurality of polynucleotide molecules each comprising a concatemer of a DNA or RNA fragment: (b) forming a random array of polynucleotide molecules fixed
  • optical! ⁇ detectable reactant is an oligonucleotide.
  • optical 1> detectable reactant is a nucleoside
  • triphosphate e.g. a fluorescently labeled nucleoside triphosphate that may be used to extend an oligonucleotide hybridized to a concatemer.
  • optically detectable reagent is an oligonucleotide formed by ligating a first and second oligonucleotide to form adjacent duplexes on a concatemer.
  • chemical reaction is synthesis of DNA or RNA, e.g. by extending a primer hybridized to a
  • parallel sequencing of concatemers of target polynucleotides on a random array is accomplished by combinatorial SBH (cSBH), as disclosed by Drmanac in the above-cited patents.
  • cSBH combinatorial SBH
  • a first and second sets of oligonucleotide probes are provide, wherein each sets has member probes that comprise oligonucleotides having every
  • first and second sets of oligonucleotide probes comprise probes having selected nucleotide sequences designed to detect selected sets of target polynucleotides. Sequences are determined by hybridizing one probe or pool of probe, hybridizing a second probe or a second pool of
  • the sets may be divided into subsets that are used together in pools, as disclosed in U S patent 6,864,052.
  • Probes from the first and second sets be h> bridized to target sequences either together or in sequence, either as entire sets or as subsets, or pools.
  • lengths of the probes in the first or second sets are in the range of from 5 to 10 nucleotides, and in another aspect, in 2010 the range of from 5 to 7 nucleotides, so that when ligated they form ligation products with a length in the range of from 10 to 20. and from 10 to 14. respectively.
  • sequence identity of each attached DNA concatemer may be determined by a "signature' " approach. About 50 to 100 or possibly 200 probes are used such that about 25-50% or in some applications 10-30% of 2015 attached concatemers will have a full match sequence for each probe. This type of data allows each amplified DNA fragment within a concatemer to be mapped to the reference sequence. For example, by such a process one can score 64 4-mers (i.e. 25% of all possible 256 4-mers) using 16 hybridization/stripoff cycles in a 4 colors labeling schema.
  • a "signature "1 approach was used to select novel genes from cDNA libraries.
  • An implementation of a signature approach is to sort obtained intensities of all tested probes and select up to a predefined (expected) number of probes that satisfy the positive probe threshold. These probes will be mapped to sequences of all DNA fragments (sliding window 030 of a longer reference sequence may be used) expected to be present in the array. The sequence that has all or a statistically sufficient number of the selected positive probes is assigned as the sequence of the DNA fragment in the given concatemer.
  • an expected signal can be defined for all used probes using their pre measured full match and mismatch hybridization/ligation efficiency . In this case a measure similar to the 035 correlation factor can be calculated.
  • a preferred way to score 4-mers is to ligate pairs of probes, for example: N ⁇ .-.BBB with BNf 7- 9 ).
  • B is the defined base
  • N is a degenerate base.
  • more unique bases will be used. For example, a 25% positiv e rate in a fragment 1000 bases in length would be achieved by N: 4-6 .BBBB MG and Note that longer fragments need the same number of about 60-80 probes (15- 20 ligation cycles- using 4 colors ⁇ .
  • all probes of a given length e.g.
  • sequence of DMA fragments of up to about 250 bases, preferably up to about 100 bases.
  • the decoding of sequencing probes with large numbers of Ns may be prepared from multiple syntheses of subsets of sequences at degenerated bases to minimize difference in the efficiency , Each subset is added to the mix at a proper concentration. Also, some
  • each of 64 probes from the set N may be prepared in 4 different synthesis.
  • One is regular all 5-7 bases to be fully degenerated: second is NO-3(A,T)5BBB; third is NO- 2(A,TXG,C)(A,T)(G.C)(AJ)BBB, and the fourth is N0-2(G,C)(A,T)(G,C)( A 5 T)(G 5 C)BBB.
  • Oligonucleotide preparation from the three specific syntheses is added in to regular
  • synthesis in experimentally determined amounts to increase hybrid generation with target sequences that have in front of the BBB sequence an AT rich (e.g. AAl AT) or (A or T) and (G or C) alternating sequence (e g. ACAGT or GAGAC). These sequences are expected to be less efficient in forming a hybrid.
  • Ail 1024 target sequences can be tested for the efficienc ⁇ to form hybrid with N 0 -]NNNNNBBB probes and those types that give the
  • '060 weakest binding may be prepared in about 1-10 additional synthesis and added to the basic probe preparation.
  • a smaller number of probes is used for a small number of distinct samples; for example, 5-7 positive out of 20 probes (5 cycles using 4 colors) has the capacity to distinguish about 10-100 thousand distinct fragments
  • 8-20-mer RCR products are decoded by providing arrays formed as random distributions of unique 8 to 20 base recognition sequences in the form of DNA concatemers.
  • the probes are decoded to determine the sequence of the 8-20 base probe region using a number of possible methods. In an exemplary method, one half of the sequence is determined by utilizing the hybridization specificitv of short probes and the
  • TS four fluorescein labels Pach of the 4 possible bases A. C G. or f vulf therefore be represented by a fluorescent dye.
  • these 5 groups of 4 oligonucleotides and one universal oligonucleotide (Us) can be used in the ligation assays to sequence first 5 bases of 12-m ⁇ rs: B-each of 4 bases associated with a specific dye or tag at the end:
  • ⁇ -mer oligonucleotide may be positioned further into the 12-mer sequence. This will necessitate the incorporation of degenerate bases into the T end of the non-labeled oligonucleotide to accommodate the
  • the invention provides a method for partial or complete sequencing of arrayed DNA by combining two distinct types of libraries of detector probes,
  • one set has probes of the general type N 3-8 B ⁇ (anchors) that are ligated with the first 2 or 3 or 4 probes/probe pools from the set BN ft -s, NBN 5 .7, N 2 BN 4-6 . and N 3 BNj.;.
  • 1-4 4-mers or more are hybridized to 5-mer anchors to
  • the positive anchor is determined by mixing specific probes with distinct hybrid stability (maybe different number of Ns in addition).
  • Anchors may be also tagged to determine which anchor from the pool is hybridized to a spot.
  • Tags, as additional DNA segments, may be used for adjustable displacement as a detection method. For example. 2HO EEEEEEEENNNAAAAA and FFFFFFFFNNNCCCCC probes can be after hybridization or hy bridization and ligation differentially removed with two corresponding displacers: EEEEEEEENNNNN and FFFFPFFFNNNNNNNN where the second is more efficient.
  • separate cycles may be used to determine which anchor is positive.
  • anchors labeled or tagged with multiple colors may be ligated to unlabeled N7-
  • the BNNNNNNNTN probe is then hybridized with 4 coiors corresponding to 4 bases.
  • a discriminative wash or displacement by complement to the tag is used to read which of two scored bases is associated to an anchor if two anchors are positive in one DNA.
  • two 7-10 base sequences can be scored at the same time.
  • 2-4 cvcles can be
  • U25 array complete sequence of that fragment and by extension to entire genomes may be generated from overlapping 7-10-mers.
  • the invention provides methods for tagging probes with DNA tags for larger multiplex of decoding or sequence determination probes.
  • the probes can be tagged with different oligonucleotide sequences made of natural bases or
  • Tags can be designed to have very precise binding efficiency with their anti-tags using different oligonucleotide lengths (about 6-24 bases) and/or sequence including GC content. For example 4 different tags may be designed that can be recognized with specific anti-tags in 4 consecutive cycles or in one hybridization cycle followed by a discriminative wash. In the discriminative wash, the initial signal is
  • 2 £45 mm array may require roughly 30 images for full coverage by using a 10 mega pixel camera. Each 1 micrometer array area is read by about 8 pixels. Each image can be acquired in 250 milliseconds: 150 ms for exposure and 100 ms to move the stage. Using this fast acquisition it will take - 7.5 seconds to image each array, or 12 minutes to image the complete set of 96 arrays on each substrate.
  • a high image acquisition rate is achieved by using four ten-megapixel cameras, each imaging the emission spectra of a different fluorophore.
  • the cameras are coupled to the microscope through a series of dichroic beam splitters.
  • the autofocus routine which takes extra time, runs only if an acquired image is out of focus. It will then store the Z axis position information to be used upon return to that
  • each array requires about 12-24 cycles to decode.
  • Each cycle consists of a hybridization, wash, array imaging, and strip-off step.
  • > 160 orders may take for the above example 5. 2, 12, and 5 minutes each, for a total of 24 minutes each cycle, or roughly 5-10 hours for each array, if the operations are performed linearly.
  • the time to decode each array can be reduced by a factor of two by allowing the system to image constantly. To accomplish this, the imaging of two separate substrates on each microscope is staggered, i.e., while one substrate is being reacted, the other substrate is ⁇ 165 imaged.
  • An exemplary decoding cycle using cSBH includes the following steps: (i) set temperature of array to hybridization temperature (usually in the range 5-25 0 C): (ii) use robot pipetter to pre mix a small amount of decoding probe with the appropriate amount of hybridization buffer; (iii) pipette mixed reagents into hybridization chamber; (iv) hybridize
  • plate stage moves chambers (or perhaps flow -cells with input funnels) over object, or objective-optics assembly mo ⁇ es under chamber: certain optical arrangements, using dichroic mirrors beam-splitters can be employed io collect multi-spectral images simultaneously, thus decreasing image acquisition time: arrays can be imaged in sections or whole, depending on array/image size/pixel density ; sections can be assembled by aligning
  • 2180 images using statistically significant empty regions pre-coded onto substrate (during active site creation) or can be made using a multi step nano-printing technique, for example sites (grid of activated sites) can be printed using specific capture probe, leaving empty regions in the grid: then print a different pattern or capture probe in that region using separate print head; (xi) drain chamber and replace with probe strip buffer (or use the buffer already
  • 1190 polynucleotide is obtained through a sequencing by hybridization method which utilizes combinatorial probe ligation.
  • two complete, universal sets of short probes are exposed to target DNA in the presence of DNA ligase (R. Drmanac, US patent 6,401,267, 2002).
  • DNA ligase R. Drmanac, US patent 6,401,267, 2002.
  • one probe set is attached to a solid support such as a glass slide, whiie the other set, labeled with fluorophores, is mobile in solution.
  • !195 and labeled probes hybridize to the target at precisely adjacent positions, they are ligated, generating a long, labeled probe that is covalently linked to the siide surface.
  • a positive signal at a given position indicates the presence of a sequence within the target that complements the two probes that were combined to generate the signal [00231]
  • a universal sequencing chip such as the HyChip I M slide
  • each Hy Chip I M comprises a regular microscope glass slide containing eight replica arrays of attached 6-mers, allowing analysis using a complete set of over four million 1 1 ⁇ mer probes per sample using 4096 arrayed 6- mers and 1024 labeled 5-mer probes. Jn a preferred embodiment, the sequencing method
  • Hy Chip I M system is used to sequence mixtures of separate, unrelated DNA fragments.
  • DNA samples for use with the sequencing methods of the present invention can be prepared by PCR.
  • the invention provides an array of millions of individual
  • probe pools are mixed with DNA ligase and presented to the random arra> . When probes hvbridize to adjacent sites on a target fragment. they are ligated together, forming a stable hybrid.
  • a 3.2 x 3.2 mm array will have the capacity to hold 10 million fragments, or approximate! ⁇ 1-10
  • a single hybridization/ligation cycle can be used to test all 16 possible probes by using 16 fluorescent colors. Such a test may also be accomplished using methodologies to create fluorescent signatures from fewer fluorescent colors. In fluorescent
  • 2-rner probes may be prepared with a tail sequence containing tag binding sites. Tail sequences can be combinatorially designed for binding 2 out of 5 (or 6) labeled oligonucleotide tags or 16 tags with one or two fluorescent
  • 240 dyes can be synthesized for each of the 16 taiis.
  • Use of labeled tags instead of directly labeled probes has additional advantages. Testing all 16 BBNNNNNN probes would require about 1024-fold more probe (assuming low discrimination at positions further from the ligation site; than for a single probe For example, to have the probe AGCl ANNN at 1 ⁇ M concentration within a probe mix of BBNNNNNN, the mix should need to be at 1024 ⁇ M.
  • [00237J Tags also provide an efficient option to use only 4 colors to read all 16 dinucleotides in a single ligation reaction.
  • two sets of 4 distinct tags may be designed for decoding 8 2-rners each.
  • AU 16 2-mers can be decoded in two decoding
  • This strategy can be expanded to use the same 4 colors for reading 2 bases on each end of an adaptor.
  • 4 groups of 4 tags may be used in 4 decoding steps for each ligation cycle that reads 4 bases. Performing multiple decoding cycles instead of multiple ligation cycles is less expensive (less enzyme is used), and ligation cycles may be extended for longer time, with Sower probe concentration, to reduce mismatch ligation.
  • Tags may also be designed to minimize interference with the analyzed DNA, for example by using isoC and isoG base pairs that do not pair with natural bases. Another option is to use standard DNA chemistry but design sequences that are very infrequent in the human genome. Yet another option is to use a probe with tails pre-hybridized with unlabeled tags that would be removed after ligation and before hybridization with labeled tags.
  • nucleotides from the anchor probe can in some aspects of the invention utilize additional rounds of probe-anchor ligation, with removal of the anchor/label probe from the target prior to the initiation of the next cycle.
  • the ligated probe- anchor can be removed using a number of methods known in the art. including by heating,
  • the anchor probe can in one embodiment of the invention be prepared with 2 additional degenerate bases at the ligation end. To ensure that the efficiency
  • the anchor is constructed through ligation of two shorter oligonucleotides on the template DNA.
  • the sequencing probe can be prepared with two degenerate bases at the ligating end in the manner of: NNBBNNNN-tag.
  • the assa> may be designed to read an additional 2 bases using 16 anchor probes.
  • probe-anchor ligation The specificity of probe-anchor ligation is verv high because only 2-4 bases around the ligation site are tested. The average discrimination for these bases is 50- 100 fold. Some mismatches such as GT are considerably stronger, having discriminations of only 5-20 fold.
  • software is provided that can take the differences in discrimination of certain mismatches into account.
  • each probe, anchor and tag is optimized (for example, by concentration, number of degenerated bases, sequence and length of tags) to maximally equalize full match signals.
  • Overlapped and shifted pairs of probes and anchors may be designed in one embodiment of the invention to read each base 2-3 times to increase base calling accuracy.
  • AAAAAAA taii-NNNNNNBB.AAAAAAA tail-NNNN'NNBB.AAAAAAA D ⁇ adaptor, G genomic DNA, A - anchor, B- specified probe base, N"- degenerate probe base.
  • Multiple adaptors also provide the opportunity to further increase the reading capacity and to be able to determine more than 2 bases per cycle. In one embodiment, 4-12
  • 305 bases are identified per cycle.
  • 4-8 bases are identified per cvcle.
  • 12-16 or more bases are determined per cycle.
  • 3 adaptors are positioned 12 bases apart, allowing for 30 bases of continuous sequence to be obtained by reading 6 bases at each of 5 ends.
  • a total of 4 adaptors and reading 16 bases between two adaptors generates a
  • mapping information can be obtained by scoring a sufficient
  • hybridization signature where expected and observed intensities are compared.
  • the short sequences may be designed to provide localized (intermittent or continuous) sequence information.
  • ⁇ 325 short sequences may be represented schematically as follows: a. (X)aBB(X)bBB(X)cBB(X)dBB(X)eBB(X)f. , . bl . BBX ⁇ BBX4BBX6BBX4BBXa.... b2. B 16Xa [00248] The number of oligonucleotide sequences needed for complete mapping
  • »330 information depends on the size of the target sequence, the size of the DNA fragments used and on the complexity of the source DNA. For human and other similarly complex genomes about 5 positive 8-mers or 10 positive 6-mers may be sufficient for 100 base DNA fragments. To score one positive 8-mer in 2 cycles, about 10 cycles total can be used by employing 3-fold more cycles than anchor sequencing. In one embodiment, this process
  • 335 does not utilize insertion of two anchors and may be done without enzyme using direct hybridization. In such an embodiment. 3000 8-mers can be utilized. [00249] In one embodiment the same set of probes ma ⁇ be used in different group combinations (combinatorial pooling) to decode which probe from the pool of probes with identical labels is positive. For example, all 3000 probes labeled with 300 distinct labels ma>
  • 345 positive probes may be performed bv using the lower of the two scores for each probe. For true positive probes the lower score is expected to be high. For most negative probes at least one score will be ⁇ en low, and so it vuSI cancel one false positive score. This process helps reduce the number of cycles or number of required labels and may provide enough power for rnan ⁇ applications without the need to use combinatorial labeling.
  • highly overlapped sets of fragments analyzed in the form of 2-16 subsets on different subarrays with different subsets of probes provides a large amount of mapping information. For example 250 base fragments starting at every base on average can be analyzed as 2-16 subsets with 2-16 different subsets of probes. DNA fragments that are shifted only 2-26 bases will be anahzed with a few if not all used probe
  • 2360 (5x3+3 at a distance of 20-30 bases), and in yet another embodiment 4 times less tags for 3- mers, may need 3 anchors (3x6 + 3 ⁇ 3 bases).
  • a high capacity DNA array platform can be used to analyze 100 patient or other DNA samples simultaneously.
  • direct hybridization (or combinatorial ligation) approach of mapping only a subset of probes is used and does not provide tag
  • the set is expanded to 6 tags.
  • Multiple decoding cycles alone or in combination with anchors with different melting temperatures can be used to increase the number of bases that can be read in a single decoding cycle.
  • 4 bases per ligation cycle are read by testing 2 bases on each end of an adaptor and by using two corresponding anchors. Both types of probes B2N6-tail and tail-
  • Each probe type may have unique tails and a matching set of 6 unique tags. Two decoding cycles, using two sets of 6 tags, would identify 4 bases. In 1 1 ligation cycles 42 continuous and 2 redundant bases would be determined. To read a mate-pair of 42+18-60 bases. 15 ligation cycles would be required. [00255] In another aspect. 8 bases are read per ligation cycle. A total of 4 anchors may be
  • each of two sides of two adaptors! Probes and tags may be the same as in the first option.
  • m two decoding c ⁇ c!es 2 bases on each side of one adaptor can be determined.
  • an additional 2 anchors may be used for the second adaptor, additional information is needed to discriminate which of the two positive 2-mers belongs to which anchor 'adaptor end. This can be achiev ed designing the two anchors for the second adaptor with higher 2385 melting temperatures (Tm).
  • Tm melting temperatures
  • AAAAAAAAA A 4.AA AAAAAAAAA AA A.A AAAAAAA AA
  • D- adaptor bases G genomic base* A - anchor bases
  • a stringent wash can be applied that removes low Tm anchors and the tailed probes that are ligated to them.
  • Higher Tm anchors may be photo, chemically or temperature cleavable for easy strip-off. To read more bases the process can be repeated 3 times to read 24 bases surrounding two adaptors, or 6 times to read 48 bases surrounding 4 adaptors. To read the remaining 12 bases for the fifth adaptor, 3 additional cycles may be required. In these 3 cycles, repeat sequencing of 12 previously sequenced bases with the same or shifted anchor-
  • !40S probe pair may also serve as a control of data quality.
  • 9 ligation cycles and 36 decoding cvcles can be used to determine 72 bases (60 unique and 12 repeated).
  • 12 bases are read per cycle by expanding the process from 2 to 3 levels, providing a read of 12 bases (3x2x2) per ligation c>c!e. Similarlv. 72 bases (60 unique and 12 repeated) can be determined in just 6 ligation cvcles.
  • the Tm approach can be
  • probes of one type are ligated to 3 different anchors.
  • 8 bases are read in one ligation cycle without using Tm differentiation of anchors.
  • the anchor probes are designed to read 2 bases
  • Decoding would be performed in four cycles hav ing 4 sets of tags specific for each of 4 tail groups. Interestingly, this approach may provide bases using 5 adaptors
  • probe sets comprising 16 probes of the structure BBNNNNNN-tail in which the tail is approximately 15 to 20 bases in length and a complementary tag sequence to the tail labeled with fluorophores are prepared.
  • Tails and tags are designed to minimize interference with the analyzed DNA.
  • tail and tag sequences are
  • each tail sequence may have the capacity to bind two tags, and each tag in this design mav only have one fluorophore attached.
  • An initial design of a set of 4 tags, one for each color may be performed.
  • the complementary sequences of these tags may be combined to create 8 tails (out of a total of 30 possible 2455 combinations).
  • the remaining 8 of the 16 tails may also require an additional set of 4 tags but they can carry the same fluorophores as used for the first set of 4 tags.
  • probes may be prepared with a single fluorophore (e.g.. FAMRA) to determine the relative strengths of the different tag combinations (i.e. hybrid strengths). Once this information is obtained it is possible to match the fluorophores to the tags to
  • Z460 normalize intensities.
  • a single fluorophore set of tags can also be used to determine the relative efficiencies of the BBNNNNNN region of the probe with a common tail structure. Once these parameters have been determined, a set of 16 B BNNNNNN -tail probes can be prepared. This probe set may be used to hybridize to RCR products derived from the PCR and synthetic target circles or even complex genomic samples.
  • arrayed RCR targets are first hybridized with an adaptor probe to determine the DNB locations and relative intensities. This probe is removed using standard techniques, such as by raising the temperature, and a second set of probes can then be hybridized to the array.
  • the second probe set contains an anchor probe and 16 BBNNNNNN-tail probes in a ligation mix. The reaction proceeds for a sufficient length of
  • the chamber can include the 4 tag probes that hybridize to the tails of ligated and hybridized BBNNNNNN probes. This hybridization can in some embodiments be as short as 5 minutes to achieve high signal intensities.
  • the chamber is again washed and imaging occurs at the desired wavelengths. The chamber then undergoes
  • the second group of 4 tags can then be hybridized to score the presence of the second group of 8 BBNNNNNN probes.
  • the level of discrimination between the matching BBNNNNNN probe and the other 15 mismatch BBNNNNNN probes can be determined through the level and combinations of signal intensity.
  • a probe is provided, for example a probe of structure AANNNNNN. to generate enough of a signal for an AATATANN DNA spot with a low AG for the TATA sequence. If the signal for the optimal condition is low for some DNA sequences, matching probes can be prepared independent!) and added into the mix to selectively boost concentrations onh for these probes. If 20
  • 16x20 additional probes can be prepared.
  • development and testing 16 probes for reading 2-hase sequences from the other side of the genomic segment between two adaptors is accomplished. Tail and degenerated bases for these probes ma> be at the 5 " end, e.g. Taii-
  • the number of d ⁇ es that can be differentiated is maximized by using multiple specific excitation patterns and a maximal number of filters for each excitation pattern. For example, 2-4 excitations, each with 4 different wave lengths (total of 16 wave lengths) can be used in combination with 8-16 filters for each excitation.
  • direct labeling with dyes is combined with indirect labeling using haptens (such as biotin) to specifically stain multiple probes.
  • Directly attached dyes may be photo-bleached or differences in the intensity may be calculated before and after
  • the number of color labels available for use is expanded by light or chemical de-blocking of quenchers or chemical modifications that shift absorption of the given d>e. Color intensities are measured before and after de-blocking treatment. After the first imaging is done the dye may be photo-bleached before an increase of signal for the
  • one embodiment provides a higher starling temperature and/or temperature cycling to increase the number of ligatable probes
  • the process includes a step m which the or blocker h rerno ⁇ ed to repeat the 2520 extension.
  • Multiple adaptors provide increased flexibility in this process.
  • 2-6 or more bases are read by single base primer extension using shifted primers in consecutive reactions. Multiple simultaneous shifted 0+1 or 1 +1 primer frames on one adaptor or single frame on multiple adaptors or both may be used.
  • using the initial plus 3 additional anchors provides 4 primers.
  • 16 bases are determined in 16 cycles using 4 standard colors, which can be accomplished without combinatorial labeling or tagging, In this embodimeni, the primer extension does not have degenerate bases on the labeled component, thus reducing the concentration of dyes used. Because 16 bases may not be sufficient for mapping, 4 primers x 5-6 bases of extension in 20-24 cycles can be used.
  • ⁇ Multiplex primer extension is possible by discriminative removal of the primers.
  • Several different methods may be used for such removal based on factors including: primer length, GC content, base or backbone modifications such as LNA or PNA. uracil incorporation, or light sensitive linkage between selected bases.
  • Two to eight stability levels in one group may be designed. Also 2 to 4 distinct groups that may have different stabilizers
  • 1535 or protectors can be used. By applying these labeling methods, 20-24 bases may be determined in as few as 3-5 enzymatic cycles.
  • a primer protection assay for multiplex primer extension one base at a time is used.
  • the primer for example UUUUUUUNNN. used for the fourth extension provides enough signal because mismatches at NNN can occupy over 50% or over 90% of the target and would not
  • Primer with higher specificity may be created by ligating UUUUUUUU.U UUNNN or UUUL 1 U UU. UNNNNN,
  • the attached ssDNA may be converted in dsDNA using the attached primer and removal of the original strand or primer invasion techniques.
  • One approach to remove the original strand is
  • anchor and or probe design For performing consecutive or overlapped frames or reading 2-3 bases a different anchor and or probe design may be used. For example:
  • Cycle 1 UUUUUUUUUUUU.BBNNNNNNNN
  • Cycle 2 UUUUUUUUUUNN.BBNNNNNN or
  • Anchors that have degenerated bases may be designed in two parts to assure preferential binding of anchors that have matching bases at degenerated positions. Overlapped or shifted frames may be used to read each base multiple times in the same target. Two examples for multiple reading of the first four bases after the anchor are 2560 presented below:
  • U represents common pre-defined bases.
  • B a specified base and N a degenerate base. 2570
  • the ligation site is indicated with a period (. ⁇
  • hardware is provided to allow detection of the ligation and hybridization events of the sequencing methods.
  • the ligation and hybridization events of the sequencing methods are provided.
  • 1575 system hardware comprises three major components: the illumination system, the reaction chamber, and the detector system.
  • the detection instrument can include several features such as: adjustable laser power, electronic shutter, auto focus, and operating software. [00278J Signals from single molecules on random arrays made in accordance with the invention can generated and detected by a number of detection systems, including, but not
  • instruments for use with arrays of the imention comprise three basic components: (i) a fluidics system for storing and transferring detection and processing
  • reagents e.g. probes, wash solutions, and the like
  • an array (ii) a reaction chamber, or flow cell, holding or comprising an array and having flow-through and temperature control capability; and (iii) an illumination and detection system.
  • a flow cell has a temperature control subsystem with ability to maintain temperature in the range from about 5-95 0 C, or more specifically 10-85 0 C, and can change temperature with a rate of about
  • a flow cell for 1 " square 170 micrometer thick cover slips can be used which have been derivatized to bind macromolecular structures of the invention.
  • ' I he cell encloses the ""array” by sandwiching the glass and a gasket between two planes.
  • One plane has an opening of sufficient size to permit imaging, and an indexing pocket for the
  • the other plane has an indexing pocket for the gasket, fluid ports, and a temperature control system.
  • One fluid port is connected to a syringe pump which "pulis"' or ' " pushes" fluid from the flow cell the other port is connected to a funnel like mixing chamber.
  • the chamber in turn is equipped with a liquid level sensor. The solutions are dispensed into the funnel, mixed if needed, then drawn into the flow cell. When the level
  • !6IO sensor reads air in the funnels connection to the flow cell the pump is reversed a known amount to back the fluid up to the funnel. This prevents air from entering the flow cell.
  • the cover slip surface may be sectioned off and divided into strips to accommodate fluid flow/capillary effects caused by sandwiching.
  • Such substrate may be housed in an "open air " / "open face” chamber to promote even flow of the buffers over the substrate by
  • Imaging maj be accomplished with a 10Ox objective using TIRF or epi illumination and a 1.3 mega pixel Hamamatsu orca-er-ag on a Zeiss axiovert 200, or like system. This configuration images RCR concatemers bound randomly to a substrate (non-ordered array). Imaging speed may be improved by decreasing the objectiv e magnification power, using grid patterned arrays and increasing the number of
  • each camera mav be used, preferably in the 10-16 megapixel range.
  • Multiple band pass filters and dichroic mirrors may also be used to collect pixel data across up to four or more emission spectra. To compensate for the lower light collecting power of the decreased magnification objective, the power of the excitation
  • WS light source can be increased. Throughput can be increased b ⁇ using one or more flow clumbers with each camera, so that the imaging system is not idle while the sampler are being hv bridized/reacted Because the probing of arrays can be non-sequential, more than one imaging system can be used to collect data from a set of arrays, further decreasing assay time.
  • Some ke> factors in maintaining focus are the flatness of the substrate, orthogonality of the substrate to the focus piane, and mechanical forces on the substrate that may deform it.
  • Substrate flatness can be well-controlled, and glass plates which have better than 1 A wave flatness are readily obtained. Uneven mechanical forces on the substrate can be minimized
  • each image is acquired and then analyzed using a fast algorithm to determine if the image is in focus. If the image is out of focus, the auto focus routine will be triggered.
  • !645 signal is a Zeiss Axiovert 200 equipped with a TIRF slider coupled to an 80 milliwatt 532 nm solid state laser.
  • the slider illuminates the substrate through the objective at the correct TIRF illumination angle.
  • TIRF can also be accomplished without the use of the objective by illuminating the substrate though a prism optically coupled to the substrate.
  • Planar wave guides can also be used to implement TIRF on the substrate Epi illumination can also be
  • the light source can be rastered. spread beam, coherent, incoherent, and originate from a single or multi-spectrum source.
  • One embodiment for the imaging system includes a 2Ox lens with a 1 .25 mm field of view. A 10 megapixel camera is used for detection. Such a svstem is able to image approximately 1.5 million concatemers attached to the patterned arrav at 1 micron pitch
  • the number of pixels per concatemer can be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the field of view of the objective. For example, a 1 mm field of view yields a value of 10 pixels per concatemer and a 2 mm field of view yields a value of 2.5 pixels per concatemer.
  • the field of view may be adjusted relative to the magnification and numerical aperture of the objective to ⁇ ield ihe 2660 lowest pixel count per concatemer that is still capable of being resolved by the optics, and image analysis software.
  • the illumination source preferably produces at least 6, but more preferably 8 different wavelengths.
  • Such sources include gas lasers, multiple diode pumped solid state lasers combined through a fiber coupler, filtered Xenon Arc lamps, tunable lasers, or the more novel Spectralum Light
  • the Spectralum Light Engine uses prism to spectrally separate light.
  • the spectrum is projected onto a Texas Instruments Digital Light Processor, which can selectively reflect any portion of the spectrum into a fiber or optical connector.
  • This system is capable of monitoring and calibrating the power output across indi ⁇ idual wavelengths to keep them constant so as to automatically compensate for
  • imaging is accomplished through a IGOx objective.
  • the excitation 680 light source is an 80 milliwatt diode pumped solid state laser. This light source has been used successfully with TIRFM and EPI illumination techniques.
  • the images are acquired using a 1 .3 mega pixel Hamamatsu orca-er-ag camera and a Ziess 200 imerted microscope. This configuration currently images DNBs bound randomly to a substrate at a 0.5 seconds exposure time.
  • a two piece flow cell is used to house a F ' square. 170 ⁇ r ⁇ thick cover slip, which has been derivatized and actuated to bind DNBs.
  • a side port is connected to a syringe pump that "pulls” or “pushes” fluid from the flow cell.
  • a second port is connected to a funnel like mixing chamber that is equipped with a liquid level sensor. The solutions are dispensed into the mixing chamber, mixed if needed, then drawn into the flow
  • the regular pattern of capture cells is interrupted in such a way as to encode location information into each acquired image. Approximately 1000 cells per image can be removed from the pattern to create a 10 bit code, which would represent up to
  • the physical features of the coding region can be used as a reference to locate all pixels in the image during image analysis, while the code itself is used to verify that the instrument imaged the correct area of the substrate.
  • a key feature of the coding region is that each element is represented by a no-binding spots "empty area" block. This eliminates
  • each coding element represents 50 capture cells 2715 Kits of the invention
  • kits for construction of random arrays of the invention and for using the same for ⁇ arious applications are particularly useful.
  • Kits for applications of random arrays of the invention include, but are not limited to, kits for determining the nucleotide sequence of target
  • kit typically comprises at least one support having a surface and one or more reagents necessary or useful for constructing a random array of the invention or for earning out an application therewith.
  • reagents include, without limitation, nucleic acid primers, probes, adaptors * enzymes, and the like, and are each packaged in a container, such as. without limitation, a vial, tube or bottle, in a package suitable for commercial
  • ⁇ 725 distribution such as, without limitation, a box. a sealed pouch, a buster pack and a carton.
  • the package typically contains a label or packaging insert indicating the uses of the packaged materials.
  • packaging materials includes any article used in the packaging for distribution of reagents in a kit. including without limitation containers, vials, tubes, bottles, pouches, blister packaging, labels, tags, instruction sheets and package inserts.
  • kits for sequencing a target polynucleotide comprising the following components: (i) a support having a planar surface having an array of optically resolvable discrete spaced apart regions, wherein each discrete spaced apart region has an area of less than 1 ⁇ m"; (ii) a first set of probes for hybridizing to a plurality of concatemers randomly disposed on the discrete spaced apart regions, the concatemers each
  • kits may further include a ligase, a ligase buffer, and a hybridization buffer.
  • the discrete spaced apart regions may have capture
  • the invention includes kits for circularizing DNA fragments.
  • such a kit includes the components: (a) at least one adaptor oligonucleotide for ligating to one or more DNA fragments and forming DNA circles therewith ⁇ h ⁇ a terminal transferase for attaching a homopolymer tail to said D ⁇ A fragments to prc ⁇ ide a binding site for a first end of ⁇ aid adaptor oligonucleotide, tc i a hgase for ligating a strand of said adaptor oligonucleotide to ends of said DNA fragment to form said
  • the above adaptor oligonucleotide may have a second end having a number of degenerate bases in the range of from 4 to 12.
  • the above kit may further include reaction buffers for the terminal transferase,
  • the invention includes a kit for circularizing DNA fragments using a CircLigaseTM enzyme (Epicentre Biotechnologies, Madison, WI), which kit comprises a volume exclusion polymer.
  • the kit includes the following components: (a) reaction buffer for controlling pH and providing an optimized
  • a reaction buffer for such kit comprises 0.5 M MOPS (pH 7.5), 0.1 M KCL 50 mM MgCI 2 , and 10 mM DTT.
  • such kit includes CircLigase. e.g. 10-100 ⁇ L CircLigase solution (at 100 unit/ ⁇ L).
  • Exemplary volume exclusion polymers are disclosed in U.S. patent 4,886,74] , which is incorporated by reference, and include polyethylene glycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone,
  • a kit for circle formation includes the following:
  • the above components can be used in a number of different protocols known in the 770 art, for example: (1) LIeat DNA at 60- 96 0 C depending on the length of the DNA (ssDNA templates that have a 5'- phosphate and a 3 " -hydroxyl group); (2) Preheat 2.2X reaction mix at 6O 0 C for about 5-10 min: (3) If DNA was preheated to 96 l' C cool it down at 60°C.Mix
  • Example 4 Identification of targets from multiple pathogens using a single arra ⁇
  • PCR products from diagnostic regions of Bacillus anthracis and Yersinia pestis were converted into single stranded DNA and attached to a universal adaptor. These 2 samples were then mixed and replicated together using RCR and deposited onto the chip 80S surface as a random array. Successive hybridization with amplicon specific probes showed that each spot on the array corresponded uniqueh to either one of the two amplicon sequences and that the) can be identified specifically with the probes (Fig 7), thus demonstrating sensitivity and specificity for identifying DNA present in submicron size DNA nano-balls having about 100-1000 copies of a DNA fragment generated by the RCR
  • the universal adaptor was ligated using T4 DNA ligase to the 5' end of the target molecule, assisted by a template oligonucleotide complementary to the 5 * end of the targets and 3' end of the universal adaptor.
  • the adaptor ligated targets were then circularized using bridging
  • Linear DNA molecules were removed by treating with exonuclease I.
  • RCR were generated by mixing the single-stranded samples and using Phi29 polymerase to repiicate around the circularized adaptor-target molecules with the bridging oligonucleotides as the initiating primers.
  • the RCR products were captured on the glass slide via the capture oligonucleotide,
  • Example 5 Decoding base position in arrayed DNBs created from 80-mer oligonucleotide with degenerate bases
  • a 5' phosphorylated, 3' TAMRA-labeled pentamer oligonucleotide was paired with one of the four hexamer oligonucleotides. Each of these 4 ligation probe pairs hybridize to either an A, C, G or T-containing version of the target. Discrimination scores of greater than 3 were obtained for most targets, demonstrating the ability to identify single base differences between the nanoball targets. The discrimination score is the highest spot score divided by
  • Example 6 Decoding 2 degenerate bases at the end of a synthetic 80-mer 895 oligonucleotide using a probe-anchor ligation assay
  • a synthetic oligonucleotide containing 8 degenerate bases at the 5' end was used to simulate random genomic DN ⁇ ends.
  • the DNA-nanobails created from this oligonucleotide will ha ⁇ these S degenerate bases placed directly next to the adaptor sequence.
  • T o demonstrate the feasibility of sequencing the 2 unknown bases adjacent to the known WO adaptor sequence using a probe-anchor ligation approach, a 12-mer oligonucleotide with a specific sequence to hybridize to the 3' end of the adaptor sequence was used as the anchor, and a set of 16 T ⁇ MRA-labeled oligonucleotides in the form of BBKNNNNN were used as the sequence-reading probes.
  • 2910 Lines were produced by using a pulled glass capillary be ⁇ e!ed at 45 degrees to a tip si/e of 5 ⁇ m, loaded with 1 ⁇ l of 5 ⁇ M capture probe in water, and drawn across the glass slide by a precision gantry robot. DNBs were allowed to attach to the surface of the co ⁇ erslip and then detected with a probe specific for the adaptor. Fig. 10 shows the high density attachment to regions where a capture probe was deposited on the surface, indicating that DNBs can be
  • a synthetic target DNA of 70 bases in length and a PCR derived fragment of 200- 300 bp in length was obtained from a double stranded product by phosphorylation of one of the primers and treatment with lambda exonuclease to remove the phosphorylated strand.
  • Attachment of the RCR products to the surface of coverslips could also be accomplished by utilizing an adaptor sequence in the concatemer that is complementary to an attached oligonucleotide on the surface.

Abstract

The present invention is directed to methods and compositions for acquiring nucleotide sequence information of target sequences using adaptors interspersed in target polynucleotides. The sequence information can be new. e.g. sequencing unknown nucleic acids, re-sequencing, or genotyping. The invention preferably includes methods for inserting a plurality of adaptors at spaced locations within a target polynucleotide or a fragment of a polynucleotide. Such adaptors may serve as platforms for interrogating adjacent sequences using various sequencing chemistries, such as those that identify nucleotides by primer extension, probe ligation, and the like. Encompassed in the invention are methods and compositions for the insertion of known adaptor sequences into target sequences, such that there is an interruption of contiguous target sequence with the adaptors. By sequencing both 'upstream' and 'downstream' of the adaptors, identification of entire target sequences may be accomplished.

Description

HIGH THROUGHPUT GENOME SEQUENCING ON DNA ARRAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to provisional applications Ser. No. 60/776,415, filed February 24, 2006, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH
10002) This application has been partially ftmded by the Federal Government through Grant No. 1 UOl ΛI057315-01 of the National Institute of Health.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 100031 Large-scale sequence analysis of genomic DNA is central to understanding a wide range of biological phenomena related to states of health and disease both in humans and in many economically important plants and animals, e.g. Collins et al (2003), Nature, 422: 835- 847; Service, Science, 31 1 : 1544-1546 (2006); Hirschhorn et al (2005), Nature Reviews Genetics, 6: 95-108; National Cancer Institute, Report of Working Group on Biomedical Technology, "Recommendation for a Human Cancer Genome Project," (February, 2005); 'fringe et al (2005), Nature Reviews Genetics, 6: 805-814. The need for low-cost high- throughput sequencing and re-sequencing has led to the development of several new approaches that employ parallel analysis of many target DNA fragments simultaneously, e.g. Margulies et al, Nature, 437: 376-380 (2005); Shendure et al (2005), Science, 309: 1728- 1732; Metzker (2005), Genome Research, 15: 1767- 1776: Shendure et al (2004), Nature Reviews Genetics, 5: 335-344; Lapidus et al, U.S. patent publication US 2006/002471 1 ; Drmanac et al, U.S. patent publication US 2005/0191656; Brenner et al, Nature Biotechnology, 18: 630-634 (2000): and the like. Such approaches reflect a variety of solutions for increasing target polynucleotide density in planar arrays and for obtaining increasing amounts of sequence information within each cycle of a particular sequence deteclion chemistry. Most of these new approaches are restricted to determining a few tens of nucleotides before signals become significantly degraded, thereby placing a limit on overall sequencing efficiency. (0004) Another limitation of traditional high-throughput sequencing techniques is that random positioning of DNA targets over an array surface, which is used in many sequencing methods, reduces the packing efficiency of those targets from what is possible
Figure imgf000003_0001
attaching
DNA at predefined sites such as in a grid,
JOOOS] In view of such limitations, it would be advantageous for the field if an additional approach were available to increase the amount of sequencing information that could be obtained from an array of target polynucleotides. Another need in the art is for an efficient and inexpensive way to prepare array supports with billions of binding sites at submicron sizes and distances,
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0006] Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention addresses the problems associated with short sequence read-lengths produced by many approaches to large-scale DNA sequencing, including the problem of obtaining limited sequence information per enzymatic cycle. Also provided are methods and compositions for preparing random arrays of engineered nucleic acid molecules able to support billions of molecules, including molecules at submicron sizes and distances. [0007] In one aspect, the invention provides a method of determining the identification of a first nucleotide at a detection position of a target sequence, wherein the target sequence comprises a plurality of detection positions. In a preferred aspect, the method includes Iwo steps: providing a plurality of concatemers and identifying the first nucleotide. Each concatemer comprises a plurality of monomers, and each monomer comprises: (i) a first target domain of the target sequence comprising a first set of target detection positions; (ii) a first adaptor comprising a Type Hs endonuclease restriction site; (iii) a second target domain of the target sequence comprising a second set of target detection positions; and (iv) a second interspersed adaptor comprising a Type ILs endonuclease restriction site. In a preferred embodiment, the target sequence concatemers are immobilized on a surface. In a further embodiment, the surface is functionalized,
[0008] In one embodiment, the imention provides a method of determining the identification of a first nucleotide at a detection position of a target sequence in which the identifying step comprises contacting the concatemers with a set of sequencing probes, In an exemplary embodiment, the sequencing probes each comprise a first domain complementary to one of the adaptors, a unique nucleotide at a first interrogation position, a label. IR a preferred embodiment, the contact between the concatemers and the sequencing probes is accomplished under conditions such that if the unique nucleotide is complementary to the first nucleotide, a sequencing probe hybridizes to the coπcatemer, thereby identifying the first nucleotide. [0009] In another embodiment, each adaptor comprises an anchor probe, a hybridization site and an identifying step. The identifying step in an exemplary embodiment comprises: hybridizing anchor probes to anchor probe hybridization sites, hybridizing sequencing probes to target detection positions adjacent to the adaptors, ligating adjacent hybridized sequencing and anchor probes to form ligated probes, and detecting the ligated probes to identify the first nucleotide.
[0010] In another embodiment, each adaptor comprises an anchor probe hybridization site, and the identifying step comprises hybridizing anchor probes to the anchor probe hybridization sites and adding a polymerase and at least one dNTP comprising a label. The polymerase and the at least on dNTP are added under conditions whereby if the dNTP is perfectly complementary to a detection position, the dNTP is added to the anchor probe to form an extended probe, thereby creating an interrogation position of the extended probe. The first nucleotide is identified by determining the nucleotide at the interrogation position of the extended probe. [0011] In a further embodiment of the invention, a nucleotide at a second detection position is identified. In still further embodiments of the invention, nucleotides at a third detection position, at a fourth detection position, at a fifth detection position, and/or at a sixth detection position is identified.
[0012J In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of determining the identification of a first nucleotide at a detection position of a target sequence, wherein the target sequence the target sequence concatemers are immobilized on a surface, and that surface comprises functional moieties including but not limited to amines, silanes, and hjdroxyis. In a further embodiment, the surface comprises a plurality of spatially distinct regions comprising said immobilized concatemers. In a still further embodiment, the concatemers are immobilized on the surface using capture probes. [0013J In one aspect, the im ention provides a substrate comprising a plurality of immobilized concatemers, each monomer of said eoncatemer comprising: a first target sequence- a first adaptor comprising a Type Hs endonuclease restriction site, a second target sequence, and a second interspersed adaptor comprising a Type ϊls endonuclease restriction site. The Type Hs endonuciease restriction site of the first adaptor may or not be the same as the f >pe Hs endonuclease restriction site of the second adaptor. In a further embodiment, each monomer further comprises a third target sequence and a third interspersed adaptor comprising a Type Os endonuclease restriction site, and in a stil! further embodiment, each monomer further comprises a fourth target sequence and a fourth interspersed adaptor comprising a Type Os endonuclease restriction site.
100 (0014] In another aspect, the invention provides methods for inserting multiple adaptors in a target sequence. In a preferred aspect, the method includes the steps of: (i) ligating a first adaptor to one terminus of said target sequence, wherein the adaptor comprises a binding site for a restriction enzyme; circularizing the product from step (i) to create a first circular polynucleotide; cleaving the circular polynucleotide with a restriction enzyme, wherein the
105 restriction enzyme is able to bind to the binding site within the first adaptor; ligating a second adaptor, wherein said second adaptor comprises a binding site for a restriction enzyme; and circularizing the product from step (iv) to create a second circular polynucleotide, In some embodiments, steps (in) through (\) are repeated to insert a desired number of adaptors in the target sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the circularization
1 10 step comprises adding a CircLigase™ enzyme.
[0015] In another embodiment, the circularization step comprises adding a circulari/ation sequence to a second terminus of the target sequence, hybridizing a bridge template to at least a portion of the adaptor and a portion of the circularization sequence, and ligating the first and second termini together to circularize the target sequence. 15 [0016] In another aspect, the invention provides a method for identifying a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence. In this method, a plurality of interspersed adaptors is provided within the target sequence, and each interspersed adaptors has at least one boundary with the target sequence. At least one nucleotide adjacent to at least one boundary of at least two interspersed adaptors is identified, thereby identifying the nucleotide 20 sequence of the target sequence.
[0017] In yet another aspect, the invention provides a library of polynucleotides. In a preferred aspect, the library comprises more than one nucleic acid fragment, and each fragment comprises a plurality of interspersed adaptors in a predetermined order. Each interspersed adaptor has at least one end that comprises a sequence which is not able to 25 cross-h\bridize
Figure imgf000005_0001
other sequences of other interspersed adaptors of the plurality. In a further preferred aspect, the predetermined order of interspersed adaptors is identical for every nucleic acid fragment.
[0018] In one aspect, the im ention pirn ides a method for identify ing a nucleotide sequence of a target polynucleotide which comprises the steps of generating an amplicon 130 from each of a plurality of fragments of the target polynucleotide and forming a random array of the ampiicons, hybridizing one or more sequencing probes to the random array, determining the identity of at least one nucleotide adjacent to at least one interspersed adaptor by extending the one or more sequencing probes in a sequence specific reaction, and repeating the hybridization and identifying steps until a nucleotide sequence of the target 135 polynucleotide is identified. In a preferred aspect, the sequencing probes are hybridized to the random array under conditions that permit the formation of perfectly matched duplexes between the one or more probes and complementary sequences on interspersed adaptors. In a preferred aspect, each fragment contains a plurality of interspersed adaptors at predetermined sites. In a further aspect, each amplicon comprises multiple copies of a 140 fragment in numbers such that the fragments substantially cover the target polynucleotide. In a still further aspect, the ampiicons of the random array arc fixed to a surface at a density- such that at least a majority of the ampiicons is optically resolvable. [0019] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of identify ing a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence which comprises the steps of providing a random array of 145 concatemers. hybridizing one or more probes from a first set of probes to the random array, hybridizing one or more probes from a second set of probes to the random array, ligating probes form the first and second sets which are hybridized to a target concatemer at contiguous sites, identifying the sequences of the ligated first and second probes, and repeating the hybridizing, ligating and identifying steps until the sequence of the target 150 sequence is identified. In a preferred aspect, the random array of concatemers comprises concatemers fixed to a planar surface having an array of optically resolvable discrete spaced apart regions, and each concatemer comprises multiple copies of a fragment of the target polynucleotide, such that the number of different concatemers is such that their respective fragments substantially cover the target sequence. In a further aspect, each discrete spaced 155 apart region has an area of less than 1 μm". such that substantially ail the discrete spaced apart regions have at most one concatemer attached.
|0020] In still another aspect, the invention provides a method of identifying a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence which comprises generating a plurality of concatemers comprising multiple copies of a fragment of the target sequence, forming a random array of 160 the concatemers fixed to a surface at a density such that at least a majority of the concatemers are optically resolvable, and identify ing a sequence of at least a portion of each fragment adjacent to at least one interspersed adaptor in at least one concatemer, thcreb) identifying the nucleotide sequence of the target sequence. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF TBE DRAWINGS
165 [0021 ] Figs. 1 Λ-l G illustrate the invention and applications thereof.
[0022] Figs. 2A-2G illustrate various methods of inserting adaptors in a nucleic acid fragment to produce a target polynucleotide containing interspersed adaptors.
[0023J Figs. 3A-3E illustrate a method of high-throughput sequencing that can be implemented on target polynucleotides containing interspersed adaptors. 170 [0024J Fig. 4 provides a comparison of structured and standard random DNA arrays made by attaching RCR products.
[0025] Fig. 5 illustrates reference patterns on an ordered array.
(0026] Fig. 6 shows random arrays imaged on a rSBFI instrument.
[0027] Fig. 7 shows three array images overlaid with slight shifts for easier viewing. 175 (0028] Fig. 8 shows five array images overlaid with slight shifts.
[0029J Fig. 9 shows five array images overlaid with slight shifts.
[0030] Fig, 10 shows an image of an array in which lines of capture probe across the surface of the coverslip were used to specifically bind to DNBs.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
180 [0031] The practice of the present invention may employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques and descriptions of organic chemistry, polymer technology, molecular biology (including recombinant techniques), cell biology, biochemistry, and immunology, which are within the skill of the art. Such conventional techniques include polymer array synthesis, hybridization, ligation, and detection of hybridization using a label.
185 Specific illustrations of suitable techniques can be had by reference to the example herein below. However, other equivalent conventional procedures can, of course, also be used. Such conventional techniques and descriptions can be found in standard laboratory manuals such as Genome Analysis: A Laboratory Manual Series (VoIs. I-IV), Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cells: A Laboratory Manual, PCR Primer. A Laboratory Manual, and
190 Molecular Cloning' A Laboratory Manual (all from Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press). Stryεr. L. ( 1995) Biochemistry (4th Ed.) Freeman, New York, Gait. "'Oligonucleotide Synthesis. A Practical Approach " 1984, IRL Press. London, Nelson and Cox (2000). Lehninger. Principles of Biochemistry 3rd Ed., W. H. Freeman Pub.. New York, N. Y. and Berg et al. (2002) Biochemistry 5!h Ed.. W. H. Freeman Pub.. New York, N.Y.. all of which
195 are herein incorporated in lheir entire!} by reference for ail purposes. Overview
[0032 J The present invention is directed to methods and compositions for acquiring nucleotide sequence information of target sequences (also referred to herein as "target polynucleotides") using adaptors interspersed in target polynucleotides. The sequence
200 information can be new. e.g. sequencing unknown nucleic acids, resequencing, or genotyping. The invention preferably includes methods for inserting a plurality of adaptors at spaced locations within a target polynucleotide or a fragment of a polynucleotide. Such adaptors are referred to herein as "interspersed adaptors", and may serve as platforms for interrogating adjacent sequences using various sequencing chemistries, such as those that
205 identify nucleotides by primer extension, probe ligation, and the like. That is, one unique component of some embodiments of the invention is the insertion of known adaptor sequences into target sequences, such that there is an interruption of contiguous target sequence with the adaptors. By sequencing both "upstream" and "downstream" of the adaptor, sequence information of entire target sequences may be accomplished.
210 [0033] Accordingly, without limitation, the inventions can generally be described as follows (it should be noted that genomic DNA is used as an example herein, but is not meant to be limiting). Genomic DNA from any organism is isolated and fragmented into target sequences using standard techniques. A first adaptor is ligated to one terminus of the target sequence. The adaptor preferably comprises a Type Os restriction endonuclease site, which
215 cuts outside of the recognition sequence. If the enzyme results in a "sticky" end, the overhang portion can either be filled in or removed.
[0034] In one embodiment, an enzyme is used to ligate the two ends of the linear strand comprising the adaptor and the target sequence to form a circularized nucleic acid. This may be done using a single step. Alternatively, a second adaptor can be added to the other
220 terminus of the target sequence (for example, a polyA tail), and then a bridging sequence can be hybridized to the two adaptors, followed by ligation. In either embodiment, a circular sequence is formed.
[0035] The circular sequence is then cut with the Type 11s endonuclease, resulting in a linear strand, and the process is repeated. This results in a circular sequence with adaptors
225 interspersed at well defined locations v\ ithin previoush contiguous target sequences.
[0036] The circulari/.ed sequences are then amplified using a rolling circle replication (RCR) reaction, to form concatemers of the original target sequence (e.g. multimers of monomers). These ϊong concatemers form ""DXA nanobalis'" ("DNBs") can then optional!) be immobilized on a surface in a \ arietv of v\a\s, as outlined below 230 [0037] Once on the surface, using the known adaptor sequences, sequencing of the intervening target sequences is done. As is known in the art. there are a number of techniques that can be used to detect or determine the identity of a base at a particular location in a target nucleic acid, including, but not limited to. the use of temperature. competithe hybridization of perfect and imperfect probes to the target sequence, sequencing
235 by synthesis, for example using single base extension techniques (sometimes referred to as "minisequencing"), the oligonucleotide ligase amplification (OLA) reaction, rolling circle replication (RCR), allelic PCR. competiti\e hybridization and Invader' M technologies. Preferred embodiments include sequencing by hybridization with ligation, and sequencing by hybridization.
240 (0038] The sequence information can then be used to reconstruct sequences of larger target sequences, such as sequencing of the entire genomic DNA,
[0039] Sequencing large numbers of nucleic acids, as is necessary in applications such as genome analysis, epidemiological studies, and diagnostic tests, generally involves adapting sequencing technoiogies to high-throughput formats. However, there are drawbacks to
245 traditional high-throughput sequencing techniques, particularly the problem of short sequence read lengths - that is, many high-throughput sequencing approaches are limited in the length and type of target polynucleotides that may be successfully sequenced. This limitation is primarily due to the number of contiguous bases that can be determined on a single fragment in a single operation. Bj providing a plurality of sites in each target
250 polynucleotide or fragment from which to conduct particular sequencing chemistries, the present invention provides a multiplicity of adjacent sequence reads. In one aspect, these adjacent reads are contiguous, thereby effectively amplifying the expected read lengths of a large class of sequencing chemistries. [0040] The present invention thus allows the determination of a longer contiguous or
255 almost contiguous target sequence by determining the sequences on either side of adaptors.
Compositions/structures of target polynucleotides
[0041] Accordingly, the present invention provides compositions and methods utilizing target sequences from samples. As will be appreciated by those in the art, the sample solution may comprise any number of things, including, but not limited to, bodily fluids 260 (including, but not limited to, blood, urine, serum, lymph.
Figure imgf000009_0001
anal and vaginal secretions, perspiration and semen) and cells of virtually any organism, with mammalian samples being preferred and human samples being particular!} preferred, em sronmeπtal sample^ (including, but not limited to. air. agricultural, water and sou samples); biological warfare agent samples; research samples (i.e. in the case of nucleic acids, the sample may be the 265 products of an amplification reaction, including both target and signal amplification, such as PCR amplification reactions; purified samples, such as purified genomic DNA, RNA preparations, raw samples (bacteria, virus, genomic DNA. etc.): as will be appreciated b\ those in the art. \ irtuaily any experimenta! manipulation may
Figure imgf000010_0001
been done on the samples,
270 [0042] In general, cells from the target organism (animal, avian, mammalian, etc.) are used. When genomic DNA is used, the amount of genomic DNA required for constructing arrays of the invention can \ary widely. In one aspect, for mammalian-sized genomes, fragments are generated from at least about 10 genome-equivalents of DNA; and in another aspect, fragments are generated from at least about 30 genome-equivalents of DNA; and in
275 another aspect, fragments are generated from at least about 60 genome-equivalents of DNA. [0043] The target sequences or target polynucleotides are nucleic acids. By "nucleic acid11 or "oligonucleotide" or grammatical equivalents herein means at least two nucleotides covalently linked together. A nucleic acid of the present invention will generally contain phosphodiester bonds, although in some cases, as outlined below (for example in the
280 construction of primers and probes such as label probes), nucleic acid analogs are included that may have alternate backbones, comprising, for example, phosphoramide (Beaucage et a!.. Tetrahedron 49(1G):1925 (1993) and references therein; Letsinger, J. Org. Chem. 35:3800 (1970); Sprinzl et a]., Eur. J. Biochem. 81 :579 (1977): Letsinger et aL Nucl. Acids Res. 14:3487 (1986); Sawai et al, Chem. Lett. 805 ( 1984), Letsinger et a!.. J. Am. Chem.
285 Soc. 1 10:4470 (1988); and Pauwels et al., Chemica Scripta 26: 141 91986)), phosphorothioate (Mag et a!., Nucleic Acids Res. 19: 1437 (1991): and U.S. Pat. No. 5,644.048), phosphorodithioate (Briu et a!.. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1 1 1 :2321 (1989), O- methylphophoroamidite linkages (see Eckstein. Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach. Oxford University Press), and peptide nucleic acid backbones and
290 linkages (see Eghoϊrn. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1 14:1895 (1992): Meier et al., Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 31 :1008 (1992); Nielsen, Nature. 365:566 (1993); Carlsson et al., Nature 380-207 (1996). all of which are incorporated b\ reference). Other analog nucleic acids include those with bicyclic structures including locked nucleic acids. Koshkin et al.. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 120: 13252 3 (1998); positive backbones (Denpcy et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:6097
295 ( 1995); non-ionic backbones ft S Pat \o<* 5.386.023, 5,63λ684, 5.602,240. 5.216.141 and 4,469,863: Kiedrowshi et Λ . \ngew Chem. ImI. 1 d English 10 42^ ( 1991 ). I etsinger ei al.. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1 10:4470 (1988): Letsinger et ai. Nucleoside & Nucleotide 13: 1597 (1994); Chapters 2 and 3. ASC Symposium Series 580. "Carbohydrate Modifications in Antisense Research", Ed. Y. S, Sanghui and P. Dan Cook: Mesmaeker et ai., Bioorganic &
300 Medicinal Chem. Lett. 4:395 (1994): Jeffs et al., J. Biomolecular NMR 34: 17 (1994):
Tetrahedron Lett. 37:743 (3996)) and non-ribose backbones, including those described in U.S. Pat. Nos, 5,235.033 and 5.034,506, and Chapters 6 and 7, ASC Symposium Series 580. "Carbohydrate Modifications in Antisense Research". Ed. Y. S. Sanghui and P. Dan Cook. Nucleic acids containing one or more carbocyclic sugars are also included within the
305 definition of nucleic acids (see Jenkins et al., Chem, Soc. Rev. (1995) pp 169 176). Several nucleic acid analogs are described in Raw Is. C & E News Jun. 2, 1997 page 35. AlJ of these references are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. These modifications of the ribose-phosphate backbone may be done to increase the stability and half-life of such molecules in physiological environments. For example. PNA:DNA hybrids can exhibit
310 higher stability and thus may be used in some embodiments.
10044] The nucleic acids may be single stranded or double stranded, as specified, or contain portions of both double stranded or single stranded sequence. The nucleic acids may be DNA, both genomic and cDNA, RNA or a hybrid, where the nucleic acid contains an> combination of deoxyribo- and ribo-nucleotides, and any combination of bases, including
315 uracil, adenine, thymine, cytosine, guanine, inosine, xathanine hypoxathanine, isocytosine, isoguanine, etc.
[0045] The term "target sequence" or "target nucleic acid" or grammatical equivalents herein means a nucleic acid sequence on a single strand of nucleic acid. The target sequence may be a portion of a gene, a regulatory sequence, genomic DNA. cDNA. RNA including
320 mRNA and rRNA, or others. As is outlined herein, the target sequence ma\ be a target sequence from a sample, or a secondary target such as a product of an amplification reaction, etc. It may be any length.
[0046J As is outlined more fulh below, probes are made to hλ bridize to target sequences to determine the presence or absence of the target sequence in a sample. Generally speaking.
325 this term will be understood by those skilled in the art. The target sequence may also be comprised of different target domains; for example, a first target domain of the sample target sequence ma> hybridize to a capture probe and a second target domain
Figure imgf000011_0001
hybridize to a label probe, etc. The target domains may be adjacent or separated as indicated. Unless specified, the terms "first" and "second" are not meant to confer an orientation of the
'30 sequences with respect to the 5"-3* oπentation of Che target sequence ϊ-cr example, assuming a 5'-3' orientation of the complementary target sequence, the first target domain may be located either 5' to the second domain, or 3' to the second domain. J0047] In one embodiment, genomic DNA. particular human genomic DNA, is used. Genomic DNA is obtained using conventional techniques, for example, as disclosed in
335 Sambrook et al., supra, 1999: Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ausubel et al., eds.(John Wiley and Sons. Inc.. NY, 1999). or the like, important factors for isolating genomic DNA include the following: 1) the DNA is free of DNA processing enz\mes and contaminating salts; 2) the entire genome is equally represented; and 3) the DNA fragments are between about 5,000 and 100,000 bp in length.
340 [0048] In many cases, no digestion of the extracted DNA is required because shear forces created during lysis and extraction will generate fragments in the desired range. In another embodiment, shorter fragments { 1-5 kb) can be generated by enzymatic fragmentation using restriction endonucleases. In one embodiment, 10-100 genorne-equhalents of DNA ensure that the population of fragments co\ers the entire genome. In some cases, it is advantageous
345 to provide carrier DNA, e.g. unrelated circular synthetic double- stranded DNA, to be mixed and used with the sample DNA whenever only small amounts of sample DNA are available and there is danger of losses through nonspecific binding, e.g. to container wails and the like. In one embodiment, the DNA is denatured after fragmentation to produce single stranded fragments.
350 [0049] Target polynucleotides may be generated from a source nucleic acid, such as genomic DNA, by fragmentation to produce fragments of a specific size; in one embodiment, the fragments are 50 to 600 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the fragments are 300 to 600 or 200 to 2000 nucleotides in length. In yet another embodiment, the fragments are 10-100, 50-100, 50-300. 100-200, 200-300, 50-400. 100-400. 200-400,
355 400-500. 400-600, 500-600, 50-1000. 100-1000. 200-1000. 300-1000, 400-1000. 500-1000. 600-1000. 700-1000, 700-900, 700-800, 800- 1000, 900-1000, 1500-2000, 1750-2000, and 50-2000 nucleotides in length. These fragments may in turn be circularized for use in an RCR reaction or in other biochemical processes, such as the insertion of additional adaptors. [0050] Polynucleotides of the invention have interspersed adaptors that permit acquisition
360 of sequence information from multiple sites, either consecutively or simultaneously.
Interspersed adaptors are oligonucleotides that are inserted at spaced locations within the interior region of a target polynucleotide. In one aspect, "interior" in reference to a target polynucleotide means a site internal to a target poh nucleotide prior to processing, such as circularization and cleavage, that may introduce sequence inversions, or like
365 transformations, which disrupt the ordering of nucleotides within a target polynucleotide. (0051 ) In one aspect, as is more fully outlined below, interspersed adaptors are inserted at intervals within a contiguous region of a target polynucleotide. In some cases, such internals ha\ ε predetermined lengths, which may or may not be equal. In other cases, the spacing between interspersed adaptors may be known only to an accuracy of from one to a few
J 370 nucleotides (e.g. from 1 to 15), or from one to a few tens of nucleotides (e.g. from 10 to 40), or from one to a few hundreds of nucleotides (e.g. from 100 to 200). Preferably, the ordering and number of interspersed adaptors within each target polynucleotide is known. In some aspects of the invention, interspersed adaptors are used together with adaptors that are attached to the ends of target polynucleotides.
375 [00S2J In one aspect, the invention provides target polynucleotides in the form of concatemers which contain multiple copies (e.g. "monomers'") of a target polynucleotide or a fragment of a target polynucleotide. DNA concatemers under conventional conditions (a conventional DNA buffer, e.g. TE, SSC, SSPE, or the like, at room temperature) form random coils that roughly fill a spherical volume in solution having a diameter of from about
380 100 to 300 nm, which depends on the size of the DNA and buffer conditions, in a manner well known in the art. e.g. Edvinsson, "On the size and shape of poiymers and polymer complexes," Dissertation 696 (University of Uppsala, 2002).
[0053] One measure of the size of a random coil polymer, such as single stranded DNA, is a root mean square of the end-to-end distance, which is roughly a measure of the diameter of
385 the randomly coiled structure. Such diameter, referred to herein as a "random coil diameter,"' can be measured by light scatter, using instruments, such as a Zetasizer Nano System (Malvem Instruments. UK), or like instrument. Additional size measures of macromolecular structures of the invention include molecular weight, e.g. in Daltons. and total polymer length, which in the case of a branched polvmer is the sum of the lengths of all
390 its branches.
[0054] Upon attachment to a surface, depending on the attachment chemistry, density of linkages, the nature of the surface, and the Hke, single stranded poh nucleotides fill a flattened spheroidal volume that on a\erage is bounded by a region which is approximately equivalent to the diameter of a concatemer in random coil configuration. Preserving the 395 compact form of the macromolecular structure on the surface allows a more intense signal to be produced probes, e.g. fluorescent!) labeled oligonucleotides, specifically directed to components of a concatemer. [0055] In some embodiments, classes of polynucleotides may be created by providing adaptors having different anchor probe binding sites, This type of "clustering" allows for 400 increased efficiency in obtaining sequence information of the polynucleotides.
Methods of fragmentation
[0056] Effective mapping strategies are needed for sequencing applications such as sequencing complex diploid genomes, de novo sequencing, and sequencing mixtures of genomes. In one embodiment, hierarchical fragmentation procedures are provided to
405 identify haplotype information and assemble parental chromosomes for diploid genomes.
Such procedures may also be applied to predicting protein alleles and to mapping short reads to the correct positions within a genome. Another use for such methods is the correct assignment of a mutation in a gene family which occurs within ~100 bases of DNA sequence shared between multiple genes.
410 f0057] Fig. (IC-D) illustrates one aspect of the invention, in which source nucleic acid
(1600) (which may be, or contain, a single or several target polynucleotides) is treated
(1601) to form single stranded fragments (1602), preferably in the range of from 50 to 600 nucleotides, and more preferably in the range of from 300 to 600 nucleotides, which are then ligated to adaptor oligonucleotides (1604) to form a population of adaptor-fragment
415 conjugates ( 1606). Adaptor ( 1604) is usually an initial adaptor, which need not be
"interspersed" in the sense that it separates two sequences which were contiguous in the original sequence. Source nucleic acid (1600) may be genomic DNA extracted from a sample using conventional techniques, or a cDNA or genomic library produced by conventional techniques, or synthetic DNA, or the like. Treatment (1601) usually entails
420 fragmentation by a conventional technique, such as chemical fragmentation, enzymatic fragmentation, or mechanical fragmentation, followed by denaturation to produce single stranded DNA fragments.
[0058] In generating fragments in either stage, fragments may be derived from either an entire genome or from a selected subset of a genome. Many techniques are available for
425 isolating or enriching fragments from a subset of a genome, as exemplified by the following references, which are incorporated in their entirety by reference: Kandpal et al (1990). Nucleic Acids Research, 18: 1 789-1795: Cailow et al. U.S. patent publication 2005/0019776: Zabeau et al. U.S. patent 6,045.994; Deugau et al, U.S. patent 5.508,169; Sibson. U.S. patent 5,728.524; Guilfoyle et al, U.S. patent 5.994,068; Jones et aL U.S. patent 430 publication 2005/0142577; Gullberg et al, U.S. patent publication 2005/0037356; Matsuzaki et al, U.S. patent publication 2004/0067493; and the like.
[0059] In one embodiment, shear forces during lysis and extraction of genomic DN Λ generate fragments in a desired range. Also encompassed by the invention are methods of fragmentation utilizing restriction endonucieases,
435 [0060] In a preferred embodiment, particularly for mammalian-sized genomes, fragmentation is carried out in at least tv\o stages, a first stage to generate a population of fragments in a size range of from about 100 kilobases (Kb) to about 250 kilobases, and a second stage, applied separately to each 100-250 Kb fragment, to generate fragments in the size range of from about 50 to 600 nucleotides, and more preferably in the range of from
440 about 300 to 600 nucleotides, for generating concatemers for a random array. In some aspects of the invention, the first stage of fragmentation may also be employed to select a predetermined subset of such fragments, e.g. fragments containing genes that encode proteins of a signal transduction pathway, and the like. [0061] In one embodiment, the sample genomic DKA is fragmented using techniques
445 outlined in US Ser. No. 1 1/451 ,692, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In this aspect, genomic DNA is isolated as 30-300 kb sized fragments. Through proper dilution, a small subset of these fragments is. at random, placed in discreet wells of multi-well plates or similar accessories. For example a plate with 96, 384 or 1536 wells can be used for these fragment subsets. An optimal way to create these DNA aliquots is to isolate the DNA with a
450 method that naturally fragments to high molecular weight forms, dilute to 10-30 genome equivalents after quantitation, and then split the entire preparation into 384 wells. This provides representation of all genomic sequences, and performing DNA isolation on 10-30 cells with 100 % recovery efficiency assures that all chromosomal regions are represented with the same coverage. By providing aiiquots in this method, the probability of placing two
455 overlapping fragments from the same region of a chromosome into the same plate well is minimized. For diploid genomes represented with 10x coverage, there are 20 overlapping fragments on average to separate into distinct wells. If this sample is distributed over a 384 well plate, then each well contains, on average, L562 fragments. By forming 384 fractions in a standard 384-well plate, there is only about a 3/400 chance that two overlapping 460 fragments may end up in the same well.
Figure imgf000015_0001
if some matching fragments are placed in the same well, the other overlapping fragments from each chromosomal region pro\idε the unique mapping information. [0062] In one embodiment, the prepared groups of long fragments are further cut to the final fragment size of about 300 to 600 bases. To obtain sufficient (e.g.. 1 Ox) coverage of
465 each fragment in a group, the DNA in each well may be amplified before final cutting using well-developed whole genome amplification methods.
[0063] All short fragments from one well may then be arrayed and sequenced on one separate unit array or in one section of a larger continuous matrix. A composite array of 384 unit arra\s is ideal for parallel analysis of these groups of fragments. In the assembly of long
470 sequences representing parental chromosomes, the algorithm may use the critical information that short fragments detected in one unit array belong to a limited number of longer continuous segments each representing a discreet portion of one chromosome. In almost all cases the homologous chromosomal segments may be analyzed on different unit arrays. Long (-100 Kb) continuous initial segments form a tailing pattern and provide
475 sufficient mapping information to assemble each parental chromosome separately as depicted below by relying on about 100 polymorphic sites per 100 kb of DNA. in the following example dots represent 100-1000 consecutive bases that are identical in corresponding segments.
Well 3 T C.... , C...G A
480 Well 20 ....C T T ...A G C...
Well 157 T. ..A G C A...C. .
Well 258 ...C C G A T G...T...
Weils 3 and 258 assemble chromosome 1 of Parent 1 : ... T C C...G A T G . T
Weils 20 and 1 57 assemble chromosome i of Parent 2: ...C T T.. . A G .C . . .A, . , C...
485
[0064] In one embodiment, amplification of the single targets obtained in the chromosomal separation procedure is accomplished using methods known in the art for whole genome amplification. In a preferred embodiment, methods that produce 10-100 fold amplification are used. In one embodiment, these procedures do not discriminate in terms of the 490 sequences that are to be amplified but instead amplify all sequences within a sample. Such a procedure does not require intact amplification of entire 100 kb fragments, and shorter fragments, such as fragments from 1-10 kb, can be used.
Composition/structure of interspersed adaptors
[0065] In one aspect, interspersed adaptors are inserted at intervals within a contiguous 495 region of a target polynucleotide, interspersed adaptors may vary widely in length, which depends in pan on the number and t>pe of functional elements desired. Such functional elements include, but are not limited to, anchor sequences, sequences complementary to capture probe sequences (e.g. for attachment to surfaces), tagging sequences, secondare structure sequences, sequences for attachment/In bridi/ation of label probes,
500 functional ization sequences, primer binding sites, recognition sites for nucleases, such as nicking enzvmes. restriction endonucleases, and the like.
[0066] In one embodiment, the adaptors comprise a restriction endonuclease recognition site as known in the art. In one embodiment, such recognition sites can be for nicking enzymes.
505 [0067] In one embodiment, the restriction endonuclease site is a Type Os restriction endonuclease site. Type-IIs endonucleases are gεneralh commerciail} available and are well known in the art. Like their Type-II counterparts. Type-IJs endonucleases recognize specific sequences of nucleotide base pairs within a double stranded polynucleotide sequence. Upon recognizing that sequence, the endonuclease will cleave the polynucleotide
510 sequence, generally leaving an overhang of one strand of the sequence, or "sticky end."
Type-IIs endonucleases aiso generally cleave outside of their recognition sites; the distance may be anywhere from 2 to 20 nucleotides away from the recognition site. Because the cleavage occurs within an ambiguous portion of the polynucleotide sequence, it permits the capturing of the ambiguous sequence up to the cleavage site, under the methods of the
515 present invention. Usually, type Hs restriction endonucleases are selected that have cleavage sites separated from their recognition sites by at least six nucleotides (i.e. the number of nucleotides between the end of the recognition site and the closest cleavage point). Exemplary type Os restriction endonucleases include, but are not limited to, Eco57M ϊ, Mme
I. Acu L Bpm I, BceΛ I. Bbv I. BciV 1. BpuE I, BseM II, BseR I, Bsg I9 BsmF I. BtgZ I, Eci 520 I. EcoPlS I, Eco57M I, Fok I. Hga I, Hph I, Mbo II, MnI I, SfaN I, TspDT L TspDW I, Taq
II, and the like.
[0068] In some embodiments, each adaptor comprises the same Tv pe Hs restriction endonuclease site. In alternative embodiments, different adaptors comprise different sites. J0069] In one embodiment, one or more of the adaptors comprise anchor probe
525 hybridization sites. As is outlined below, anchor probes are used in sequencing reactions, and can take a variety of forms. In general, at least one end of the anchor probe hybridization site is at the junction between the target sequence and the adaptor; that is, sequencing reactions generally rely on hybridization of the anchor probe direct!) adjacent to detection positions of the target sequence. The anchor or primer may be selected or designed
530 to be or to have one to about ten or more, preferably one to four bases, shifted left or right from the target-adaptor junction. As used herein, "detection position" refers to a position in a target >equenee lor which sequence information is desiied [0070] In many embodiments, sequencing reactions can be run off both ends of the anchor probes: thus, in some embodiments, the anchor probe hybridization site comprises the entire
535 adaptor sequence. Alternatively, there may be two anchor probe hybridization sites within each adaptor: one adjacent or close to the 3' end of the target sequence and one adjacent or close to the 5" end. As will be appreciated by those in the art, depending on the length of the anchor probes and the length of the adaptor, two anchor probe hybridization sites ma> o\ erlap within the adaptor, they may be directly adjacent, or they may be separated by
540 intervening sequences. The length of the anchor probe hybridization sequence will vary depending on the conditions of the assay.
[0071 j In one embodiment, one or more of the adaptors comprise a primer binding sequence. As is known in the art. polymerases generally require a single stranded template (the concatemers, for example) with a portion of double stranded nucleic acid. Essentially.
545 any sequence can ser\e as a primer binding sequence, to bind a primer, as any double stranded sequence will be recognized by the polymerase. In general, the primer binding sequence is from about 3 to about 30 nucleotides in length, with from about 15 to about 25 being preferred. Primer oligonucleotides are usually 6 to 25 bases in length. As will be appreciated by those in the art, the primer binding sequence can be contained within any of
550 the other adaptor sequences.
[0072] In one embodiment, one or more of the adaptors comprise a capture probe recognition sequence. As is more fully outlined below, one embodiment of the invention utilizes capture probes on the surface of a substrate to immobilize the DNBs. In this embodiment, the adaptors comprise a domain sufficiently complementary to one or more
555 capture probes to allow hybridization of the domain and the capture probe, resulting in immobilization of the DNBs on the surface.
[0073] In one embodiment, one or more of the adaptors comprise a secondary structure sequence. For example, palindromic sequences in a plurality of adaptors within the concatemer results in hybridization between adaptors (e.g. intramolecular interactions 560 between copies in the concatemer) thus "tightening" the three dimensional structure of the DNA nanoball ("DNBs"). These palindromic sequence units can be 5, 6. 7. 8, 9. 10 or more nucleotides in length and of various sequences, such as sequences chosen to provide a specific melting temperature. For example, a palindrome AAAAAAATTTTTTT will provide a 14 bases dsDNA hybrid between neighboring any two unit replicas in the form of:
S65 ΛΛAAAAVΠTΪ ΠΎ
I T I TT'I TAΛΛΛAΛΛ (0074J In one embodiment, the adaptors comprise label probe binding sequences. In some embodiments, for example for detection of particular sequences rather than sequencing reactions, label probes can be added to the concatemers to detect particular sequences. Label
570 probes will hybridize to the label probe binding sequence and comprise at least one detectable label as is outlined herein. For example, detection of the presence of infectious agents such as bacteria or viruses can be done in this manner.
[0075] In one embodiment, the adaptors comprise tagging sequences. In this embodiment, tagging sequences ma> be used to puil out or purify circularized target sequences.
575 concatemers, etc. In some embodiments, tagging sequences may include unique nucleic acid sequences that can be utilized to identify the origin of target sequences in mixtures of tagged samples, or can include components of ligand binding pairs, such as biotin^treptavidin, etc. [0076] In one aspect, interspersed adaptors each have a length in the range of from 8 to 60 nucleotides: in another aspect, they have a length in the range of from 8 to 32 nucleotides: in
580 another aspect, they have a length in a range selected from about 4 to about 400 nucleotides: from about 10 to about 100 nucleotides, from about 400 to about 4000 nucleotides, from about 10 to about 80 nucleotides, from about 20 to about 70 nucleotides, from about 30 to about 60 nucleotides, and from about 4 to about 10 nucleotides. Embodiments utilizing adaptors with a total length from about 20 to about 30 bases find particular use in several
585 embodiments.
[0Θ77J The number of interspersed adaptors inserted into target polynucleotides may vary widely and depends on a number of factors, including the sequencing/genotyping chemistry being used (and its read-length capacity), the particular length of the cleavage site of a particular Type Os site, the number of nucleotides desired to be identified within each target
590 polynucleotide, whether amplification steps are employed between insertions, and the like. [0078] In one aspect, a plurality of interspersed adaptors are inserted at sites in a contiguous segment of a target poly nucleotide; this may include two, three, four or more interspersed adaptors that are inserted at sites in a contiguous segment of a target polynucleotide. Alternath ely. the number of interspersed adaptors inserted into a target
595 polynucleotide ranges from 2 to 10: from 2 to 4: from 3 io 6: from 3 to 4; and from 4 to 6. In another aspect, interspersed adaptors may be inserted in one or both polynucleotide segments of a longer polynucleotide, e.g.. 0.4-4 Kb in length, that have been ligated together directly or indirectly in a circularization operation (referred to herein as a '"mate-pair*'). In one aspect, such polynucleotide segment? ma% be 4-400 {preferably 10- 100) bases long. 600 [0079] It should also be noted that in general, the first adaptor attached to a target sequence is not "interspersed" or "inserted". That is. the first adaptor is generally attached to one terminus of the fragmented target sequence, and the subsequent adaptors are interspersed within a contiguous target sequence
|0080| In one aspect, each member of a group of target pok nucleotides has an adaptor 605 with an identical anchor probe binding site and type Hs recognition site attached to a DNA fragment from source nucleic acid. In another embodiment, classes of polynucleotides ma\ be created by providing adaptors having different anchor probe binding sites.
(0081] In one aspect, adaptors are inserted at inten als within a contiguous region of a target pol> nucleotide in which the intervals have pre-determined lengths. These pre- 610 determined lengths may or may not be equal. In some embodiments the length of the intervals are known to an accuracy of about 1 to 200 nucleotides, in other embodiments from about 1-15, 10-40 and 100-200 nucleotides.
[0082] Interspersed adaptors may in accordance with the invention be single or double stranded. 615 [0083] In one aspect, adaptors include palindromic sequences, which foster intramolecular interactions within the target polynucleotide, resulting in a "nano-ball".
Methods for inserting a plurality of adaptors
[0084] One aspect of the invention provides a method for producing a target polynucleotide having interspersed adaptors, as illustrated diagrammatically in Figs, (IA-
620 IB). In this method, target polynucleotide ( 1002) is combined with adaptor ( 1000), which may or may not be an interspersed adaptor, to form (1004) circle (1005). which may be either single stranded or double stranded. The target polynucleotide is generally obtained by fragmentation of a larger piece of DNA, such as chromosomal or other genomic DNA. [0085] If double stranded DNA is used, then the ends of the fragments may be prepared for
625 circularization b> "polishing" and optional ligation of adaptors using conventional techniques, such as employed in conventional shotgun sequencing, e.g. Bankier. Methods MoI. Biol., 167: 89-100 (2001): Roe. Methods MoI. Biol., 255: 171 -185 (2004); and the like [0086] In order to generate the next site for inserting a second interspersed adaptor, circle (1005) is typically rendered double stranded, at least temporarily . Adaptor ( 1000) is
530 designed in this aspect of the inv ention to include a recognition site of a type Hs restriction endonuclease. which is oriented so that its cleavage site (1006) is interior to the target polynucleotide, shown, for example, to the right of adaptor (1000), thereby opening 1 1008 s circle (1005). In a preferred embodiment, the method of inserting interspersed adaptors emplo>s type Os restriction endonucleases that leave 3' protruding strands after cleavage.
635 For less precise insertion, a nicking enzvme mav be used, or one strand of the first adaptor ma\ be disabled from ligation, thus creating a nick that can be translated at an approximate distance and used to initiate poh nucleotide cutting.
[0087] After the polynucleotide is cleaved, interspersed adaptor (3010) is ligated into place using conventional techniques to produce open circle ( 1012) containing two adaptors,
640 which is then closed (1016) bv ligation. The process is then repeated ( 1018): cleaving, inserting, and closing, until a desired number of interspersed adaptors, such as three, are inserted ( 1026) into target pol> nucleotide (1002). as shown in Fig. I B. The final circle (1024) containing the interspersed adaptors may then be processed in a number of ways to obtain sequence information at sites in the target polynucleotide adjacent to at least one
645 boundary of each interspersed adaptor.
[0088J Typically, sequences of a target polynucleotide are analyzed at or adjacent to one or both of the boundaries (e.g. 1021 ) between each interspersed adaptor and the target polynucleotide. In one aspect, final circle (1024). or a segment of it, mav be amplified to generate an amplicon that is analyzed by a selected sequencing chemistrv , such as one based
650 on ligation or sequencing-by-synthesis. In one aspect, the first and last interspersed adaptors may be selected so that the region of final circle (1024) containing the interspersed adaptors can be cleaved (1038) from the circle, after which adaptors are ligated (1040) for amplification by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Cleavage of the circle mav be performed on one or two sites outside of adaptors 1 and 3. In another aspect, final circle (1024) may be
655 used directly to generate amplicons by rolling circle replication (RCR), as described more fully below.
[0089] For applications in which many different target polynucleotides are analyzed in parallel, target polynucleotides having interspersed adaptors may be amplified using RCR or emulsion PCR as shown in Figs. (IC-I D) and Figs. (I E-I G), respectively .
660 [0090| In emulsion PCR. a mixture of fragments may be amplified, e.g. as disclosed b> Margulies et al. Nature. 437: 376-380 (2005): Shendure et al (2005). Science, 309: 1728- 1732; Berka et al. U.S. patent publication 2005 0079510; Church et al. PCI publication W O 2005 082098: Kobile et al. CS. patent publication 2005/0227264: Griffiths et al. V S patent 6,489.103; ϊlllett et al, PCT publication WO 03i06678: Kojima et al, Nucleic Acids
565 Research. ?3 (Vy el 50 (2005): Dressraan et al. Proc. Natl. Λcad Sd,, 100: 8817-8822 (2003). Mnra ei al Λnai Biochem.. 320 55-65 (2003). \Iusvano\\ch et ah Biomacromolecules. 6: 1824-1828 (2005): Li et aL Nature Methods, 3: 95-97 (2006); and the like, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
10091 J Briefly, as illustrated in Fig. (JE). after isolation of DNA circles (1500) comprising
670 target polynucleotides with interspersed adaptors, the adaptors are excised, e.g. as shown in Fig. I A (1038). to form a population of excised sequences, which are then ligated to adaptors (1 503). The adaptored sequences are combined in a water-oil emulsion (1505) with primers specific for an adaptor ligated to one end of excised sequences, beads ha\ ing attached primers specific for an adaptor ligated to the other end of excised sequences, and a
675 DNA polymerase. Conditions are selected that permit a substantial number (e.g. greater than 15-20 percent) of aqueous bubbles (1508) in oil (1506) to contain a single adaptored sequence (1510) and at least one bead (1512). The aqueous phase in bubbles (1508) otherwise contain a conventional reaction mixture for conduction PCR, which results in beads (1518) each having a clonal population of a distinct adaptored sequence attached.
680 [0092] In one aspect of the invention, the introduction of multiple interspersed adaptors into a single genomic fragment proceeds through a series of steps involving I) ligation of an initial adaptor harboring a binding site for a Hs restriction enzyme and closing the DNA circle, followed by 2) primer extension and selective restriction cutting of the genomic sequence to reopen the circle; and 3) ligation of second adaptor and closing the DNA circle.
685 Steps 2 and 3 are then repeated to incorporate a third adaptor into the genomic sequence (Figs. 2B and 2C). The second adaptor may utilize the same restriction site as the first adaptor to minimize cutting genomic segments at an internal site of the genomic DNA. In one embodiment, controlled cleavage using the recognition site of the second adaptor and not of the first adaptor is accomplished by blocking the cleavage at the first adaptor
690 restriction site using techniques known in the art, such as by methylating the first restriction site prior to cutting at the second site.
[0093] Adaptors with different binding sites may be used with two aliquots of a sample to prε\ent exclusion of certain genomic fragments. In one embodiment, a part of the sequence of the final adaptor is used as an RCR priming site and another part of the adaptor is used as
695 a binding site for an anchor oligonucleotide attached to a glass surface.
[0094] In one aspect of the invention, a method for inserting adaptors into a genomic fragment begins with ligation of a first adaptor followed by circle formation. Genomic fragments of 100 to 300 (or 300-600) bases in length ma> be prepared by DNΛse fragmentation that generates 5-prime phosphates and 3-prime OH groups suitable for
"00 ligation High-comptaxitv genomic DNΛ can be prepared as single stranded i ss> DN Λ b} heating (de natural ion) and rapid cooling. Since the DNA is of high complexity, the localized concentration of the complementary sequence for any fragment may be negligible, thus allowing sufficient time to perform subsequent procedures when the DNA is mostly in the single stranded state. The use of ssDNA significantly simplifies circle formation because of
705 the distinct polarity of 5* and 3' ends of each ssDNA fragment. The first stage is ligation of adaptor sequences to the ends of each single stranded genomic fragment. Since all possible sequence combinations may be represented in the genomic DNA, an adaptor can be ligated to one end with the aid of a bridging template molecule that is synthesized with all possible sequences (Fig. 2B). Since these oligonucleotides may be of relatively high concentration
710 compared to the genomic DNA, the oligonucleotide that is complementary to the end of the genomic fragment (or a complement with mismatches) may hybridize. A bridge is thus formed at the ligation site to allow ligation of the 5-prime end of the single stranded genomic fragment to the adaptor. In one embodiment, this structural arrangement does not allow ligation of the adaptor to the 3-prime end of the fragment.
715 [0095] In Fig. 2B. another exemplary method is illustrated for incorporating multiple interspersed adaptors into DNA circles. Such method comprises the steps of: 1. Ligation of adaptors (230) to the 5' and 3" end of single stranded DNA (232) (the adaptors having degenerate (6-9 bases) bridge templates (234)) followed by ligation of the adaptors via a 3- base overhangs (236); 2. Extension (238) from the adaptor oligonucleotide with a
720 polymerase to create double stranded DNA for type Os restriction enzyme cutting; 3. A cut (242) at 12-16 bases downstream of the type Hs recognition site (240) opens the circle; 4. Heating results in loss of new strands (243); and 5. The fragment is ready for introduction of another adaptor (230) and closing the circle again. [0096] Capture of the 3' end into the circle requires the use of an oligonucleotide template
725 that again is prepared with degenerate bases so that a bridge structure is formed over the ligation site. The second adaptor section at the 3' end of the genomic fragment is used to close the circle with a 3-base overhang that is complementary to the end of the adaptor that bound at the 5" end. By performing the attachment of this adaptor segment at a temperature that favors hybridization of the template bridge (but not the 3 base o\erhang). the excess
730 bridge molecule can be removed by buffer exchange since the genomic/adaptor molecule is attached to a solid support. A 3-base overhang is sufficient for circle formation but would not be favored until the temperature was decreased. The use of two bridging oligonucleotides with degenerate bases can eliminate artifacts created fa} the diverse sequence ends of the genomic DNA. in a preferred embodiment, both bridging 735 oligonucleotides attach independently of each other to ensure freedom of the degenerate oligonucleotides to bind to their complementary sequences. Both of the adaptor components may be Iigated to the respecth e DNA ends in the same ligation reaction and ligation artifacts can be further prevented by designing bridging template oligonucleotides with blocked ends. [0097] The incorporation of a capture mechanism such as biotin/streptavidin onto the
740 non-circle adaptor strand can be used in a down-stream cleanup processes. In such an embodiment, since both unligated and Iigated biotynilated adaptors are present, the un~ Iigated excess adaptor can be removed by size selection of adaptor-genomic fragments that are -200 bases in length. The adaptor-genomic fragments can then be attached to streptavidin coated beads for subsequent cleaning procedures. Another option is to use beads
745 with a capture oligonucleotide (possibly incorporating PNA or LNA) complementary to a portion of one Iigated adaptor. Beads with a pre-assembled left side of the first adaptor/template may be used to further simplify the process.
J0098J In Fig. 2C, another exemplary method for incorporating interspersed adaptors is illustrated. The method comprises the following steps: (1 ) Ligate two adaptor segments
750 (250 and 252) to single stranded DNA fragments (254) using template oligonucleotides (the double stranded segment of 250 may be about 10 bases long, and the double stranded segment of 252 may be 8 -10 bases long) containing degenerate bases (for example, segments 256 and 258 show the use of 7 degenerate bases, but 8 degenerate bases could also be used). Both ends of template oligonucleotides (250 and 256) are blocked from ligation
755 with dideoxy termination on the 3' ends and either OH-group or biotin on the 5' ends. The adaptor/ template hybrids are used at very high concentrations such as l μM and are in 1000- folds excess concentrations over genomic DNA. (2) DNA is collected on strepta\idin support (260) via the biotin on the 5' end of the 3' adaptor (250). Excess free 5' adaptors are removed with the supernatant. (3) DNA is released from the streptavidin support by
760 elevated temperature and the supernatant is collected. (4) DNA is recaptured to a solid support using a iong capture oligonucleotide (262) with 3' end blocked by dideoxy termination. The oligonucleotide may be in the form of a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) to provide tight binding of the DNA to the solid support to facilitate remo\ al of excess free adaptors in subsequent procedures. Capture oligonucleotide (262) can be extended
Figure imgf000024_0001
?65 addition of 1 - 10 degenerate bases at the 5' end (264) for binding the genomic portion to increase stability. (5) The bridge template (266. which may be 14-18 bases long) is used to bring the two ends of the adaptors together to circularize the DNA molecule. It will be blocked on the 51 end with an amide group, but the 3' -OH group will be available for subsequent elongation by DNA polymerase in later steps. Kinase and tigase are prov ided in
770 the reaction to phosphoryiate the 5' end of the 5' adaptor and the ligation of the two ends of the DNA molecule.
[0099] In another exemplary capture procedure for inserting multiple adaptors, two adaptor segments are ligated to genomic ssDNA fragments using degenerate templates (Fig. 2C). The 3' end of the adaptor segment that ligates Io the 5" end of the genomic DNA has a
775 blocking complement. The template for the 3" adaptor segment has bsotin. Adaptor/ templates are in very high concentration such as 1 μM and have -I QOOx high concentration from genomic DNA. DNA is collected on a streptavidin support and the solution is removed with the excess of adaptor components. The genomic DNA is released at an elevated temperature and the DNA solution is collected. The DNA is collected again on a second
780 solid support with a long oligonucleotide (with blocked ends) complementary to the 5' end adaptor segment with removal of all other synthetic DNA. A bridging template is then added that serves also as a primer. Kinase and ligase (and polymerase) are added to close the circle and extend the primer to about 30 bases. Extension is controlled by time or by presence of ddNTPs, The enzymes are heat inactivated and the DNA is then cut with a type
785 IIS restriction enzyme. The short double stranded portions are removed at elevated temperature with the circle attached to the solid support via a strong hybrid to the attached oligonucleotide. This stronger hybrid is maintained by incorporating LNA or PNA bases into the oligonucleotide. Two adaptor segments with templates for the second adaptor are then added (same design as above) no additional solid support attachment is required since
790 the circle DNA will be continually associated with the solid support for further steps.
Elevated temperatures are used to remove templates bound to the circular DNA. This step is repeated to insert a third adaptor. If no additional adaptors are to be inserted, then no polymerase is added and after a buffer exchange the DNA is released at elevated temperatures for the RCR reaction.
795 [00100] Another exemplary method of inserting interspersed adaptors is illustrated in Fig. 2D. This method generates segments of target polynucleotide with predetermined lengths adjacent to interspersed adaptors. The predetermined lengths are selected by selecting and positioning type Hs restriction endonucleases within the interspersed adaptors. In one aspect of this method, each different interspersed adaptor from the initial adaptor to
800 the penultimate adaptor has a recognition site of a different type Hs restriction endonuclease. Double stranded DNA fdsDNA) is fragmented to produce target polynucleotides (270) having frayed ends f 269), after which such ends are repaired using conventional techniques to form fragments (271 ) with blunt ends. To the 3' ends of blunt end fragments (271 ) a single nucleotide (273) is added, e.g. dA, using Taq polymerase, or like enzyme, to produce 805 augmented fragments (272). Augmented fragments (272) are combined with interspersed adaptors (274) that ha\e complementary nucleotide overhangs, e.g. d f. in the presence of a ligase so that multiple ligation products form, including product (275) that comprises a single interspersed adaptor and a single fragment. Conditions can be adjusted to promote the circuiarization (276) of product (275) so that dsDNA circles (283) are formed. Other
810 products, such as conjugates with interspersed adaptors at both ends or unligated fragments and adaptors, will not generally have the ability to form circles and can be removed through digestion with a single stranded exonuclease after circuiarization of product (275). lOOlOl] dsDNA circles (283) are treated with a type Hs restriciion endonuclease recognizing a site in adaptor (278) to cleave dsDNA circles (283) to leave segment (277) of
815 target polynucleotide (270) adjacent to adaptor (278). In this embodiment, cleavage by the type Os restriciion endonuclease leaves 3" indented ends that are extended by a DNA polymerase to form blunt ends (279), after which fragment (284) is treated to add a single nucleotide to its 3' ends, as above. To fragment (284), a second interspersed adaptor (281 ) having complementary overhangs is ligated, and the process repeated to incorporate
820 additional interspersed adaptors. In one embodiment, each cycle of interspersed adaptor incorporation includes an amplification step of the desired product to generate sufficient material for subsequent processing steps.
[00102] In Fig. 2E. another exemplary method is illustrated for incorporating interspersed adaptors at predetermined sites in a target polynucleotide. Fragments are
825 generated as in Fig. 2D and dsDNA circles (285) are produced thai have an initial interspersed adaptor (286) containing a type Hs recognition site, as described above, that cleaves dsDNA circle (285) at a predetermined site (287) to give fragment (288) having 3' overhangs (289), which ma> have lengths different than two. Interspersed adaptor of fragment (288) either contains a nick (290) at the boundary of the adaptor and the fragment
830 or it contains the recognition site for a nicking endonuclease that permits the introduction of a nick (291 ) at the interior of the adaptor, In either case, fragment {288) is treated with a DNA polymerase (292) that can extend the upper strand from a nick (e.g. 291 ) to the end of the lower strand of fragment (288) to form a fragment having a 3* overhang at one end and a blunt end at the other. To this fragment is ligated an interspersed adaptor (294) that has
S35 degenerate nucleotide overhang at one end and a single 3' nucleotide (e g dTi o\ erhatig at the other end to form tragment (295), which is Creaied (e.g. with Faq polymerase) to add a T dA to its blunt end forming fragment (296). Fragment (296) is then circularized by ligation at site (297) to form dsDKA circle (298) and other ligation products are digested, as described above. Additional cjcles of this process maj be carried out to incorporate
840 additional interspersed adaptors, and as above, optional steps of amplification may be added in each or as needed.
J00103J In Fig. 2F. another method of incorporating interspersed adaptors is illustrated that provides segments of variable lengths between interspersed adaptors. That is, interspersed adaptors are incorporated in a predetermined order, but at spacings that are not
845 precisely known. This method allows incorporation of adaptors at distances longer than those provided by known restriction enzymes. As above, dsDNA circles (2000) are prepared having an initial adaptor (2002) (that may or may not be an interspersed adaptor) containing a recognition site (2004) for a nicking enzyme. After creation of nick (2006). dsDNA circle (2000) is treated with a DNA polymerase (2008) that extends (2010) the free 3" strand and
850 displaces or degrades the strand with the free 5' end at nick site (2006). The reaction is stopped after a predetermined interval, which is selected to be shorter than the expected time to synthesize more than a few hundred bases. Such extension may be halted by a variety of methods, including changing reaction conditions such as temperature, salt concentration, or the like, to disable the polymerase being used. This leaves dsDNA circle with a nick or
855 other gap (2012), which is recognized and cleaved by a variety of enzymes having nuclease activities, such as DNA polymerases, FEN-I endonucleases, Sl nuclease (2014), and the like, which may be used aione or in combination, e.g. Liebcr. BioEssays. 19: 233-340 (1997). After cleavage at nick or gap (2012). the ends of the target polynucleotide may be repaired using techniques employed in shotgun sequencing, after which target
860 polynucleotide (2000) may be cleaved (2017) to the left of adaptor (2002) using a type Os restriction endonuclease that leaves a staggered, or sticky, end. To the blunt end, the next interspersed adaptor is attached, after which the resulting construct may be circularized using conv entional techniques for further insertions of interspersed adaptors. In one embodiment, the distances between successive interspersed adaptors, e.g. (2002) and (2038),
865 are not known precisely and depend on the clea\ ing enzvme employed, the polymerase employed, the time interval allowed for synthesis, the method of stopping svnthesis. reaction conditions, such as dNTP concentrations, and the like.
[00104] In one embodiment, at step (2010). nick translation can be used instead of strand displacement. In one aspect, in the polynucleotide break (2016) second adaptor may be
870 ligated only to the sided connected to the first adaptor This meihod can be combined with a second cut on the opposite side of the adaptor (2006) to create a mate-pair structure with various lengths of two segments such as (10-50) + (30-300) bases. [00105] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for inserting adaptors using CircLigase rM to close single stranded polynucleotide circles without template. This enzjme
875 pro\ ides the ability to use adaptors as single oligonucleotides and to use onl\ one template. In this method, after an adaptor is ligated to the 5' end of the target polynucleotide using standard ligase such as T4 DNA ligase. the excess adaptor and template is removed. CircLigase IM (and kinase if the adaptor is not phosphorylated at the 5" end) can then be used to close single stranded polynucleotide circles.
880 [001Θ6] In one embodiment, after the initial adaptor is inserted into the polynucleotide, it may need to be released from the support to be able to form a single stranded circle. The polynucleotide can then be re-hybridized to the support; in one embodiment, this re- hybridization occurs on a capture oligonucleotide which is bound to the surface of the support. A primer is added together with polymerase after closing the cycle for generating
885 local dsDNA and allowing the cutting with type IIS restriction enzymes:
;-NNNNNNN UUUUUUUUUUU-; GGGGGGGGGGGGGG.UU UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU-5 OH 3 OH-GGGGGGGGGG....
[00107J Ligation of multiple adaptors may be prevented by starting with 5OH or by having
890 long blocking template possibly in the form of a hairpin: l-NNNNNNNUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUυUUUUUUUU-Solid
UUU UUUUUUU U UUU UUUUUUUUUUUU UL -P I-UUUUUUU-i where U= common base, NNdegenerate base. P= phosphate. G" genomic or DNA of interest.
895 [00108] Once circle formation has occurred, a primer already pre-hybridized to the adaptor is extended with a polymerase to create enough double stranded DNA for type Hs restriction enzyme cutting allowing precise insertion of additional adaptors (Fig 9). A polymerase such as Klenow may be used, along with a level of ddNTPs to control extension length to about 20-30 bases.
900 [00109J Inserting two additional adaptors can in some embodiments of the invention take 2- 3 hours if each enzymatic step is accomplished in less than 30 minutes. Sporadic errors created in the adaptor insertion process can be tolerated because of the redundant tens of overlapping sequences generated for each base and because of probe-probe data that is generated on more than 100 bases of each DNA fragment that is not subjected to adaptor ψ^ insertion, [00110] In one exemplary method, multiple adaptors can be inserted b> preparing dsDNA circles with a 50-100 bases +25 base mate-pair at >1 Kb distance. In this method, a dsDNA circle of a -1 -3 Kb genomic fragment is provided with an adaptor using A/T or blunt-end ligation. In one embodiment, the adaptor has a nicking enzyme binding site or it has one
910 Uracil or other cleavable or photo-cleavable base anaiogs or one 3* end that is not ligated and recognition sites for two different IIS binding enzymes.
[00111] In one embodiment, the DNA is cut using a nicking enz\me or at Uracil sites and the available 3* end is extended (or just extended if adaptor ligation has left a nick) by --75 bases with strand-displacement enzyme or nick translation enzyme; in the case of using a
915 unligated 3' site, the displacement would be through the adaptor, e.g. the length would be 75 bases plus the length of the adaptor. The available 3' end may be remov ed
Figure imgf000029_0001
nick translation or by DNA synthesis with strand displacement. The cut can be at a nick or at a branched structure by one of several enzymes including single stranded cutting enzymes. This process results in a dsDNA fragment 30-1 10 bases next to one end of the initial
920 adaptor. The DNA can then be cut with a Type IIS restriction endoniiclease that has a long cutting distance. In one embodiment, the cutting distance is from 18 to 25 bases. The circle can be closed without adaptor (blunt end ligation of genomic fragments) or by directional blunt end ligation of a second adaptor. Both adaptors may be used for further insertion of additional adaptors using different or the same enzymes. If the first adaptor site is
925 methylated before insertion of the second adaptor the second adaptor can use the same restriction site positioned at the proper distance from the adaptor end to obtain cutting at the specific position in the genomic DNA.
Methods of circulari^ation
[00112] Various standard DNA circle formation procedures may be used. One example is 930 blunt end ligation of the adaptor. A problem with this approach is orientation and ligation of multiple incorporated adaptors. One strand of the cassette may have both the 5' and 3' ends blocked to ligation. Orientation of the cassette will determine which DNA strand will have a free 3* end to initiate RCR. This will allow each strand to be replicated in about 50% of cases.
935 DDDDDDDDDXLLLLLLLLLLLLXDDDDDDDDDDD DDDDDDDDDOLLLLLLLLLLLLODDDDDDDDDDD
DDDDDDDDDOLLLLLLLLLLLLODDDDDDDDDDD DDDDDDDDDXLLLLLLLLLLLLXDDDDDDDDDDD 940 D=DNA, L= adaptor, X= blocked ligation site, O= open to ligation
[00113] As will be appreciated by those in the art, there are several ways to form circularized adaptor /target sequence components. In one embodiment, a CircLigase 1 N1 enzyme is used to close single stranded polynucleotide circles without template.
945 Alternatively, a bridging template that is complementary to the two termini of the linear strand is used. In some embodiments, the addition of a first adaptor to one termini of the target sequence is used to design a complementary part of the bridging template. The other end may be universal template DNA containing degenerate bases for binding to all genomic sequences. Hybridization of the two termini followed by ligation results in a circularized
950 component. Alternatively, the 31 end of the target moiecule may be modified by addition of a poIy-dA tail using terminal transferase. The modified target is then circularized using a bridging template compiementarv to the adaptor and to the oligo-dA tail. [00114] In another embodiment, biotin is incorporated into each template oligonucleotide used to guide ligation. This allows for easy removal of templates, for example by apph ing
955 high temperature melting, which removes the templates without removing formed circles. These longer oligonucleotides can serve as primers for RCR or be used for other purposes such as inserting additional cassettes.
[00115] In another embodiment, the target DNA may be attached to some solid support such as magnetic beads or tube/plate well walls to allow removal of all templates or adaptors that
960 are not covalently ligated to the target DNA. Target ssDNA may be attached using a support with random primers to extend and create about 20-80 bases of dsDNA. The extension length may be controlled by time or by the amount of ddNTPs. Another approach is to ligate an adaptor to one end of the ssDNA and then size select DNA with the adaptor iigated to the ssDNA, and at the same time removing free adaptor. In this case an anchor sequence about
965 10-50 bases in length complementary to part of the adaptor ma\ be attached to the support to capture DNA and use it for subsequent steps. This anchor moiecule may have additional components to increase hybrid stability, such as the incorporation of a peptide nucleic acid. Another method for attaching single stranded DNA is by utilizing a single stranded DNA binding protein attached to the support,
970 [00116J In one method of circularization, illustrated in Fig, 2A. after genomic DNA (200) is fragmented and denatured (202). single stranded DNA fragments (204) are first treated with a terminal transferase (206) to attach a poly dA tails (208) to 3-prime ends. This is then followed by ligation (212) of the free ends intra-molecuLarh with the aid of bridging oligonucleotide (210) that is complementary to the poly dA tail at one end and 975 complementary to any sequence at the other end by \ irtue of a segment of degenerate nucleotides. Duplex region (214) of bridging oligonucleotide (210) contains at least a primer binding site for RCR and, in some embodiments, sequences that pro\ ide complements to a capture oligonucleotide, which
Figure imgf000031_0001
be the same or different from the primer binding site sequence, or which may o\erlap the primer binding site sequence. The 980 length of capture oligonucleotides maj vary widely, In one aspect, capture oligonucleotides and their complements in a bridging oligonucleotide have lengths in the range of from 10 to 100 nucleotides; and more preferably, in the range of from 10 to 40 nucleotides. In some embodiments, duplex region (214) may contain additional elements, such as an oligonucleotide tag, for example, for identifying the source nucleic acid from which its 985 associated DNA fragment came. That is, in some embodiments, circles or adaptor ligation or concatemers from different source nucleic acids may be prepared separately during which a bridging adaptor containing a unique tag is used, after which they are mixed for concatemer preparation or application to a surface to produce a random array. The associated fragments may be identified on such a random array by hybridizing a labeled tag 990 complement to its corresponding tag sequences in the concatemers, or by sequencing the entire adaptor or the tag region of the adaptor. Circular products (218) may be conveniently isolated by a conventional purification column, digestion of non-circular DNA by one or more appropriate exonucleases, or both.
[00117] DNA fragments of the desired sized range, e.g. 50 - 600 nucleotides, can be 995 circularized using circularizing enzymes, such as CircLigase, as single stranded DNA ligase that circularizes single stranded DNA without the need of a template. A preferred protocol for forming single stranded DNA circles comprising a DNA fragment and one or more adaptors is to use a standard ligase, such as T4 ligase, for ligating an adaptor to one end of a DNA fragment followed by application of CircLigase to close the circle.
000 [00118] In an exemplary method, a DNA circle comprising an adaptor oligonucleotide and a target sequence is generated using T4 ligase utilizes a target sequence that is a synthetic oligonucleotide TIN (sequence : 5'~
NNNNNNNNGC AT ANC ACGANGTCATN ATCGTNC AA ACGTC AG ICC ANG AATCN AGΛTCCACTTAGΛXTGNCGNNNNNNNN-3 ')(SEQ ID NO: 1 ). The adaptor is made up 05 of 2 separate oligonucleotides. The adaptor oligonucleotide that joins to the 5* end of TIN is BR2»ad (sequence : 5'- TA ϊ CA rC'l GGA I Gl T AGGAAG ACAAAAGGΛΛGC FGAGG ACA 1 1 AACGGAC -3 ") (SEQ ID NO: 2) and the adaptor oligonucleotide that joins to the 3' end of TIN is UR3-ext (sequence : 5*-ACCTTCAGACCAGΛT-3') (SEQ ID NO: 3).
1010 [00119] UR3-exl contains a t>pe Hs restriction en/yme site (Acu 1 : CTTCAG) to prov ide a wa\ to linearize the DNA circular for insertion of a second adaptor. BR2-ad is annealed to BR2-temp (sequence S'-NNNNNNNGTCCGTTAATGTCCTCAG^') (SEQ ID NO: A) to form a double-stranded adaptor BR2 adaptor. UR3~ext is annealed to biotinylated UR3- temp (sequence 5'-[BIOTIN]ATCTGGTCTGAAGGITS-NNNNNN^ *) (SEQ ID NO: 5) to
1015 form a double- stranded adaptor UR3 adaptor. 1 pmoi of target TIN is ligated to 25 pmol of BR2 adaptor and 10 pmol of UR3 adaptor in a single ligation reaction containing 5OmM Tris-Cl, pH7.8, 10% PEG, ImM ATP, 50 mgi, BSA, 1OmM MgCl2. 0.3 unit/μl T4 DNA Iigase (Epicentre Biotechnologies, WI) and 10 mM DTT) in a final volume of 10 μl. The ligation reaction is incubated in a temperature cycling program of 15°C for 1 1 min, 37°C for
020 1 min repeated 18 times. The reaction is terminated by heating at 70°C for 10 min. Excess BR2 adaptors are removed by capturing the ligated products with streptavidin magnetic beads (New England Biolabs, MA). 3.3 μ] of 4x binding buffer (2M NaCl, 80 mM Tris HCl pH 7.5) is added to the ligation reaction, which is then combined with 15 μg of streptavidin magnetic beads in a I x binding buffer (0.5M NaCl, 20 mM Tris HCl pl ϊ 7.5). After a 15
025 minute incubation in room temperature, the beads are washed twice with 4 volumes of low salt buffer (0.15M NaCl, 20 mM Tris HCl pH 7.5). Elution buffer (10 mM Tris HCI pH 7.5) is pre- warmed to 70 deg. 10 μj of which is added to the beads at 70°C for 5 min. After magnetic separation, the supernatant is retained as primary purified sample. This sample can be further purified by removing the excess UR3 adaptors with magnetic beads pre-bound
030 with a biotinylated oligonucleotide BR-rc-bio (sequence : 5'-
[BIOTINJCTTTTGTCTTCCTAAC ATCC-3") (SEQ ID NO: 6) that is reverse complementary to BR2-ad similarly as described above.
[00120] The concentration of the adaptor-target ligated product in the final purified sample can be estimated by urea polyacryiamide gel electrophoresis analysis. The circularization is
035 carried out by phosphor} lating the ligation products using 0.2 unit/μl T4 polynucleotide kinase (Epicentre Biotechnologies) in 1 mM ATP and standard buffer provided b\ the supplier, and circularized with ten-fold molar excess of a splint oligonucleotide UR3- closing-88 (sequence 5*-AGATGATΛATCTGGTC-3*) (SEQ ID NO: T) using 0.3 unit μl of T4 DNA Iigase (Epicentre Biotechnologies) and ImM ATP. The circularized product is
}40 validated by performing RCR reactions. [00121 J In another exemplar}' embodiment, which is illustrated in Fig. 2A, adaptor oligonucleotides (1604), are used to form (1608) a population (1608) of DNA circles by the method illustrated in Fig. Ih, In one aspect, each member of population ( 1608) has an adaptor with an identical anchor probe binding site and type Ib recognition site attached to a 1045 DNA fragment from source nucleic acid (1600). The adaptor also may have other functional elements including, but not limited to. tagging sequences, sequences for attachment to a solid surface, restriction sites, functionalization sequences, and the like. Classes of DNA circles may be created by pro\ iding adaptors having different anchor probe binding sites. [00122] After DNA circles (Fig. (2A) 1608) are formed, further interspersed adaptors are 1050 inserted as illustrated generally in Fig. (2A) to form circles (1612) containing interspersed adaptors. To these circles, a primer and rolling circle replication (RCR) reagents can be added to generate (1614) in a conventional RCR reaction a population (1616) of concaterners (1617) of the complements of the adaptor oligonucleotide and DNA fragments. This population can then be isolated or otherwise processed (e.g. size selected) (1618) using 1055 conventional techniques, e.g. a conventional spin column, or the like, to form population (1620) for analysis.
[00123] To demonstrate that the formation of multiple -adaptor DNA circles is feasible a synthetic target DNA of 70 bases in length and a PCR derived fragment of 200-300 bp in length may be obtained. A single stranded PCR fragment can be simply deri\ ed from a [060 double stranded product by phosphorylation of one of the primers and treatment with lambda exonuclease to remove the phosphorylated strand. The single stranded fragment may be ligated to an adaptor for circularization. Polymerization, type Hs restriction enzyme digestion and re-ligation with a new adaptor may be performed as described herein. [00124] Demonstration that the process was successful may proceed by RCR amplification 065 of the final derived circles. Briefly, the DNA circles are incubated with primer complementary to the last introduced adaptor and phi29 polymerase for 1 hour at 300C to generate a single eoncatemer molecule comprising hundreds of repeated copies of the original DNΛ circle. Attachment of the RCR products to the surface of coverslips may proceed utilizing an adaptor sequence in the eoncatemer that is complementary to an 070 attached oligonucleotide on the surface. Hybridization of adaptor unique probes may be used to demonstrate that the indh idual adaptors v\ere incorporated into the circle and ultimately the RCR product. To demonstrate that the adaptors were incorporated at the expected positions within the circle, sequence specific probes (labeled 5-mers) may be used for the synthetic or PCR demed sequence such that ligation may occur to an unlabeled anchor 1075 probe that recognizes the terminal sequence of the adaptor. Cloning and sequencing may also be used to verify DNA integrity.
[00125] In one embodiment, a template used for circle formation can also be used as a primer to create localized dsDNA. The schema is simplified by generating clean ssDNA after each circle cutting which allows the use of the same circle closing chemistry for each
1080 adaptor incorporations.
[00126] In one embodiment a solution of DNA fragments with sticky ends or blunt ends is prepared for making DNA circles. The traditional method to a\ oid making circles with more than one DNA molecule is to perform ligation in a large volume at a low concentration of DNA fragments where intermolecular ligation is unlikely.
1085 [00127] In a preferred embodiment, the ligation reaction does not require a large volume. This embodiment involves a slow addition of aliquots of DNA fragments into a regular size ligation reaction. Fast mixing of the DNA aliquot and the reaction minimizes multi-mer formation. The DNA fragments can be prepared in a ligation mix without ligase or in water or IE-like buffer. Typically, the DNA volume is equal to or lower than the initial volume of
1090 ligation reaction. DNA may be in a large volume in water or simple buffer (such as TE buffer) if the ligation reaction evaporates with the speed of adding the DNA sample. The evaporation may be simplified by using thermo-stabile ligase.
[00128] In one embodiment, the method of circularization involves diluting a small aliquot of DNA into a regular ligation reaction (such as 0.1 -0.5 μl in 10-50μl provides over 100 fold
095 dilution) and waiting for sufficient time to allow a majority of the DNA to form circles, followed by addition of a second aliquot. In another embodiment, DNA fragments are slowly and continuously added.
[00129] Various physical implementations of the process are possible, such as manual or automated pipetting at a certain frequency, the use of drippers (gravity or positive pressure).
!00 piezo or acoustic spiting or nanodroppers, ca\ro-pumps that can deliver drops as small as 30 nl. In one embodiment 10 prnols in 100 μl reaction having maximal temporal concentration of 1 fmol/ul is processed using a consecuth e addition of 100 aliquots. In another embodiment, 10 pmols are in 30-50 μl aliquots. The time to circularize >70-80% of DNA fragments in one aliquot depends on ligase concentration, type of ends (sticky 1. 2, or 4
105 bases or blunt) and to some extent temperature (movements and hybrid stability of sticky ends). In a preferred embodiment, the total time of the reaction is approximately 4-16 hours. [001301
Figure imgf000034_0001
is immobilized on a solid support, such as beads. DXA fragments are then diffused into ligation reaction from a gel block or other porous container using methods known in the art. To prevent ligation between fragments
1 MO (rather than circularization.), methods known in the art for temporarily blocking the DNA may be used, including but not limited to the use of non-ligatable DNA with matching slick} ends or ssDNA end binding proteins.
[00131] To increase the efficiency of flow-through of a small reaction volume, in one embodiment the reaction \ olume is dispensed under non-evaporating conditions, for π 15 example by using small droplets. Non-evaporating conditions can also be established by regulating humidit> , temperature of the support ambient, and through design of the composition of reaction buffer. In en exemplary embodiment, 10 pi drops are dispensed by piezo spitting (-20 x 20 x 20 microns). With no spreading this is equivalent to a 20 micron thick flow cell. Spreading can be promoted to further reduce thickness of the volume to
1120 about 5-10 microns. To cover one cm" using 10 pi drops with zero spreading, 100 x 50 x 50 = 250,000 drops can be used.
[00132] In addition to piezo approach other forms of delivery of low amount of buffer per large surface can be used, such as by contacting the support with a porous materia! filled with reaction buffer or to move a long slit across the surface with a few 10-30 micron
1125 openings allowing dispensation of the buffer.
[00133] One exemplary method of circularization involves ligation of a single adaptor to dsDNA using two blocked complementary strands. In this method, two complementary strands of an adaptor are independently prepared. A matching blocking oligo that has uracils and can not be ligated to target DNA is also made for each of the two complementary
130 strands. A dsDNA product comprising of one adaptor strand and one blocking oligo is assembled. Two assembled dsDNA constructs are designed that can not iigate or hybridize one to another: the constructs may be blunt end or may have a T overhang or other overhangs for ligation to DNA targets. A mixture of these two constructs is ligated to blunt end dsDNA or DNA with corresponding sticky ends. About 50% of DNA will have one of
135 each construct; the other 50% will hav e two of the same construct. The blocking oligo is then degraded, and the circle is closed by hybridization of complimentary strands and ligation.
[00134] In one embodiment, the adaptor may be palindromic Io avoid distinction of orientation. Such an approach can provide a better yield than A/T ligation approach,
140 depending on blunt end ligation efficiency and concentration of DNA in A-T ligation reaction. In a further embodiment, four instead of two ssDNΛ adaptor components are u^ed. Methods for creating concatemers
J00135] In one aspect of the invention, single molecules comprise concatemers of polynucleotides, usually polynucleotide analytes. i.e. target sequences, that have been
1 145 produce in a conventional rolling circle replication (RCR) reaction. Guidance for selecting conditions and reagents for RCR reactions is available in man> references available to those of ordinary skill, as evidence by the following that are incorporated by reference: Kool, U.S. patent 5,426.180: Lizardi, U.S. patents 5.854,033 and 6,143.495; Landegren, U.S. patent 5,871.921; and the like. Generally, RCR reaction components comprise single stranded
] 150 DNA circles, one or more primers that anneal to DNA circles, a DNA polymerase having strand displacement activity to extend the 3' ends of primers annealed to DNA circles, nucleoside triphosphates, and a conventional polymerase reaction buffer. Such components are combined under conditions that permit primers to anneal to DNA circles and be extended by the DNA polymerase to form concatemers of DNA circle complements. An exemplary
1 !55 RCR reaction protocol is as follows: In a 50 μL reaction mixture, the following ingredients are assembled: 2-50 pmol circular DNA. 0.5 units/μL phage φ29 DNA polymerase, 0.2 μg/μL BSA, 3 mM dNTP, IX φ29 DNA polymerase reaction buffer (Amersham). The RCR reaction is carried out at 3O0C for 12 hours. In some embodiments, the concentration of circular DNA in the polymerase reaction may be selected to be low (approximately 10-100
! 160 billion circles per ml, or 10-100 circles per picoliter) to avoid entanglement and other intermolecular interactions.
[00136] Preferably, concatemers produced by RCR are approximately uniform in size; accordingly, in some embodiments, methods of making arrays of the invention may include a step of size-selecting concatemers. For example, in one aspect, concatemers are selected
165 that as a population have a coefficient of v ariation in molecular weight of less than about 30%; and in another embodiment, less than about 20%. In one aspect, size uniformity is further improved by adding low concentrations of chain terminators, such ddNTPs. to the RCR reaction mixture to reduce the presence of very large concatemers. e.g. produced by DNA circles that are synthesized at a higher rate by polymerases. In one embodiment.
170 concentrations of ddNTPs are used that result in an expected concatemer size in the range of from 50-250 Kb, or in the range of from 50-100 Kb. Jn another aspect, concatemers may be enriched for a particular size range using a conventional separation techniques, e.g. size- exclusion chromatography, membrane filtration, or the like. [00137] An exemplary method for producing concatemers is illustrated in Fig. 2A After
1 175 DNA circles (1608) are formed, further interspersed adaptors are inserted as illustrated generally in Fig. (2A) to form circles (1612) containing interspersed adaptors. Io these circles, a primer and rolling circle replication (RCR) reagents can be added to generate (1614) in a conventional RCR reaction a population (1616) of concatemers ( 1617) of the complements of the adaptor oligonucleotide and DNA fragments. This population can then
1 180 be isolated or otherwise processed (e.g. size selected) (1618) using conventional techniques, e.g. a conventional spin column, and the like, to form population (1620) for analysis. J00I38] Target polynucleotides may be generated from a source nucleic acid, such as genomic DNA, by fragmentation to produce fragments 0.2-2 kb in size, or more preferably 0.3-0.6 kb in size, which then may be circularized for an RCR reaction.
1 185 [00139] In another aspect, the invention provides methods and compositions for generating concatemers of a plurality, of target polynucleotides containing interspersed adaptors In one embodiment, such concatemers may be generated by RCR. as illustrated in Figs. 1C- I D. [00140J Rolling circle replication is a preferred method of creating concatemers of the invention. The RCR process has been shown to generate multiple continuous copies of the
190 M13 genome. (Blanco, et a!.. (1989) J Biol Chem 264:8935-8940). In this system, the desired DNA fragment is "cioned'* into a DNA adaptor and replicated by linear concatemerization. The target DNA is immediately in a form suitable for hybridization and enzymatic methodologies without the need to passage through bacteria. [00141] The RCR process relies upon the desired target molecule first being formed into a
195 circular substrate. This linear amplification uses the original DNA molecule, not copies of a copy, thus ensuring fidelity of sequence. As a circular entity, the molecule acts as an endless template for a strand displacing polymerase that extends a primer complementary to a portion of the circle. The continuous strand extension creates long, single-stranded DNA consisting of hundreds of concatemers comprising multiple copies of sequences
200 complementary to the circle.
Methods for creating arrays
[00142] In one embodiment, emulsion PCR is used to generate amplicons for disposal onto an array. As illustrated in Fig. (IB) after breaking emulsion (1505). beads containing clones of the adaptored sequences ma\ be arrayed (1520) on a solid surface (1522) for sequence 205 analysis. Such arrav of beads may be random, as illustrated in Fig, I F. where the locations of the beads, are not determined prior Ic arraying, or the array may be in accordance with a predetermined pattern of binding sites (1524), even though the distribution of beads on such sites is randomly determined. Both of such distributions are referred to herein as "random arrays.'"
1210 J00143] To achieve compact, dense bundles of the DNA in the form of sub-micron spots, a region of the amplified molecule for hybridization to a capture probe attached to the glass surface can be utilized. Hundreds of capture probe molecules (spaced about 10 nm apart) can keep hundreds of concatenated copies of a target molecule tightly bound to a glass surface area of less than 500 nm in diameter. In one embodiment, glass activation chemistry is
1215 applied that creates a monolayer of isothiocyanate reactive groups for attaching amine modified capture oligonucleotides.
[00144] Generally, densities of single molecules are selected that permit at least twenty percent, or at least thirty percent, or at least forty percent, or at least a majority of the molecules to be resolved individually by the signal generation and detection systems used.
1220 In one aspect, a density is selected that permits at least seventy percent of the single molecules to be individually resolved. In one aspect, whenever scanning electron microscopy is employed, for example, with molecule-specific probes having gold nanoparticle labels, e.g. Nie et al (2006). Anal. Chem., 78: 1528-1534, which is incorporated by reference, a density is selected such that at least a majority of single molecules have a
225 nearest neighbor distance of 50 nm or greater; and in another aspect, such density is selected to ensure that at least seventy percent of single molecules have a nearest neighbor distance of 100 nm or greater. In another aspect, whenever optical microscopy is employed, for example with molecule-specific probes having fluorescent labels, a density is selected such that at least a majority of single molecules have a nearest neighbor distance of 200 nm or
230 greater; and in another aspect, such density is selected to ensure that at least seventy percent of single molecules have a nearest neighbor distance of 200 nm or greater, In still another aspect, whenever optical microscopy is employed, for example with molecule-specific probes having fluorescent labels, a density is selected such that at least a majority of single molecules have a nearest neighbor distance of 300 nm or greater; and in another aspect, such
235 density is selected to ensure that at least se\ ent> percent of single molecules
Figure imgf000038_0001
c a nearest neighbor distance of 300 nm or greater, or 400 nm or greater, or 500 nm or greater, or 600 nm or greater, or 700 nm or greater, or 800 nm or greater. In still another embodiment, whenever optica! microscopy is used, a is selected such that at least a majority of single molecules
Figure imgf000038_0002
a nearest neighbor distance of at least twice the minimal feature
14Q resolution power of the microscope. In another aspect, polymer molecules of the imention are disposed on a surface so that the density of separately detectable polymer molecules is at least 1000 per μm2. or at least 10,000 per μirf . or at least 100,000 per μm2. |00145| In another aspect of the invention, the requirement of selecting densities of randomly disposed single molecules to ensure desired nearest neighbor distances is ob\ iated
1245 by iding on a surface discrete spaced apart regions that are substantial!} the sole sites for attaching single molecules. That is. in such embodiments the regions on the surface between the discrete spaced apart regions, referred to herein as "inter-regional areas," are inert in the sense that eoncatemers. or other macromolecular structures, do not bind to such regions, In some embodiments, such inter-regional areas may be treated with blocking
Ϊ250 agents, e.g. DNAs unrelated to concatemer DNA. other polymers, and the like. General!} , the area of discrete spaced apart regions is selected, along with attachment chemistries, macromolecular structures employed, and the like, to correspond to the size of single molecules of the invention so that when single molecules are applied to surface substantially every region is occupied by no more than one single molecule. The likelihood of having
255 only one single molecule per discrete spaced apart region may be increased by selecting a density of reactive functionalities or capture oligonucleotides that results in fewer such moieties than their respective complements on single molecules. Thus, a single molecule will "occupy" all linkages to the surface at a particular discrete spaced apart region, thereby reducing the chance that a second single molecule will also bind to the same region. In
260 particular, in one embodiment, substantially all the capture oligonucleotides in a discrete spaced apart region hybridize to adaptor oligonucleotides a single macromolecular structure. In one aspect, a discrete spaced apart region contains a number of reactive functionalities or capture oligonucleotides that is from about ten percent to about fifty percent of the number of complementary functionalities or adaptor oligonucleotides of a single molecule. The
265 length and sequence(s) of capture oligonucleotides may vary widely, and may be selected in accordance with well known principles, e.g. Wetmur. Critical Reviews in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. 26: 227-259 (1991 ): Britten and Davidson, chapter 1 in Hames et al. editors. Nucleic Acid Hybridization: A Practical Approach (IRL Press, Oxford. 1985). In one aspect, the lengths of capture oligonucleotides are in a range of from 6 to 30 nucleotides.
270 and in another aspect, within a range of from 8 to 30 nucleotides, or from 10 to 24 nucleotides. Lengths and sequences of capture oligonucleotides are selected u) to provide effective binding of macromolecular structures to a surface, so that losses of macromolecular structures are minimi/ed during steps of analytical operations, such as washing, etc . and πi) to a\oid interference with analytical operations on analyte molecules, particularly when
275 analyte molecules are DNΛ fragments in a concatemer, In regard to (i), in one aspect, sequences and lengths are selected to provide duplexes between capture oligonucleotides and their complements that are sufficiently stable so that they do not dissociate in a stringent wash. In regard to (ii), if DNA fragments are from a particular species of organism, then databases. v\hen available,
Figure imgf000040_0001
be used to screen potential capture sequences that may form
280 spurious or undesired hybrids with DNA fragments. Other factors in selecting sequences for capture oligonucleotides are similar to those considered in selecting primers, hybridization probes, oligonucleotide tags, and the like, for which there is ample guidance, as evidenced by the references cited below in the Definitions section. [00146] In one aspect, the area of discrete spaced apart regions is less than 1 μm"; and in
285 another aspect, the area of discrete spaced apart regions is in the range of from 0.04 μm2 to 1 μm2; and in still another aspect, the area of discrete spaced apart regions is in the range of from 0.2 μm2 to 1 μm2. In another aspect, when discrete spaced apart regions are approximately circular or square in shape so that their sizes can be indicated by a single linear dimension, the size of such regions are in the range of from 125 nm to 250 nm, or in
290 the range of from 200 nm to 500 nm. In one aspect, center-to-eenter distances of nearest neighbors of such regions are in the range of from 0.25 μm to 20 μm; and in another aspect, such distances are in the range of from 1 μm to 10 μm, or in the range from 50 to 1000 nm. Preferably, spaced apart regions for immobilizing concatemers are arranged in a rectilinear or hexagonal pattern.
295 [00147] In one embodiment, spacer DNBs are used to prepare a surface for attachment of test DNBs. The surface is first covered by the capture oligonucleotide complementary to the binding site present on two types of synthetic DNBs; one is a capture DNB. the other is a spacer DNB. The spacer DNBs do not have DNA segments complementary to the adaptor used in preparation of test DNBs and they are used in about 5-50, preferably 10x excess to 00 capture DNBs. The surface with capture oligonucleotide is "saturated" with a mix of synthetic DNBs (prepared by chain ligation or by RCR) in which the spacer DNBs are used in about 10 -fold (or 5 to 50-fold) excess to capture DNBs. Because of the -10; 1 ratio between spacer and capture DNBs. the capture DNBs are mostly indiv idual islands in a sea of spacer DNBs. The 10: 1 ratio provides that two capture DNBs are on a\ erage separated b> 05 two spacer DNBs If DNBs are about 200 nm in diameter, then two capture DNBs are at about 600 nm eeπter-iø-eenter spacing i his surface u> then used to attach test DNBs or u molecular structures that have a binding site complementary to a region of the capture DNBs but not present on the spacer DNBs.
[00148] Capture DKBs ma> be prepared to have fewer copies than the number of binding
S310 sites in test DNBs to assure single test DXB attachment per capture DNB spot. Because the test DNA can bind onl> to capture DNBs, an arrav of test DNBs may be prepared that ha\e high site occupancy without congregation. Due to random attachment, some areas on the surface may not have am DNBs attached, but these areas with free capture oligonucleotide mav not be able to bind test DNBs since thev are designed not to have binding sites for the
S315 capture oligonucleotide. Arrays of the invention mav or may not be arranged in a grid pattern,
[00149J In one aspect, a high density array of capture oligonucleotide spots of sub micron size is prepared using a printing head or imprint-master prepared from a bundle, or bundle of bundles, of about 10,000 to 100 million optical fibers with a core and cladding material. By
1320 proper pulling and fusing fibers, a unique material may be produced that has about 50-1000 nm cores separated by a similar or 2-5 fold smaller or larger size cladding material. In one embodiment, differential etching (dissolving) of cladding material provides a nano-printing head having a very large number of nano-sized posts. This printing head may be used for depositing oligonucleotides or other biological (proteins, oligopeptides, DNA. aptamers) or
325 chemical compounds such as silane with various active groups.
[00150] In one embodiment the glass fiber tool may be used as a patterned support to deposit oligonucleotides or other biological or chemical compounds. In this case only posts created by etching may be contacted with material to be deposited, In another embodiment, a flat cut of the fused fiber bundle may be used to guide light through cores and allow light-
330 induced chemistry to occur only at the tip surface of the cores, thus eliminating the need for etching. In both embodiments, the same support may then be used as a light guiding/collection device for imaging fluorescence labels used to tag oligonucleotides or other reactants. This device prov ides a large field of view with a large numerical aperture (potentially >1 ).
335 [00151 ] Stamping or printing tools that perform active material or oligonucleotide deposition ma\ be used to print 2 to 100 different oligonucleotides in an interleaved pattern. This type of oligonucleotide array may be used for attaching 2 to 100 different DNΛ populations, such as populations derived from different source DNA. The\ also ma\ be used for parallel reading from sub-light resolution spots b\ using DN Λ specific anchors or tags
340 Information can he acceded b> DN'Λ specific tags, e g 16 speαϊk anchors for 16 DNAs and read 2 bases by a combination of 5-6 colors and using 16 ligation cycles or one ligation cycle and 16 decoding cjcles.
[00152] In embodiments of the invention, photolithograph} , electron beam lithography . nano imprint lithography , and nano printing ma> be used to generate such patterns on a wide 1345 variety of surfaces, e.g. Pimmg et a U.S. patent 5.143.854; Fodor et ai. U.S. patent
5.774,305; Guo, (2004) Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics. 37: R123-141 : which are incorporated herein by reference. These techniques can be used to generate patterns of features on the order of M 0th of a micron and have been developed for use in the semiconductor industry. In a preferred embodiment, a single "masking" operation is 1350 performed on the DNA arra\ substrate, as opposed to the 20 to 30 masking operations typically needed to create even a simple semiconductor. Using a single masking operation eliminates the need for the accurate alignment of many masks to the same substrate. There is also no need for doping of materials. Minor delects in the pattern may have little to no effect on the usability of the array, thus allowing production yields to approach 100%. 355 [00153] In one embodiment, high density structured random DNA array chips have capture oligonucleotides concentrated in small, segregated capture cells aligned into a rectangular grid formation (Fig. 4). Preferably, each capture cell or binding site is surrounded by an inert surface and may have a sufficient but limited number of capture molecules (100-400). Each capture molecule may bind one copy of the matching adaptor sequence on the RCR 360 produced DNA concatemer. Since each concatemer contains over 1000 copies of the adaptor sequence, it is able to quickly saturate the binding site upon contact and prevent other concatemers from binding, resulting in exclusive attachment of one RCR product per binding site or spot. By providing enough RCR products almost even spot on the array may contain one and onh one unique DNA target.
365 [00154J RCR "molecular cloning" allows the application of the saturation/exclusion (single occupancy) principle in making random arrays. The exclusion process is not feasible in making single molecule arrays if an in situ amplification is alternative!} applied. RCR eoncatemers pro\ ide an optimal size to form small non-mixed DNA spots. Each concatemer of about 100 kb is expected to occupy a space of about 0.1 x 0.1 x 0 1 μm. thus allowing 370 RCR products to fit into 100 nm capture cells. One advantage of RCR products is that the single stranded DNA is ready for hybridization and is \ ery flexible for forming a randomly coiled ball of DNA. The 1000 copies of DNA target produced b> RCR provide much higher speciiicity than is possible with anah sis of a single molecule [00155] There are methods known in the art for generating a patterned DNA chip. In a
1375 preferable embodiment, all spots on the chip have the same capture oligonucleotides and a 0.2-0.3 micron spot size at 0.5 micron pitch. Nano-printing approaches may be used for producing such patterns, as they do not require
Figure imgf000043_0001
of new oligonucleotide attachment chemistry. [00156J Nano-imprint technologies rely on classic photolithographic techniques to produce
1380 a master mold. The master mold is then replicated using polymers such as PMMA or
PDMS. These polymers, upon curing, form a negative mold of the master. The mold is then used to "print" patterns of material on a substrate. The nano-imprint technique can be used to create protein features on glass, silicon, and gold surfaces. In an exemplary embodiment. a master mold is used to generate many stamping devices and each stamping device can
385 generate many prints of chemicals (such as oligonucleotide solution, oligonucleotide binding or glass activation chemicals). Advanced nano-printing techniques can produce features as small as 10 nm. thus, features appropriate for fluorescent detection that are >200 nm in size. including features 300-500 nm at 1000 microns center to center, can be produced routinely. [00157] Various chemical modifications can be used to alter surface properties, increasing
390 the compatibility of the master mold with a wide range of materials, thus allowing the use of a small feature, low-density mold to create high density arrays. In one embodiment, a mold with a 4um feature pitch can be used to create a one urn feature pitch on the substrate by printing the same substrate 16 times in a 4 by 4 grid, [00158] In one aspect, a method of creating DNA arrays involves the use of a thin layer of
395 photo-resist to protect portions of the substrate surface during a functionalization process. The patterned photo-resist is removed after functionalization, leaving an array of activated areas. The second approach involves attaching a monolayer of modified oligonucleotides to the substrate. The oligonucleotides are modified with a phoio-cleavable protecting group. These protecting groups can be removed by exposure to an illumination source, allowing
400 patterned ligation of a capture oligonucleotide for attachment of DNBs by hybridization. [00159) In another embodiment, a commercially available, optically flat, quartz wafer is spin coated with a 100-500 nm thick lajer of photo-resist. The photo-resist is baked on to the quartz wafer, and an image of a reticle with a pattern of spots to be activated is projected onto the surface of the photo-resist, using a machine commonly called a stepper. After i()5 exposure, the photo-resist is developed. remo\ ing the areas of the projected pattern which v\ere exposed to the UV source. This is accomplished by plasma etching, a dry developing technique capable of producing very fine detail. The wafer is then baked to strengthen the remaining photo-resist.
[00160] After baking, the quart? wafer is read)' for functionalization. The wafer is then
410 subjected to vapor-deposition of 3-aminopropyldimethylethox\silane, the same monomer used in the current functionalization process. The density of the amino functional ized monomer can be tightly controlled by varying the concentration of the monomer and the time of exposure of the substrate. Only areas of quartz exposed by the plasma etching process may react with and capture the monomer. The wafer is then baked again to cure the
415 monolayer of amino-functionalized monomer to the exposed quartz. After baking, the remaining photo-resist may be removed using acetone. Because of the difference in attachment chemistry between the resist and silane, aminosilane-functionalized areas on the substrate may remain intact through the acetone rinse. These areas can be further functionalized by reacting them with p-phenylenediisothiocyanate in a solution of pyridine
420 and N-N-DiMethlyFormamide. The substrate may then be compatible with amine-modified oligonucleotides. Alternatively, oligonucleotides can be prepared with a 5"-carboxy- modifier-c lO (Glen Research: http://www.glenres.com;Producffiles/l 0-1935.html). This technique allows the oligonucleotide to be attached directly to the amine modified support, thereby avoiding additional functionalization steps.
425 [00161] In another embodiment, a nano-imprint lithography (NIL) process is used which starts with the production of a master imprint tool. This tool is produced using high- resolution e-beam lithography, and can be used to create a large number of imprints, depending on the NIL polymer utilized. For DNA array production, the quartz substrate would be spin coated with a layer of resist, this layer commonly called the transfer layer. A
430 second type of resist is then applied over the transfer layer, this layer is commonly called the imprint layer. The master imprint tool then makes an impression on the imprint layer. The overall thickness of the imprint layer is then reduced by plasma etching until the low area's of the imprint reach the transfer layer. Because the transfer layer is harder to remove than the imprint layer, it remains largely untouched. The imprint and transfer layers are then
435 hardened b> heating. The substrate is then put back into the piasma etcher until the low areas of the imprint reach the quart?. The substrate is then derhatized b> vapor deposition as described in method 1 a.
[00162] In another embodiment, a nano-printing method is used. Such a process uses photo, imprint, or e-beam lithograph} to create a master mold. There are many \ ariations on the
440 techniques used to manufacture the nano-imprint tools, in one exemplar} method, the master mold is created as a negative image of the features required on the print head. The print heads are usually made of a soft, flexible polymer such as polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS). This material, or layers of materials hav ing different properties, are spin coated onto a quartz substrate. The mold is then used to emboss the features onto the top layer of
1445 resist material under controlled temperature and pressure conditions. The print head is then subjected to a plasma based etching process to improve the aspect ratio of the print head, and eliminate distortion of the print head due to relaxation o\er time of the embossed material. The print head is used to deposit a pattern of amine modified oligonucleotides onto a homogenously derivatized surface. These oHgo-nucleotides serve as capture probes for the
1450 DNB's. One advantage to nano-printing is the ability to print interleaved patterns of different capture probes onto the random array support. This can be accomplished by successive printing with multiple print heads, each head having a differing pattern, and all patterns fitting together to form the final structured support pattern. Such methods allow for positional encoding of DNA elements within the random array. For example, control DNBs
1455 containing a specific anchor sequence can be bound at regular intervals throughout a random array.
[00163] Electron beam lithograph) can also be used to create the substrate. 1 his process is very similar to photolithography , except the pattern is drawn directly on a special resist material using an electron beam gun. The benefit of this process is that the feature size can
460 be much smaller and more precise than with UV photolithographic methods. A potential drawback is the amount of time required to create the pattern is on the order of hours per substrate, as opposed to a couple of seconds using photolithographic methods or less than a minute for NIL. [00164] In one embodiment, the arrays are produced using photo-cleavable modifiers, also
465 referred to as protecting groups, In such a method, capture cells can be created by using commercially available photo-cleavable modifiers to oligonucleotides, such as the PC Linker Phosphoramidite. available from Glen Research. Λn oligonucleotide with a 5 prime photo- clea\able protection group, in this case DMTO. is attached to a fully functionalized piece of quartz at the 3' terminus. The exposed areas lose their protecting group, leaving a 5*
470 phosphate. Using oligonucleotide ligation, a capture oligonucleotide complementary to the adaptor region of RCR products is ligated to exposed phosphate groups if a template oligonucleotide is provided as depicted below
(oligonucleotide on the surface)
[— cttactgtge-P OH-ggactaccgtrtagg..eccgtgg (capture oligonucleotide) 1475 gaatgacacg ecigatggca (single template oligonucleotide; )
[00165] After ligation of the capture oligonucleotide to the deprotected surface oligonucleotides, the entire substrate can be exposed to a UV source to remove the remaining protecting groups. The free phosphate groups may be blocked by ligating hairpin
1480 like oligonucleotides to prevent ligation of labeled probes used in the sequencing process to the support oligonucleotide.
[00166] The photo-resist material used in fabrication methods is generally quite hydrophobic, and the patterns made in that material consist of very small holes. It is possible that the exposed surface of the quartz may not come into contact with aqueous
S 485 solutions of the amino funclionalized monomer due to the hydrophobic effect of the photoresist. To avoid this problem, one embodiment of the invention is to use ultrasound to force the liquid past the small openings in the mask. It is also possible to put a small amount of surfactant, acetone, or other additive to the solution to break the surface tension of the water. The use of solvents in this manner might swell the mask material slightly, but it would not
490 dissolve it. In the event that the resist material is incompatible with the amino- functionalized surface during the resist removal process, for instance it might react with and destroy the amine, it is possible to perform a mechanical peel of the resist material using a strong acrylic based adhesive on a polymer sheet. [00167] After each batch of DNA array substrates is made, it may be important to determine
495 if the batch is up to specification. Specifications may be determined during the mask design and biochemistry optimization phase. Quality control of each batch of substrates can be performed by attaching FITC or a amine-modifϊed oligonucleotide with any fluorescent label to the reactive surface and observing the intensity and pattern of the fluorescence on the substrate surface. The overall intensity of the active regions may be proportional to the
500 density of reactive sites in the capture cells. The current microscopy system has a 10Ox. 1.4NA lens that has a theoretical resolving power of about 180 nm. The sensitivity of the current image acquisition system is about 3 dye molecules per pixel, with each pixel imaging a 60x60 nm area of the substrate. It is expected to be able to attach between 30-50 capture oligonucleotides per 60 nm square area. This allows directly measuring, with high accuracy.
505 the attachment efficiency and grid properties of the substrate. Each capture cell may be imaged by roughly 10 pixels.
[00168J Using the QC data, it is possible to determine which substrate preparation steps need impren ement. Intensity variation between capture cells, at this point in the process. would point to une\ en reaction conditions during the functional ization process or non- 1510 uniform development of the photo-resist layer. If there is bridging between cells, it would suggest that the photo-resist material delaminated from the surface of the quartz, or that something went wrong during the exposure process. Problems with signal intensity would point to poor control of the functionalization step. Additional metrics may necessarily be developed as the process matures.
1515 Replica arrays
[00169] In one aspect of the invention, complementary
Figure imgf000047_0001
on a master arra> are transferred to a replica arra> . To achieve such a transfer, two surfaces ma} be contacted in the presence of heating to denature dsDNA and free newly made DNA strands. In another embodiment, the transfer is achieved by applying an electric field to
520 discriminatively transfer only the replicated DNA that has about 5-50 times more charge than primers. In a further embodiment, after hybridizing the transferred strand a reverse field is combined with a reduction in temperature to move primers back to the master array. In an embodiment in which the transfer is achieved by applying an electric field, porous glass is preferably used to allow the application of the electric field.
525 [00170] In one embodiment, a capture oligonucleotide is designed to correspond to the end of an amplicon opposite to the priming site to assure exclusive retention of the full length copies. Having a pattern of nine or more different capture oligonucleotides minimizes the chance of '"cross talk" during DNA transfer from the master array. In one embodiment, the transfer is achieved without further amplification of DNA on the replica array; multiple
530 transfers to the same replica may also be used to generate a stronger signal. In another embodiment, multiple replicas may be generated b> partial transfer from the master array, with DNA amplification performed in each replica array.
[00171] In an exemplary embodiment, the substrate for the replica array contains primers for initiating DNA synthesis using template DNA attached on the first array. After
535 contacting surfaces of the master array and support of the "to be formed" replica array in the presence of DNA polymerase. dNTPs and suitable buffer at optimum temperature, primer molecules to the template DNA on the master array and become extended by the polymerase. A stopping agent such as dsDNA may be used to stop DNA at the end of one copy. By increasing temperature, or b> using other DNA denaturing agents. DNA strands ς40 ma\ separate and the replica array can be separated form the first arrav To prevent removal of original DNA from the master array, the original DNA may be directly (or indirectly via capture oligonucleotide) covalently attached to the master array support. [00172] Any incomplete DNA that is attached to the replica array may be specifically removed after completion of the replication reaction using various methods known in the art,
1545 such as through protective ligation of the completed molecules that have specific ends - the incomplete molecules can then be removed without losing the completed molecules. [00173] In one embodiment, primers cover the entire substrate surface for array preparation, A primer density of 10.000 per micron square provides a local concentration in one micron, between mo supports, of similar or about 10 times higher concentration than used in PCR.
550 Primers may have very long attachment linkers to be able to reach to the DNA template on the first array's support. In this process there is no possibility for DNA diffusion and replica DNA spots may be only slightly larger than original spots. A very fiat surface may be used to assure close proximity of two surfaces. In one embodiment, DNBs provide enough DNA loops of about 300-500 nm and when combined with 100 nm primer linkers, allowing
555 tolerance of surface imperfections.
J00174] Replica arrays may be used to produce additional replicas. Second generation replicas would have the same DNA strand as the original array.
[00175] Replica arrays may be used for parallel analysis of the same set of DNA fragments such as hybridization with a large number of probes or probe pools. In another embodiment,
560 self-assembled DNA master chips containing genomic fragments may be replicated to generate many detection arrays that do not need to be decoded because they match the same master chip that was already decoded. Thus, replication of arrays allows us preparation of self-assembled DNA arrays with minimal decoding costs, because one master and its replicas may be used to produce thousands of final array s.
565
Structure of capture oligos
[00176] In one embodiment, surface (Fig 1 C & D — 1622) may have attached capture oligonucleotides that form complexes, e.g. double stranded duplexes, with a segment of an adaptor oligonucleotide in the concatemers. such as an anchor binding site or other elements
570 In other embodiments, capture oligonucleotides may comprise oligonucleotide clamps, or like structures, that form triplexes with adaptor oligonucleotides, e.g. Gryaznov et al. U.S. patent 5,473.060. In another embodiment, surface (1622) may have reactive functionalities that react with complementary functionalities on the concatemers to form a
Figure imgf000048_0001
linkage, e g, by way of the same techniques used to attach CDNAΪ to rmcroarrays. e g Smsrncn et al ] 575 (2004), Genes, Chromosomes & Cancer, 40: 72-77; Bcaucage (2001 ). Current Medicinal Chemistry, 8: 1213-1244, which are incorporated herein by reference. [00177} In one aspect, when enzvmatie processing is not required, capture oligonucleotides may comprise non-natural nucleosidic units and or linkages that confer favorable properties, such as increased duplex stability; such compounds include, but not limited to, peptide
1580 nucleic acids (PNAs), locked nucleic acids (LNA). oligonucleotide N3'—»P5' phosphoramidates, o!igo-2'-0-alkylribonucieotides, and the like.
Structure of random arrays
[00178J In one aspect, concatemers (1620 - Fig. 1 C & D) mav be fixed to surface ( 1622) b> an\ of a variety of techniques, including covalent attachment and non-covalent attachment.
1585 In one embodiment, surface (1622) may have attached capture oligonucleotides that form complexes, e.g. double stranded duplexes, with a segment of an adaptor oligonucleotide in the concatemers, such as an anchor binding site or other elements. In other embodiments, capture oligonucleotides may comprise oligonucleotide clamps, or like structures, that form triplexes with adaptor oligonucleotides, e.g. Gryaznov et al. U.S. patent 5.473,060. In
1590 another embodiment, surface (1622) may have reactive functionalities that react with complementary functionalities on the concatemers to form a covalent linkage, e.g. by way of the same techniques used to attach cDNAs to microarrays, e.g. Smirnov et al (2004), Genes, Chromosomes & Cancer. 40: 72-77; Beaucage (2001), Current Medicinal Chemistry, 8: 1213-3244. which are incorporated herein by reference. Long DNA molecules, e.g. several
595 hundred nucleotides or larger, may also be efficiently attached to hydrophobic surfaces, such as a clean glass surface that has a low concentration of various reactive functionalities, such as -OH groups.
(00179] In one embodiment, complete genome sequencing uses an arrav comprising a 50 to 200x genome cov erage of the analyzed polynucleotide fragments. For example 6 billion
600 DNBs with an average fragment length of 100 bases would contain 600 billion bases representing 10Ox genome coverage. In one embodiment, the arrav comprises 6 billion DNBs composed of 300-600 base long DNA fragments. The DNBs may be bound to the arrav substrate in a square pack arrangement at a pitch of one micron and the arrav substrate ma}r be split across 16 segments. Jn a further embodiment, each segment contains 24 unit
605 sub arrays with each unit sub arra\ containing 16 million bound DNBs over a 2x2 square millimeter area. [00180] A sequencing assav which uses 8 segments and DNB *s 250 bases long may require 350 probe pools for sequencing. Various tradeoffs between fragment length. DNB count, pool sets, and overlap can be made to optimize sequence quality versus imaging time. For 1610 example, the same random
Figure imgf000050_0001
require 225 probe pools for sequencing. This would require fewer probe pool cycles, reducing imaging time, Additionally. DNBs can be composed of 500 base long fragments, requiring 3 billion DNB *s to be assayed against 350 probe pools using 16 segments tested in 16 reaction chambers. This format would produce a random arra> with 256x genome coverage, thus reducing the 1615 unit array size to two square millimeters, In one embodiment, each probe pool is combinatoriall} labeled using 2 of 6 fluorophores producing up to 21 possible fluorescent label combinations. This labeling schema allows assaying against many probes simultaneously, reducing hybridization time by an order of magnitude. [00181 ) A wide variety of supports may be used for arrays of the invention. In one aspect, 1620 supports are rigid solids that
Figure imgf000050_0002
a surface, preferably a substantially planar surface so that single molecules to be interrogated are in the same plane. The latter feature permits efficient signal collection by detection optics.
[00182] In another aspect, solid supports of the invention are nonporous. particularly when random arrays of single molecules are analyzed by hybridization reactions requiring small 1625 volumes. Suitable solid support materials include materials such as glass, polyacrylamide- coated glass, ceramics, silica, silicon, quartz, various plastics, and the like. [00183] In one aspect, the area of a planar surface may be in the range of from 0.5 to 4 cm2. In one aspect, the solid support is glass or quartz , such as a microscope slide, having a surface that is uniformly silanized. This may be accomplished using conventional protocols, 630 e.g. acid treatment followed by immersion in a solution of 3-glycidoxypropyl trimethoxysilane, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and anhydrous xylene (8: 1 :24 v/v) at 80cC. which forms an epoxysilanized surface, e.g. Beattie et a ( 1995), Molecular Biotechnology. 4: 213. Such a surface is readily treated to permit end-attachment of capture oligonucleotides, e.g. by providing capture oligonucleotides with a 3" or 5' trietrn lene ghcol phosphory ! 635 spacer prior to application to the surface. Mam other protocols may be used for adding reactive functionalities to glass and other surfaces, as evidenced
Figure imgf000050_0003
the disclosure in Beaucage (cited above).
[00184J Arrays of DNA targets with interspersed adaptor(s) are not limited to single molecule or concatemers. and can include arrays of in situ amplified DNA spots or arrays of 640 particles, each comprising multiple copies of a target nucleic acid (for example beads used in emυlsion-PCR). Furthermore, methods as described herein which utilize multiple anchors or primers that can be differentially removed or otherwise discriminated are not limited to interspersed adaptors, i.e. they can be accomplished on samples with two ""standard", i.e. end-iigated adaptors ha\ ing a total of 4 anchor sites.
!645 Structure of probes
J0018S] The term "probes" is used in a broad sense of oligonucleotides used in direct hybridization, or as in ligation of two probes, or as in probe with an anchor, or as in a probe with an anchor probe. Probes may
Figure imgf000051_0001
only a few. specific bases and many degenerate bases: for example BNNKNNNN or BBNNNNNN or NNBBNNNN. Anchor probes may
1650 be designed as U5-] OB 1 -4 to read 1-4 bases adjacent to an adaptor sequence complementary to an anchor U5-10 sequence.
[00186] The oligonucleotide probes of the invention can be labeled in a variety of ways, including the direct or indirect attachment of radioactive moieties, fluorescent moieties, colorimetric moieties, chemi luminescent moieties, and the like. Many comprehensive
1655 reviews of methodologies for labeling DNA and constructing DNA adaptors provide guidance applicable to constructing oligonucleotide probes of the present invention. Such reviews include Kricka, Ann. Clin. Biochern., 39: 1 14-129 (2002): Schaferling et al, Anal. Bioanal. Chem., (April 12. 2006); Matthews et al, Anal. Biochem,. VoI 169, pgs. 1 -25 (1988); Haugland, Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals. Tenth Edition
660 (Invilrogen/Moiecular Probes. Inc., Eugene, 2006); Keller and Manak, DNA Probes, 2nd Edition (Stockton Press. New York, 1993); and Eckstein, editor, Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach (ΪRF Press, Oxford, 1991); Wetmur. Critical Reviews in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 26: 227-259 (1991); Hermanson. Bioconjugate Techniques (Academic Press, New York, 1996): and the like. Many more particular
665 methodologies applicable to the invention are disclosed in the following sample of references: Fung et al, U.S. patent 4,757.341 ; Hobbs, Jr., et al U.S. patent 5, 151 ,507: Cruickshank, U.S. patent 5.091.519; (synthesis of functionalized oligonucleotides for attachment of reporter groups); Jablonski et al. Nucleic Acids Research. 14: 61 15-6128 (1986)(en/>me-oligonucleotide conjugates); Ju et al, Nature Medicine. 2. 246-249 ( 1996);
670 Bawendi et al, U.S. patent 6,326, 144 (derh atized fluorescent nanocπstals); B ruche/, et al, U.S. patent 6,274,323 (derivatized fluorescent nanocrystals): and the like. [00187] In one aspect, one or more fluorescent dyes are used as labels for the oligonucleotide probes, e g. as disclosed b} Menchen et αl. L. S patent 5.188.934 ^4.7™ dichlorofluorscein dyes): Begot et al. U.S. patent 5,366,860 (spectralh resohable rhodamine
1675 dyes); Lee et al. U.S. patent 5. 847.162 (4,7-dichlororhodamine dyes): Khanna et al. U.S. patent 4318.846 (ether-substituted fluorescein dyes): Lee et al, U.S. patent 5.800.996 (energy transfer dyes); Lee et al. U.S. patent 5.066,580 (xanthene d>es): Mathies et al, U.S. patent 5.688,648 (energy transfer dyes); and the like. Labeling can also be carried out with quantum dots, as disclosed in the following patents and patent publications, incorporated
16S0 herein b> reference: 6,322,901 ; 6.576.291 : 6,423.551 , 6,251 ,303: 6.319,426; 6.426.513; 6,444.143; 5.990,479; 6,207.392; 2002/0045045: 2003.0017264: and the like. As used herein, the term "fluorescent signal generating moiety" means a signaling means which con\eys information through the fluorescent absorption and/or emission properties of one or more molecules. Such fluorescent properties include fluorescence intensity, fluorescence
S 685 life time, emission spectrum characteristics, energy transfer, and the like.
[00188] Commercially available fluorescent nucleotide analogues readily incorporated into the labeling oligonucleotides include, for example. Cy3-dCTP, Cy3-dUTP, Cy5-dCTP, Cy5- dUTP (Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway, New Jersey, USA), fluorescein-! 2-dUΪP, tetramethyIrhodamine-6-dUTP, Texas Red®-5-dUTP, Cascade Blue®-7-dUTP. BODIPYS
690 FL-14-dUTP, BODlPYS)R- 14-dUTP. BODlPYS TR-14-dUTP, Rhodamine
Green™-5-dUTP, Oregon Green® 488-5-dUTP. Texas Red®-12-dUTP, BODIPYC 630/650-14-diπ P, BODIPY® 650/665- 14-dUTP, Alexa Fluor® 488-5-dUTP. Alexa Fluor® 532-5-dUTP. Alexa Fluor® 568-5-dUTP, Alexa Fluor® 594-5-dUTP, Alexa Fluor® 546-14-dUTP, fluorescein- 12-UT?, tetramethylrhodamine-6-UTP, Texas Red 1,-5-UTP,
695 Cascade Blue®-7-UTP. BODIPY® FL-14-UTP, BODIPYt TMR-14-UTP, BODIPY®
TR-14-UTP. Rhodamine Green™-5-UTP, Alexa Fluor® 488-5-UTP, Alexa Fluor® 546-14-UTP (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, OR. USA). Other fluσrophores available for post-synthetic attachment include, inter alia, Alexa Fluor® 350, Alexa Fluor® 532, Alexa Fluor® 546. Alexa Fluor® 568. Alexa Fluor® 594, Alexa Fluor® 647. BODIPY 493 '503.
700 BODIPY FL. BODIPY R6G. BODIPY 530/550. BODIPY TMR. BODIPY 558/568, BODΪPY 558/568, BODIPY 564/570. BODIPY 576/589. BODIPY 581 /591 , BODΪPY 630;650. BODIPY 650'665. Cascade Blue. Cascade Yellow. Dansyl, lissamine rhodamine B. Marina Blue, Oregon Green 488. Oregon Green 514, Pacific Blue, rhodamine 6G, rhodamine green, rhodamine red, tetramethvlrhodamine, Texas Red (av ailable from
705 Molecular Probes, Inc.. Eugene. OR, USA), and
Figure imgf000052_0001
and Cy7 (Amersham Btosciences. Piscataway, NJ USA. and others) PRL ! taodern fiuorophores ma\ also be used, such as PerCP-Cy5.5, PE-CyS, PE-Cy5.5, PE-Cy7. PE-Texas Red, and APC-Cy?: also, PE-Alexa dyes (610. 647, 680) and APC-Alexa dyes. Biotin, or a derivative thereof, may also be used as a iabel on a detection oligonucleotide, and subsequently bound by a
1710 detectably labeled avidiα'streptavidin derivative (e.g. phycoerylhr in-conjugated streptavidin), or a detectably labeled anti-biotin antibody. Digoxigenin ma> be incorporated as a label and subsequently bound by a detectably labeled anti-digoxigenin antibody (e.g. fluoresceinated anti-digoxigenin). An aminoallyl-dUTP residue may be incorporated into a detection oligonucleotide and subsequent!} coupled to an N-hydroxj succinimide (NHS)
1715 derivitized fluorescent dye, such as those listed supra, In general, am member of a conjugate pair may be incorporated into a detection oligonucleotide provided that a detectably labeled conjugate partner can be bound to permit detection. As used herein, the term antibody refers to an antibody molecule of any class, or any subfragment thereof, such as an Fab. Other suitable labels for detection oligonucleotides may include fluorescein
!720 (FAM), digoxigenin, dinitrophenol (DNP), dansyl, biotin, bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU), hexahistidine (όxHis), phosphor-am ino acids (e.g. P-tyr. P-ser, P-thr) . or any other suitable label. In one embodiment the following hapten/antibody pairs are used for detection, in which each of the antibodies is derivatized with a detectable label: biotin/α-biotin, digoxigenin/α-digoxigenin, dinitrophenol (DNP)/ct-DNP, 5-Carboxyfluorescein (FAM)Za-
725 FAM. As described in schemes below, probes may also be indirectly labeled, especially with a hapten that is then bound by a capture agent, e.g. as disclosed in Holtke et al, U.S. patent 5,344.757; 5,702,888; and 5,354.657; Huber et al, U.S. patent 5, 198,537; Miyoshi. U.S. patent 4.849.336; Misiura and Gait, PCT publication WO 91/17160; and the like. Many different hapten-capture agent pairs are available for use with the invention.
730 Exemplary, haptens include, biotin, des-biotin and other derivatives, dinitrophenol. dansj-1, fluorescein, CY5, and other dyes, digoxigenin, and the like. For biotin, a capture agent may be avidin, streptavidin. or antibodies. Antibodies may be used as capture agents for the other haptens (many dje-antibody pairs being commercially available, e.g. Molecular Probes).
735 [00189] In one aspect, pools of probes are provided which preferably have from about 1 to about 3 bases, allowing for an even and optimized signal for different sequences at degenerate positions. In one embodiment, a concentration adjusted mix of 3-mer building blocks is used in the probe synthesis. [00190] Probes may be prepared with nucleic acid tag tails instead of being directly labeled.
1740 Tails preferably do not interact with test DNA. These tails may be prepared from natural bases or modified bases such as isoC and isoG that pair onh between themselves. If isoC and isoG nucleotides are used, the sequences may be separate!) synthesized with a 5* amino- 1 inker, which allows conjugation to a 5' carboxy modified linker that is synthesized on to each tagged probe. This allows separately synthesized tag sequences to be combined with
1745 known probes while they are still attached to the column. In one embodiment. 21 tagged sequences are used in combination with 1024 known probes.
[00191 ) The tails may be separated from probes by 1 -3 or more degenerated bases, abasie sites or other linkers. One approach to minimize interaction of tails and target DNA is to use sequences that are very infrequent in the target DNA. For example,
1750 CGCGATATCGCGATAT or CGATCGATCGAT is expected to be infrequent in mammalian genomes. One option is to use probe with tails pre-hybridized with unlabeled tags that would be denaturated and maybe washed away after ligation and before hybridization with labeled tags. Uracil may be used to generate degradable tails/tags and to remove them before running a new cycle instead of using temperature removal;
! 755 [00192] In one aspect high-plex multiplex ligation assays of probes are used which are not labeled with fluorescent dyes, thus reducing background and assay costs. For example for 8 colors 4x8=32 different encoding tails may be prepared and 32 probes as a pool may be used in hybridization/ligation. In the decoding process, four cycles each with 8 tags are used. Thus, each color is used for 4 tags used in 4 decoding cycles. After each cycle, tags may be
760 removed or dyes photo bleached. The process requires that the last set of probes to be decoded has to stay hybridized through 4 decoding cycles.
[00193] In one embodiment, additional properties are included to provide the ability to distinguish different probes using the same color, for example Tm/stability, degradability by incorporated uracil bases and UDG enzyme, and chemically or photochemical!} cleavable
765 bonds. A combination of two properties, such as temperature stability directly or after cutting or removing a stabilizer to provide S distinct tags for the same color; more than one cut type may be used to create 3 or more groups: to execute this 4-8 or 6-12 exposures of the same color may be required, demanding low photo-bleaching conditions such as low intensity light illumination that may be detected by intensified CCDs (ICCDs). For example
770 if one property is melting temperature (Tm) and there are 4 tag-oligos or anchors or primers with distinct Tm, another set of 4 oiigos can be prepared that has the first 4 probes connected to or intractable with a stabilizer that shifts the Tm of these 4 oiigos abov e the most stable oligo in the first group without stabilizer. After resolving 4 oligos from the first group by consecutive melting off, the temperature may be reduced to the initial low level, the 1775 stabilizer may be cut or removed, and 4 tagged-oligos or anchors or primers can then be differentially melted using the same temperature points as for the first group. [00194] In one aspect, probe-probe hybrids are stabilized through ligation to another unlabeled oligonucleotide.
Methods of sequencing using interspersed adaptors
1780 [00195] In one aspect, the invention includes a method of determining a nucleotide sequence of a target polynucleotide, the method comprising the steps of: (a) generating a plurality of interspersed adaptors within a target polynucleotide, each interspersed adaptor having at least one boundary with the target polynucleotide; and (b) determining the identity of at least one nucleotide adjacent to at least one boundary of at least two interspersed
1785 adaptors, thereb) determining a nucleotide sequence of the target polynucleotide. As is more fully outlined below, the target sequence comprises a position for which sequence information is desired, generally referred to herein as the "detection position''. In general, sequence information (e.g. the identification of the nucleotide at a particular detection position) is desired for a plurality of detection positions. By "plurality" as used herein is
790 meant at least two. In some cases, however, for example in single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) detection, information may only be desired for a single detection position within any particular target sequence. As used herein, the base which basepairs with the detection position base in a hybrid is termed the "interrogation position". [00196] An important feature of the invention is the use of interspersed adaptors in target
795 polynucleotide amplicons to acquire sequence information related to the target polynucleotides. A variety of sequencing methodologies ma\ be used with interspersed adaptors, including, but not limited to. hybridization-based methods, such as disclosed in Drmanac, U.S. patents 6.864,052: 6.309,824; and 6,401,267; and Drmanac et al. U.S. patent publication 2005/0191656. and sequencing by synthesis methods, e.g. Nyren et al. U.S.
800 patent 6.210.891 : Ronaghi. U.S. patent 6.828.100: Ronaghi et al (1998). Science. 281 : 363- 365; Balasubramanian. U.S. patent 6.833.246; Quake. U.S. patent 6.91 1.345: Li et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL 100: 414-419 (2003): Smith et al. PCT publication WO 2006/074351; and ligation-based methods, e.g. Shendure et al (2005), Science, 309: 1728-1739, Macevicz. U.S. patent 6.306,597: which references are incorporated by reference. ! 805 [00197] In one aspect, a method of determining a nucleotide sequence of a target polynucleotide in accordance with the invention comprises the following steps: (a) generating a plurality of target concatemers from the target polynucleotide, each target concatemer comprising multiple copies of a fragment of the target polynucleotide and the plurality of target concatemers including a number of fragments that substantially covers the
SIO target polynucleotide; (b) forming a random array of target concatemers fixed to a surface at a density such that at least a majority of the target concatemers are optically resolvable: (c) identifying a sequence of at least a portion of each fragment in each target concatemer: and (d) reconstructing the nucleotide sequence of the target polynucleotide from the identities of the sequences of the portions of fragments of the concatemers. Usually, "substantially
815 covers" means that the amount of DNΛ analyzed contains an equivalent of at least two copies of the target polynucleotide, or in another aspect, at least ten copies, or in another aspect, at least twenty copies, or in another aspect, at least 100 copies. Target polynucleotides may include DNA fragments, including genomic DNA fragments and cDNA fragments, and RNA fragments. Guidance for the step of reconstructing target
820 polynucleotide sequences can be found in the following references, which are incorporated by reference: Lander et al, Genomics, 2: 231 -239 ( 1988); Vingron et al, J. MoI. Biol., 235: 1-12 (1994); and like references.
[00198J In one aspect of the invention, a ligation-based sequencing method may be used as illustrated in Figs. 3A-3E. Many different variations of this sequencing approach may be
825 selected by one of ordinary skill in the art depending on factors, such as, the volume of sequencing desired, the type of labels employed, the type of target polynucleotide amplicons employed and how they are attached to a surface, the desired speed of sequencing operations, signal detection approaches, and the like. The variations shown in Figs. 3A-3E are only exemplary.
830 [00199j In one aspect of the invention, a labeled probe is able to form a stable hybrid only after ligation to a pairing probe. The use of probe ligation improves data specificity o\er standard sequencing by hybridization methods. Probe ligation also has application in position specific base identification (e.g. DNA ends) or in a whole sequence scanning methodology (e.g. all internal overlapping sequences).
835 [00200] To identify sequences at a specific site in the unknown sequence, such as at the ends of the sequence, the labeled probes can be designed to allow ligation to an anchor probe. The longer anchor probe Is hybridized to a known adaptor sequence that is adjacent to the end of the unknown sequence to be determined, e.g. the detection positions. Labeled probes can have various numbers of specific and degenerated bases. For example, 2 end 1840 bases can be determined with the probe BBNNNNNN (A =- anchor. D ~ adaptor. G - genomic, B = probe defining bases, N - degenerate bases. * ~ label):
AAAAAAAAA BBNNNNNN* DDDDDDDDDDDDDDGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG [00201] For such a probe structure there are 16 sequence-reading probes, each consisting of
1845 2 specific bases at the 5-prime end. If all 16 probes are tested, onh one would efficient!) ligate to the anchor probe and gi\e a strong signal, after removing probes that are not Iigated the to anchor probe. Such a positive probe detects two bases at the end of genomic DNA fragment, with a high specificity provided by the strong preference of T4 DNA ligase for complementary bases close to the ligation site.
1850 [00202] In one aspect of the invention, a single stranded target polynucleotide is provided that contains a plurality of interspersed adaptors. In Fig. 3A, three interspersed adaptors (3002, 3004, and 3006) are shown, which may be part of an amplicon. such as a concatemer, comprising multiple copies of target polynucleotide (3000). Each interspersed adaptor has a region (e.g. 3008 and 3012) at each end that has a unique sequence (in this example six such
1855 unique sequences among three interspersed adaptors in all) designed as a binding site for a corresponding anchor probe, which is an oligonucleotide (which ma\ or may not carry a label) to which a sequencing probe is Iigated. Such end regions may have lengths in the range of from 6 to 14 nucleotides, and more usually, from 8 to 12 nucleotides. Interspersed adaptors optionally have central region (3010), which may contain additional elements such i 860 as recognition sites for various enzymes (when in double stranded form) or binding sites for capture oligonucleotides for immobilizing the target polynucleotide amplicons on a surface, and so on. In one aspect, a sequencing operation with interspersed adaptors (3002-3006) comprises six successive routines of hybridizing anchor probes to each of the different unique anchor probe binding sites. Each such routine comprises a cycle of hybridizing the
865 anchor probe to its end site of its interspersed adaptor, combining with sequencing probes under conditions that permit hvbridization of only perfect!} matched probes, ligating perfect!) matched sequencing probes to juxtaposed anchor probes, detecting Iigated sequencing probes, identifying one or more bases adjacent to the anchor probe
Figure imgf000057_0001
the signal generated b> the sequencing probe, and remo\ ing the sequencing probe and the anchor
870 probe from the target polynucleotide amplicon.
[00203] A further embodiment includes creating a DNA circle of 300-3000 bases in length and inserting 2-3 adaptors on each side of the initϊaj adaptor In this wa\ a mating pair of two. 20-60 base long sequences, separated by 300-3000 bases is generated, In addition to providing twice the level of sequence data, this method provides valuable mapping
1875 information. Mate pairs can bridge over repeats in de no\o sequence assembly, and can also be used to accurate]) position mutations in repeats longer than 20-50 bases in genome re- sequencing. One, or a mating pair of two. -20-50 base sequences can be complemented with probe hybridization or probe-probe ligation data. A partial set of 1 8 to 1 i 6 of all 5- mers. ό-mers, 7-mers or 8-mers may be scored to provide mapping information for 200-4000
1880 base length fragments. In addition, all probes of a giv en length (such as all 6-mers) ma> be scored in 4-16 reaction chambers containing 4-16 sections of the total DNA array for a
Figure imgf000058_0001
genome. In each chamber % to 1 ^16 of all probes ma} be scored. After mapping individual DNA fragments all probes can be compiled to provide 100 to 1000 reads per base in overlapped probes in overlapped fragments.
1885 [00204J In one embodiment, the six successive routines are repeated from 1 to 4 times. preferably from 2 to 3 times, so that nucleotides at different distances from the interspersed adaptor may be identified. In another embodiment, the six successive routines are carried out once, but each cycle of anchor probe hybridization, sequencing probe hybridization, ligating. etc.. is repeated from 1 to 4, or from 2 to 3 times. The former is illustrated in Fig.
1890 3A, so that after anchor probe (3015) hybridizes to its binding site in interspersed adaptor
(3002), labeled sequencing probes (3016) are added to the reaction mixture under conditions that permit ligation to anchor probe (3015) if a perfectly matched duplex is formed. [00205] Sequencing probes may have a variety of different structures. Typically, they contain degenerate sequences and are either directly or indirectly labeled. In the example of
895 Fig. 3A. sequencing probes are directly labeled with, e.g. fluorescent dyes Fl , F2, F3. and F4, which generate signals that are mutually distinguishable, and fluorescent dyes Gl . G2, G3, and G4. which also generate signals that are mutually distinguishable. In this example, since dyes of each set. i.e. F and G, are detected in different cycles, they may be the same dyes. When 8-mer sequencing probes are employed, a set of F-labeled probes for
900 identifying a base immediately adjacent to an interspersed adaptor may have the following structure: 3 " -F 1 -NNNNNNNAp. 3'-F2-NNΪNXKNNCp. 3*~F3~NNNNNNNGp. 3"-F4- NNNNNNNT. Here it is assumed that sequence GOOO) is in a S' -→y orientation from left to right: thus, the F-labeled probes must carry a phosphate group on their 5' ends, as long as conventional ligase-mediated ligation reactions are used. Likewise, a corresponding set of
905 G-labeled probes may have the following structure 3'-AXNNNNNN-G 1 3'-CNNNNNNN- GZ, 3*-GN\'NL\NNVG3. 3"-'IN\N\\N\'-ϋ4, and for ligation of these probes, their associated anchor probe must have a 5 '-phosphate group. F-labeled probes in successive cycles may have the following structures: 3 "-Fl -NlM NNNNANp, 3*-F2-NNNNNNCNp. 3*- F3-NNNNNNGNp. 3*-F4-NNNNNNTN, and 3 '-Fl -NNNNNANNp, 3"-F2-NNNNNCNNp,
! 91 o 3 *-F3-NNNNNGNNp, 3 *-F4-NNNNNTNN. and so on.
[00206] Returning to Fig. 3 A, after ligated probe (3018) is identified, it is removed from the target
Figure imgf000059_0001
(3020). and the next anchor probe (3022) is hybridized to its respective binding site. G-labeied sequencing probes are hybridized to the target polynucleotide so that those forming perfect!} match duplexes juxtaposed to the anchor
1915 probe are ligated and identified. This process continues for each anchor probe binding site until the last ligated probe (3028) is identified. The whole sequence of cycles is then repeated (3030) using F-labeled sequencing probes and G-labeled sequencing probes that are design to identify a different base adjacent to its respective anchor probe. [00207] Fig. 3B illustrates a variant of the method of Fig. 3A in which anchor probes are
1920 hybridized to their respective binding sites two-at-a-time. Any pair of anchor probes may be employed as long as one member of the pair binds to a 3' binding site of an interspersed adaptor and the other member of the pair binds to a 5' binding site of an interspersed adaptor. For directly labeled sequencing probes, as shown, this embodiment requires the use of eight distinguishable labels; that is, each of the labels F1-F4 and G1 -G4 must be
925 distinguishable from one another. In Fig. 3B, anchor probes (3100 and 3102) are hybridized to their respective binding sites in interspersed adaptor (3002). after which a set of sequencing probes (3104) is added under stringent hybridization conditions. Probes that form perfectly matched duplexes are ligated, unligated probes are washed awav, after which the ligated probes are identified. Cycles of such hybridization, ligation and washing are
930 repeated (31 10) with sets of sequencing probes designed to identify bases at different sites adjacent to interspersed adaptor (3002). The process is then repeated for each interspersed adaptor,
[00208] Fig. 3C illustrates another variant of the embodiment of Fig. 3 A, in which sequencing probes for identify bases at every site adjacent to an anchor probe are carried out
935 to completion before an anchor probe for any other interspersed adaptor is used. Briefly, the steps within each dashed box (3200) are carried out for each anchor probe binding site, one at a time: thus, each dashed box corresponds to a different anchor probe binding site. Within each box, successive
Figure imgf000059_0002
are carried out comprising the steps of hybridizing an anchor probe. Hgatiπg sequencing probes, identify ing iigaled sequencing probes 1940 100209] Fig. 3D illustrates an embodiment that employs encoded label, similar to those used with the encoded adaptors disclosed by Albrecht et al, U.S. patent 6.013.445, which is incorporated herein b> reference. The process is similar to that described in Fig. 3C. except that instead of directly labeled sequencing probes, such probes are indirectly labeled with oligonucleotide tags. By using such tags, the number of ligation steps can be reduced, since 1945 each sequencing probe mixture may contain sequences to identify many more than four bases. For example, non-cross-hybridizing oligonucleotide tags may be selected that correspond to each of sixteen pairs of bases, so that after ligation, ligated sequencing probes may be interrogated with sets of labeled anti-tags until each two-base sequence is identified. Thus, the sequence of a target polynucleotide adjacent to an anchor probe ma> be identified 1950 two-at-a-time. or three -at-a-ii me, or more, using encoded sequencing probes. Going to Fig. 3D, anchor probe (352) is hybridized to anchor binding site (381 J. after which encoded sequencing probes are added under conditions that permit only perfectly complementary sequencing probes (354) to be ligated to anchor probes (352). After such ligation and washing away of un-ligated sequencing probes, labeled anti-tags (358) are successively ! 955 hybridized to the oligonucleotide tags of the sequencing probes under stringent conditions so that only labeled anti-tags forming perfectly matched duplexes are detected. A variety of different labeling schemes may be used with the anti-tags. A single label may be used for all anti-tags and each anti-tag may be separately hybridized to the encoded sequencing tags. Alternatively, sets of anti-tags may be employed to reduce the number of hybridizations and 960 washings that must be carried out. For example, where each sequencing probe identifies two bases, two sets of four anti-tags each may be applied, wherein each tag in a given set carries a distinct label according to the identity of one of the two bases identified b> the sequencing probe. Likewise, if a sequencing probe identifies three bases, then three sets of four anti- tags each may be used for decoding. Such cycles of decoding may be carried out for each 965 interspersed adaptor, after which additional cycles may be carried out using sequencing probes that identify bases at different sites.
[00210] Fig. 3E illustrates an embodiment similar to that described in Fig. 3B, except that here encoded sequencing probes are employed. Thus, two anchor probes are hybridized to a target polynucleotide at a time and the corresponding sequencing probes are identified by 970 decoding with labeled anti-tags. As shown, anchor probes (316 and 318) are hybridized to their respective binding sites on interspersed adaptor (3002), after which two sets of encoded sequencing probes (327) are added under conditions that permit only such probes forming perfect!) matched duplexes to be ligated. After removal of unlϊgated probes, ihe oligonucleotide tags of the ligated probes are decoded with labeled anti-tags. As above, a
1975 variety of schemes are available for decoding the ligated sequencing probes.
[002H] In another aspect, a sequencing method for use with the invention for determining sequences in a plurality of DNA or RNA fragments comprises the following steps: (a) generating a plurality of polynucleotide molecules each comprising a concatemer of a DNA or RNA fragment: (b) forming a random array of polynucleotide molecules fixed
1980 to a surface at a density such that at least a majority of the target concatemers are optically resolv able; and (c) identifying a sequence of at least a portion of each DNA or RNA fragment in resolvable polynucleotides using at least one chemical reaction of an optically detectable reactant. In one embodiment, such optical!} detectable reactant is an oligonucleotide. In another embodiment, such optical 1> detectable reactant is a nucleoside
1985 triphosphate, e.g. a fluorescently labeled nucleoside triphosphate that may be used to extend an oligonucleotide hybridized to a concatemer. In another embodiment, such optically detectable reagent is an oligonucleotide formed by ligating a first and second oligonucleotide to form adjacent duplexes on a concatemer. In another embodiment, such chemical reaction is synthesis of DNA or RNA, e.g. by extending a primer hybridized to a
1990 concatemer.
[00212] In one aspect, parallel sequencing of concatemers of target polynucleotides on a random array is accomplished by combinatorial SBH (cSBH), as disclosed by Drmanac in the above-cited patents. In one aspect, a first and second sets of oligonucleotide probes are provide, wherein each sets has member probes that comprise oligonucleotides having every
995 possible sequence for the defined length of probes in the set. For example, if a set contains probes of length six, then it contains 4096 {-46) probes. In another aspect, first and second sets of oligonucleotide probes comprise probes having selected nucleotide sequences designed to detect selected sets of target polynucleotides. Sequences are determined by hybridizing one probe or pool of probe, hybridizing a second probe or a second pool of
000 probes, ligating probes that form perfectly matched duplexes on their target sequences, identifying those probes that are ligated to obtain sequence information about the target sequence, repeating the steps until all the probes or pools of probes have been hybridized, and determining the nucleotide sequence of the target from the sequence information accumulated during the hybridization and identification steps.
005 [00213] For sequencing operations, in some embodiments, the sets may be divided into subsets that are used together in pools, as disclosed in U S patent 6,864,052. Probes from the first and second sets
Figure imgf000061_0001
be h> bridized to target sequences either together or in sequence, either as entire sets or as subsets, or pools. In one aspect lengths of the probes in the first or second sets are in the range of from 5 to 10 nucleotides, and in another aspect, in 2010 the range of from 5 to 7 nucleotides, so that when ligated they form ligation products with a length in the range of from 10 to 20. and from 10 to 14. respectively. (00214] In another aspect, using such techniques, the sequence identity of each attached DNA concatemer may be determined by a "signature'" approach. About 50 to 100 or possibly 200 probes are used such that about 25-50% or in some applications 10-30% of 2015 attached concatemers will have a full match sequence for each probe. This type of data allows each amplified DNA fragment within a concatemer to be mapped to the reference sequence. For example, by such a process one can score 64 4-mers (i.e. 25% of all possible 256 4-mers) using 16 hybridization/stripoff cycles in a 4 colors labeling schema. On a 60-70 base fragment amplified in a concatemer about 16 of 64 probes will be positive since there >020 are 64 possible 4-mers present in a 64 base long sequence (i.e. one quarter of all possible 4- mers). Unrelated 60-70 base fragments will have a very different set of about 16 positive decoding probes. A combination of 16 probes out of 64 probes has a random chance of occurrence in 1 of every one billion fragments which practically provides a unique signature for that concatemer. Scoring 80 probes in 20 cycles and generating 20 positive probes create !025 a signature even more likely to be unique: occurrence by chance is 1 in billion billions.
Previously, a "signature"1 approach was used to select novel genes from cDNA libraries. An implementation of a signature approach is to sort obtained intensities of all tested probes and select up to a predefined (expected) number of probes that satisfy the positive probe threshold. These probes will be mapped to sequences of all DNA fragments (sliding window 030 of a longer reference sequence may be used) expected to be present in the array. The sequence that has all or a statistically sufficient number of the selected positive probes is assigned as the sequence of the DNA fragment in the given concatemer. In another approach an expected signal can be defined for all used probes using their pre measured full match and mismatch hybridization/ligation efficiency . In this case a measure similar to the 035 correlation factor can be calculated.
[00215] A preferred way to score 4-mers is to ligate pairs of probes, for example: N^.-.BBB with BNf 7-9). where B is the defined base and N is a degenerate base. For generating signatures on longer DNA concatemer probes, more unique bases will be used. For example, a 25% positiv e rate in a fragment 1000 bases in length would be achieved by N:4-6.BBBB MG and Note that longer fragments need the same number of about 60-80 probes (15- 20 ligation cycles- using 4 colors}. [00216] In one embodiment all probes of a given length (e.g. 4096 N3-4BBBBBBN2^) or ali ligation pairs mav be used to determine complete sequence of the DNA in a concatemer. For example, 1024 combinations of N-^--JB 3 and BBN,<,^ rπa\ be scored (256 c\cles if 4 colors
2045 are used) to determine sequence of DMA fragments of up to about 250 bases, preferably up to about 100 bases.
[00217] The decoding of sequencing probes with large numbers of Ns may be prepared from multiple syntheses of subsets of sequences at degenerated bases to minimize difference in the efficiency , Each subset is added to the mix at a proper concentration. Also, some
-050 subsets may have more degenerated positions than others. For example, each of 64 probes from the set N(v7}BBB may be prepared in 4 different synthesis. One is regular all 5-7 bases to be fully degenerated: second is NO-3(A,T)5BBB; third is NO- 2(A,TXG,C)(A,T)(G.C)(AJ)BBB, and the fourth is N0-2(G,C)(A,T)(G,C)( A5T)(G5C)BBB. J00218] Oligonucleotide preparation from the three specific syntheses is added in to regular
5055 synthesis in experimentally determined amounts to increase hybrid generation with target sequences that have in front of the BBB sequence an AT rich (e.g. AAl AT) or (A or T) and (G or C) alternating sequence (e g. ACAGT or GAGAC). These sequences are expected to be less efficient in forming a hybrid. Ail 1024 target sequences can be tested for the efficienc} to form hybrid with N0-]NNNNNBBB probes and those types that give the
'060 weakest binding may be prepared in about 1-10 additional synthesis and added to the basic probe preparation.
[00219] In another embodiment, a smaller number of probes is used for a small number of distinct samples; for example, 5-7 positive out of 20 probes (5 cycles using 4 colors) has the capacity to distinguish about 10-100 thousand distinct fragments
065 [00220] In one aspect. 8-20-mer RCR products are decoded by providing arrays formed as random distributions of unique 8 to 20 base recognition sequences in the form of DNA concatemers. The probes are decoded to determine the sequence of the 8-20 base probe region using a number of possible methods. In an exemplary method, one half of the sequence is determined by utilizing the hybridization specificitv of short probes and the
0^0 ligation specificity of full} matched In brids. Six to ten bases adjacent to the 12 mer are predefined and act as a support for a 6mer to 10-mer oligonucleotide. 1 his short 6mer will iigate at its 3 -prime end to one of 4 labeled 6-mers to 10-mers. These decoding probes consist of a pool of 4 oligonucleotides in which each oligonucleotide consists of 4-9 degenerate bases and I defined base This oligonucleotide will also be labeled with one of
TS four fluorescein labels, Pach of the 4 possible bases A. C G. or f vulf therefore be represented by a fluorescent dye. For example these 5 groups of 4 oligonucleotides and one universal oligonucleotide (Us) can be used in the ligation assays to sequence first 5 bases of 12-mεrs: B-each of 4 bases associated with a specific dye or tag at the end:
2080 UUUUUUUU.BNNNNNNN* UUUUUUUU.NBNNNNNN UUUUUUUU.NNBNKNNN UUUUUUUU.NNNBNNNN UUUUUUUU.NNNNBNNN
2085
[00221] Six or more bases can be sequenced with additional probe pools. To improve discrimination at positions near the center of the 12-mer the ό-mer oligonucleotide may be positioned further into the 12-mer sequence. This will necessitate the incorporation of degenerate bases into the T end of the non-labeled oligonucleotide to accommodate the
?090 shift. This is an example of decoding probes for position 6 and 7 in the 12-mer:
UUUUUUNN.NNNBNNNN
UUUUUUNN.NNNNBNNN
!095 [00222] In a similar way the 6 bases from the right side of the 12-mer can be decoded by using a fixed oligonucleotide and 5-prime labeled probes. In the above described system 6 cycles are required to define 6 bases of one side of the 12-mer. With redundant cycle analysis of bases distant to the ligation site this may increase to 7 or 8 cycles. Complete sequencing of the 12-mer can thus be accomplished with 12-16 cycles of ligation.
100 [00223] In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for partial or complete sequencing of arrayed DNA by combining two distinct types of libraries of detector probes, In this approach one set has probes of the general type N3-8B^ (anchors) that are ligated with the first 2 or 3 or 4 probes/probe pools from the set BNft-s, NBN5.7, N2BN4-6. and N3BNj.;. In an exemplary method. 1-4 4-mers or more are hybridized to 5-mer anchors to
105 obtain 1 or 2 anchors per DNA for about 70%-8G% of the molecules. In one embodiment, the positive anchor is determined by mixing specific probes with distinct hybrid stability (maybe different number of Ns in addition). Anchors may be also tagged to determine which anchor from the pool is hybridized to a spot. Tags, as additional DNA segments, may be used for adjustable displacement as a detection method. For example. 2HO EEEEEEEENNNAAAAA and FFFFFFFFNNNCCCCC probes can be after hybridization or hy bridization and ligation differentially removed with two corresponding displacers: EEEEEEEENNNNN and FFFFPFFFNNNNNNNN where the second is more efficient. In another embodiment, separate cycles may be used to determine which anchor is positive. For this purpose anchors labeled or tagged with multiple colors may be ligated to unlabeled N7-
21 )5 NlO supporter oligonucleotides.
[00224] The BNNNNNNNTN probe is then hybridized with 4 coiors corresponding to 4 bases. A discriminative wash or displacement by complement to the tag is used to read which of two scored bases is associated to an anchor if two anchors are positive in one DNA. Thus, two 7-10 base sequences can be scored at the same time. 2-4 cvcles can be
2120 used to extend to a 4-6 base anchor for an additional 2-4 base run of 16 different anchors per each array (32-64 physical cycles if 4 colors are used) to determine about 16 possible 8-mers (-100 bases total) per each fragment. This is sufficient to map it to the reference probability that a 100-mer will have a set of 10 8-mers is less than 1 in trillion trillions; (1Oe"28). By combining data from different anchors scored in parallel on the same fragment in another
U25 array complete sequence of that fragment and by extension to entire genomes may be generated from overlapping 7-10-mers.
[00225] In one aspect, the invention provides methods for tagging probes with DNA tags for larger multiplex of decoding or sequence determination probes. Instead of a direct label, the probes can be tagged with different oligonucleotide sequences made of natural bases or
!13O new synthetic bases (such as isoG and isoC). Tags can be designed to have very precise binding efficiency with their anti-tags using different oligonucleotide lengths (about 6-24 bases) and/or sequence including GC content. For example 4 different tags may be designed that can be recognized with specific anti-tags in 4 consecutive cycles or in one hybridization cycle followed by a discriminative wash. In the discriminative wash, the initial signal is
135 reduced to 95-99%, 30-40%, 10-20% and 0-5% for each tag. respectively. In this case by- obtaining two images 4 measurements are obtained assuming that probes with different tags will rarely hybridize to the same dot. Another benefit of having many different tags e\ en if they are consecutively decoded (or 2-16 at a time labeled with 2-16 distinct colors) is rhe ability to use a large number of individually recognizable probes in one assay reaction. This
140 way a 4-64 times longer assay time (that may provide more specific or stronger signal) maybe affordable if the probes are decoded in short incubation and
Figure imgf000065_0001
reactions. [00226J The decoding process requires the use of 48-96 or more decoding probes These pools will be further combined into 12-24 or more pools b> encoding them with four fltiorophores, each having different emission spectra. Using a 2Ox objective, each 6 mm x 6
2 £45 mm array may require roughly 30 images for full coverage by using a 10 mega pixel camera. Each 1 micrometer array area is read by about 8 pixels. Each image can be acquired in 250 milliseconds: 150 ms for exposure and 100 ms to move the stage. Using this fast acquisition it will take - 7.5 seconds to image each array, or 12 minutes to image the complete set of 96 arrays on each substrate.
2150 [00227] In one embodiment of an imaging system, a high image acquisition rate is achieved by using four ten-megapixel cameras, each imaging the emission spectra of a different fluorophore. The cameras are coupled to the microscope through a series of dichroic beam splitters. The autofocus routine, which takes extra time, runs only if an acquired image is out of focus. It will then store the Z axis position information to be used upon return to that
2155 section of that array during the next imaging cycle. By mapping the autofocus position for each location on the substrate we will drastically reduce the time required for image acquisition.
[00228] Typically, each array requires about 12-24 cycles to decode. Each cycle consists of a hybridization, wash, array imaging, and strip-off step. These steps, in their respective
> 160 orders, may take for the above example 5. 2, 12, and 5 minutes each, for a total of 24 minutes each cycle, or roughly 5-10 hours for each array, if the operations are performed linearly. The time to decode each array can be reduced by a factor of two by allowing the system to image constantly. To accomplish this, the imaging of two separate substrates on each microscope is staggered, i.e., while one substrate is being reacted, the other substrate is ϊ 165 imaged.
[00229J An exemplary decoding cycle using cSBH includes the following steps: (i) set temperature of array to hybridization temperature (usually in the range 5-250C): (ii) use robot pipetter to pre mix a small amount of decoding probe with the appropriate amount of hybridization buffer; (iii) pipette mixed reagents into hybridization chamber; (iv) hybridize
'170 for predetermined time; (v) drain reagents from chamber using pump (syringe or other); (vi) add a buffer to wash mismatches of non-hybrids; (vii) adjust chamber temperature to appropriate wash temp (about 10-400C); (viii) drain chamber; (ix) add more wash buffer if needed to impro\e imaging; (x) image each arra> . preferably with a mid power (2Ox) microscope objective optically coupled to a high pixel count high sensitivity CCD camera,
] 75 or cameras: plate stage moves chambers (or perhaps flow -cells with input funnels) over object, or objective-optics assembly mo\es under chamber: certain optical arrangements, using dichroic mirrors beam-splitters can be employed io collect multi-spectral images simultaneously, thus decreasing image acquisition time: arrays can be imaged in sections or whole, depending on array/image size/pixel density ; sections can be assembled by aligning
2180 images using statistically significant empty regions pre-coded onto substrate (during active site creation) or can be made using a multi step nano-printing technique, for example sites (grid of activated sites) can be printed using specific capture probe, leaving empty regions in the grid: then print a different pattern or capture probe in that region using separate print head; (xi) drain chamber and replace with probe strip buffer (or use the buffer already
2185 loaded) then heat chamber to probe strip off temperature (60-900C); high pH buffer may be used in the strip-off step to reduce stripoff temperature: wait for the specified time; (xii) remove buffer: (xiϋ) start next cycle with next decoding probe pool in set.
Combinatorial probe ligation for sequencing by hybridization [00230] In a preferred aspect of the invention, information on the sequence of a target
1190 polynucleotide is obtained through a sequencing by hybridization method which utilizes combinatorial probe ligation. In this aspect of the invention, two complete, universal sets of short probes are exposed to target DNA in the presence of DNA ligase (R. Drmanac, US patent 6,401,267, 2002). Typically one probe set is attached to a solid support such as a glass slide, whiie the other set, labeled with fluorophores, is mobile in solution. When attached
!195 and labeled probes hybridize to the target at precisely adjacent positions, they are ligated, generating a long, labeled probe that is covalently linked to the siide surface. A positive signal at a given position indicates the presence of a sequence within the target that complements the two probes that were combined to generate the signal [00231] In a preferred embodiment a universal sequencing chip, such as the HyChipI M slide
200 developed by Complete Genomics, is used in the combinatorial sequencing by hybridization methods of the present invention. In one embodiment, each Hy Chip I M comprises a regular microscope glass slide containing eight replica arrays of attached 6-mers, allowing analysis using a complete set of over four million 1 1 ~mer probes per sample using 4096 arrayed 6- mers and 1024 labeled 5-mer probes. Jn a preferred embodiment, the sequencing method
205 utilizing the Hy Chip I M system is used to sequence mixtures of separate, unrelated DNA fragments.
[00232] DNA samples for use with the sequencing methods of the present invention can be prepared by PCR. [00233] In a preferred aspect, the invention provides an array of millions of individual
210 polynucleotide molecules, randomly disposed on an optically clear surface at density of about one spot per square micron. These polynucleotide molecules serve as templates for hybridization and ligation of fluorescent-tagged probe pools. In one embodiment, probe pools are mixed with DNA ligase and presented to the random arra> . When probes hvbridize to adjacent sites on a target fragment. they are ligated together, forming a stable hybrid. A
2215 sensitive mega pixel CCD camera with advanced optics can be used to simultaneously detect millions of these individual hybridization/ligation events on the entire array . Once signals from the first pool pair are detected, the probes are removed and successive ligation cycles are used to test different probe combinations. In preferred aspects of the invention, a 3.2 x 3.2 mm array will have the capacity to hold 10 million fragments, or approximate!} 1-10
2220 billion DNA bases.
Combinatorial labeling using labeled tags
[00234] In one aspect, a single hybridization/ligation cycle can be used to test all 16 possible probes by using 16 fluorescent colors. Such a test may also be accomplished using methodologies to create fluorescent signatures from fewer fluorescent colors. In fluorescent
!225 in-situ hybridization CFISH) chromosomal "painting", combinations of fluorescent probes can be utilized to create new fluorescent signatures for that combination of probes. For example, combinations of two probes from a set of 4 can create 10 possible signature fluorescent signals. 5 can create 15, 6 can create 21 and so on. Therefore, in a single hybridization cycle it would be possible to distinguish which one of 16 probes was
'230 hybridized to the anchor probe.
[00235] Alternatively, if one of the BBNNNNNN probes was left unlabeled (and inferred by lack of signals for all other probes), 5 colors would be sufficient to label all of the remaining 15 dinucleotides. Four colors may be used to label 4 probes that read a single base, or 8 probes (out of ail 16 needed probes) to read two bases. In this latter case all 16
235 probes could be scored in two cycles (see below). Thus, a 5 or 6 color system may be much easier to implement than 16 colors required by non-combinatorial labeling. [00236J For efficient combinatorial labeling, 2-rner probes may be prepared with a tail sequence containing tag binding sites. Tail sequences can be combinatorially designed for binding 2 out of 5 (or 6) labeled oligonucleotide tags or 16 tags with one or two fluorescent
240 dyes can be synthesized for each of the 16 taiis. Use of labeled tags instead of directly labeled probes has additional advantages. Testing all 16 BBNNNNNN probes would require about 1024-fold more probe (assuming low discrimination at positions further from the ligation site; than for a single probe For example, to have the probe AGCl ANNN at 1 μM concentration within a probe mix of BBNNNNNN, the mix should need to be at 1024 μM.
2245 Since labeled probes are much costlier to synthesize than unlabeled probes, the unlabeled probes could be detected with a tail sequence, with the labeled tag probe used at a low concentration since it may be perfectly complementary to the tail sequence. Additionally, using unlabeled tailed probes would be advantageous in maintaining a lower background because the fluorophore would be at low concentration. An overall 100-fold cost reduction is
2250 expected by using 6 labeled tags (without degenerate bases) instead of the equivalent 1024 labeled probes.
[00237J Tags also provide an efficient option to use only 4 colors to read all 16 dinucleotides in a single ligation reaction. In such an embodiment, two sets of 4 distinct tags may be designed for decoding 8 2-rners each. AU 16 2-mers can be decoded in two decoding
2255 cycles. This strategy can be expanded to use the same 4 colors for reading 2 bases on each end of an adaptor. In this case, 4 groups of 4 tags may be used in 4 decoding steps for each ligation cycle that reads 4 bases. Performing multiple decoding cycles instead of multiple ligation cycles is less expensive (less enzyme is used), and ligation cycles may be extended for longer time, with Sower probe concentration, to reduce mismatch ligation.
2260 (00238] Tags may also be designed to minimize interference with the analyzed DNA, for example by using isoC and isoG base pairs that do not pair with natural bases. Another option is to use standard DNA chemistry but design sequences that are very infrequent in the human genome. Yet another option is to use a probe with tails pre-hybridized with unlabeled tags that would be removed after ligation and before hybridization with labeled tags.
!265 Expanding the number of bases that can be decoded
[00239] To read further than 2 nucleotides from the anchor probe can in some aspects of the invention utilize additional rounds of probe-anchor ligation, with removal of the anchor/label probe from the target prior to the initiation of the next cycle. The ligated probe- anchor can be removed using a number of methods known in the art. including by heating,
270 or by temperature or light cleavable bonds in the anchor probe, such that the anchor is fragmented and destabilized in the heating step. Since the bases to be sequenced are now 3 and 4 bases from the adaptor, modifications need to be made to the anchor probe or labeled probe. In the case of the anchor probe, it can in one embodiment of the invention be prepared with 2 additional degenerate bases at the ligation end. To ensure that the efficiency
275 of the subsequent ligation is maintained, in one embodiment the anchor is constructed through ligation of two shorter oligonucleotides on the template DNA. Alternatively, the sequencing probe can be prepared with two degenerate bases at the ligating end in the manner of: NNBBNNNN-tag. In another aspect of the invention, the assa> may be designed to read an additional 2 bases using 16 anchor probes.
2280 [00240] The specificity of probe-anchor ligation is verv high because only 2-4 bases around the ligation site are tested. The average discrimination for these bases is 50- 100 fold. Some mismatches such as GT are considerably stronger, having discriminations of only 5-20 fold. In an embodiment of the invention, software is provided that can take the differences in discrimination of certain mismatches into account.
2285 [00241 J In an aspect of the invention, each probe, anchor and tag is optimized (for example, by concentration, number of degenerated bases, sequence and length of tags) to maximally equalize full match signals. Overlapped and shifted pairs of probes and anchors may be designed in one embodiment of the invention to read each base 2-3 times to increase base calling accuracy.
2290 [00242] The insertion of additional internal adaptors with anchor regions at precise short distances expands the sequencing capability of bases at defined positions in the genomic fragment. For example, having the original plus 2 additional adaptors spaced 8 bases apart allows the determination of 20 continuous bases in 10 cycles, by reading 4 bases from 5 consecutive adaptor ends.
2295
Initial adaptor First 8 bases Adaptor 2 2"d 8 bases Adaptor 3 Additional -200 bases
DDDDDDDDDDGGGGGGGGDDDDDDDDDDGGGGGGCGDDDDDDDDDDGGGGGGGGGGG
AAAAAAA.BBNNNNNN-tail ΛAAAAAA.BBNNNNNN-tail AAAAAAA.BBNNNNNN-taii AAAAAAA.NNBBNNNN-tail AAAAAAA.NNBBNNNN-iail AAAAAAA.NNBBNNNM-tail !300 εaiϊ-NKNNBBNN.AAAAAAA tail-NNNN BBNN. AAAAAAA taii-NNNNNNBB.AAAAAAA tail-NNNN'NNBB.AAAAAAA D^ adaptor, G= genomic DNA, A - anchor, B- specified probe base, N"- degenerate probe base.
[00243] Multiple adaptors also provide the opportunity to further increase the reading capacity and to be able to determine more than 2 bases per cycle. In one embodiment, 4-12
305 bases are identified per cycle. In another embodiment, 4-8 bases are identified per cvcle. In yet another embodiment, 12-16 or more bases are determined per cycle. [00244] In one embodiment, 3 adaptors are positioned 12 bases apart, allowing for 30 bases of continuous sequence to be obtained by reading 6 bases at each of 5 ends. In another embodiment, a total of 4 adaptors and reading 16 bases between two adaptors generates a
310 continuous sequence of 56 bases in 28 cxcles. In other embodiments, two (initial plus one additional) adaptors separated by 16 bases to read 24 bases are used. [00245] In one embodiment, multiple bases are identified per cycle b> simultaneous!) hybridizing probes to multiple or all anchor sites with the same sel of 16 dinuclcotide probes used at each anchor site but read each anchor site independently. In one embodiment, this
2315 simultaneous probe ligation is achieved by designing anchors with different melting temperatures and measuring color intensities at multiple predefined temperatures. [00246] In another embodiment, multiple adaptors are used for cyclical primer extension to provide longer reads with fewer cycles from each indiv idual primer. [00247] In one embodiment, mapping information can be obtained by scoring a sufficient
2320 number of short sequences distributed over the entire DNA fragment without an> positional information or from a smaller number of short sequences at precise locations. Λ \ariant of this process is referred to as "hybridization signature" where expected and observed intensities are compared. In another embodiment, the short sequences may be designed to provide localized (intermittent or continuous) sequence information. Three examples of such
Ϊ325 short sequences may be represented schematically as follows: a. (X)aBB(X)bBB(X)cBB(X)dBB(X)eBB(X)f. , . bl . BBXόBBX4BBX6BBX4BBXa.... b2. B 16Xa [00248] The number of oligonucleotide sequences needed for complete mapping
»330 information depends on the size of the target sequence, the size of the DNA fragments used and on the complexity of the source DNA. For human and other similarly complex genomes about 5 positive 8-mers or 10 positive 6-mers may be sufficient for 100 base DNA fragments. To score one positive 8-mer in 2 cycles, about 10 cycles total can be used by employing 3-fold more cycles than anchor sequencing. In one embodiment, this process
!335 does not utilize insertion of two anchors and may be done without enzyme using direct hybridization. In such an embodiment. 3000 8-mers can be utilized. [00249] In one embodiment the same set of probes ma\ be used in different group combinations (combinatorial pooling) to decode which probe from the pool of probes with identical labels is positive. For example, all 3000 probes labeled with 300 distinct labels ma>
340 be scored in two reactions by having 5 probes labeled with the same probe combination. In addition to 6 true positives, some other 30 or more pool-related false positiv es will be found in these two reactions. By performing another two hybridization cycles where probes will be grouped differently, onh true positive probes will be decoded since they are shared positives between two data sets and with less than one false positive probe being shared. Finding
345 positive probes may be performed bv using the lower of the two scores for each probe. For true positive probes the lower score is expected to be high. For most negative probes at least one score will be \ en low, and so it vuSI cancel one false positive score. This process helps reduce the number of cycles or number of required labels and may provide enough power for rnan\ applications without the need to use combinatorial labeling.
2350 [00250] In another embodiment, highly overlapped sets of fragments analyzed in the form of 2-16 subsets on different subarrays with different subsets of probes provides a large amount of mapping information. For example 250 base fragments starting at every base on average can be analyzed as 2-16 subsets with 2-16 different subsets of probes. DNA fragments that are shifted only 2-26 bases will be anahzed with a few if not all used probe
2355 subsets providing unique chromosomal identification with at least one probe subset.
[00251] Topically, twenty specific bases wili provide the information necessary for most unique sequences, In one embodiment, this information can be obtained with two anchors in 5 cycles with 256 tags for reading 5x4 bases, or 3 cycles for 24 bases by reading 8 bases per cycle (512 tagging combinations). In another embodiment, 3 cycles x 6 bases=18 bases
2360 (5x3+3 at a distance of 20-30 bases), and in yet another embodiment 4 times less tags for 3- mers, may need 3 anchors (3x6 + 3^3 bases).
[00252] In one aspect, a high capacity DNA array platform can be used to analyze 100 patient or other DNA samples simultaneously. In the direct hybridization (or combinatorial ligation) approach of mapping, only a subset of probes is used and does not provide tag
1365 sequence automatically. For 4-base tags all 256 probes (e.g. NxUxBBBBUxNx) may be used for mapping or as additional probes. If these probes are also used for mapping multiple sets of 256 shifted probes may be needed to identify the tag sequence. [00253] In one aspect, 5-6 colors are used to decode all 16 dinucleotides and read 2-12 bases in one decoding cycle. In one embodiment a set of 4 tabs is used; in another
:370 embodiment the set is expanded to 6 tags. Multiple decoding cycles alone or in combination with anchors with different melting temperatures can be used to increase the number of bases that can be read in a single decoding cycle.
[00254] In one aspect, 4 bases per ligation cycle are read by testing 2 bases on each end of an adaptor and by using two corresponding anchors. Both types of probes B2N6-tail and tail-
375 N6B2 may be used simultaneously. Each probe type may have unique tails and a matching set of 6 unique tags. Two decoding cycles, using two sets of 6 tags, would identify 4 bases. In 1 1 ligation cycles 42 continuous and 2 redundant bases would be determined. To read a mate-pair of 42+18-60 bases. 15 ligation cycles would be required. [00255] In another aspect. 8 bases are read per ligation cycle. A total of 4 anchors may be
380 used (each of two sides of two adaptors! Probes and tags may be the same as in the first option. Thus, m two decoding c\ c!es 2 bases on each side of one adaptor can be determined. Because an additional 2 anchors may be used for the second adaptor, additional information is needed to discriminate which of the two positive 2-mers belongs to which anchor 'adaptor end. This can be achiev ed
Figure imgf000073_0001
designing the two anchors for the second adaptor with higher 2385 melting temperatures (Tm). Thus, schematically , the 4 anchors are:
adaptor \ adaptor2
GGGGDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDGGGGGGGGGGGGDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDGG GGG.
2390 AAAAAAAA AAAAAAAA A 4.AA AAAAAAAAA AA A.A AAAAAAA AA
D- adaptor bases, G genomic base* A - anchor bases,
[00256] After tv\o standard cycles of decoding and imaging of 5-6 dyes, a stringent wash can be applied that removes low Tm anchors and the tailed probes that are ligated to them.
2395 but does not affect high Tm anchors. By repeating two cycles of tag binding and measuring fluorescence, the fluorescence signals specific to the second adaptor with longer (higher Tm) anchors is determined. The difference between the first and second set of measurements gives the signal produced by 2-mers corresponding to the first adaptor. A strip-off wash at even higher temperature would remove higher Tm anchors and free DNA for the next
>4GQ ligation cycle. Higher Tm anchors may be photo, chemically or temperature cleavable for easy strip-off. To read more bases the process can be repeated 3 times to read 24 bases surrounding two adaptors, or 6 times to read 48 bases surrounding 4 adaptors. To read the remaining 12 bases for the fifth adaptor, 3 additional cycles may be required. In these 3 cycles, repeat sequencing of 12 previously sequenced bases with the same or shifted anchor-
!40S probe pair may also serve as a control of data quality. In total, 9 ligation cycles and 36 decoding cvcles can be used to determine 72 bases (60 unique and 12 repeated). [00257] In another aspect. 12 bases are read per cycle by expanding the process from 2 to 3 levels, providing a read of 12 bases (3x2x2) per ligation c>c!e. Similarlv. 72 bases (60 unique and 12 repeated) can be determined in just 6 ligation cvcles. The Tm approach can be
'410 used in manv other configurations with an increased number of anchors that can be differentially removed one bv one. The key advantage of this approach is that in one ligation reaction, probes of one type are ligated to 3 different anchors. [00258} In another aspect, 8 bases are read in one ligation cycle without using Tm differentiation of anchors. To achieve this, the anchor probes are designed to read 2 bases
415 simultaneously with a 2 base read by the non-anchor probes. Two such pairs can be analyzed in one ligation cycles reading a total of 8 bases per cycle as follows.
DDDDDDDDGGGGGGGGGGGGDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDGGGGGGGGGGGGDDDDDDDDD tail-AAAAAABB.BBNNNNNN- rAfL TAlL-NNNNNNBB.BBAAAAAA-tail
2420 (cycle 1) tarl-AAANNNNBB.BBMNNNN"N-TAiL TAlL-NNNNNNBB.jBBNNNNAAA-tail
(cvcle 2) tai 1-NNNNNK BB. BB A A A A A A-T A 1 L r AI L- A A A A A ABB. BBNNNNNN-tai ! (cycle 3) 2425
D-- adaptor bases, G '- genomic bases, A anchor bases, B specified probe bases ,V = degenerate probe bases
[00259] Decoding would be performed in four cycles hav ing 4 sets of tags specific for each of 4 tail groups. Interestingly, this approach may provide
Figure imgf000074_0001
bases using 5 adaptors
2430 (8^4x12+8) in 8 ligation cycles without generating any redundant base reads. Reading 16 instead of 12 bases between two adaptors and a total of 80 bases using 5 adaptors is a natural progression for this system. The main new development that may be required is to implement a stabilization process for the probe-anchor ligation product that is compatible with the encoding tail present at the anchor probe.
2435 [00260] These processes coupled with inserting 1-2 additional adaptors 12 bases apart, can increase parallel reading per ligation cycle from 2 to 8 or even 12 bases in just 6-15 ligation cycles. In a further embodiment, 16 bases are read between neighboring adaptors, allowing the use of only the initial + 2 inserted adaptors, leading to the ability to determine 40 (2x 16+8) bases of continuous sequence.
Ϊ440 Multiplex probe-anchor ligation assay
[00261] In one aspect, probe sets comprising 16 probes of the structure BBNNNNNN-tail in which the tail is approximately 15 to 20 bases in length and a complementary tag sequence to the tail labeled with fluorophores are prepared. Tails and tags are designed to minimize interference with the analyzed DNA. In one embodiment, tail and tag sequences are
445 prepared from iso-c and iso-g nucleotides to prevent the tag sequence from interacting with the template DNA,
[00262] It is possible to test the efficiency of different BBNNNNNN-tail probes with different tail and tag sequences. Sixteen tail sequences ma> be required, but only eight of the 16 probes (with 16 different tails) may be analyzed in each decoding cycle since the
450 maximum capacity of the 4-color mixing is 10 possible combinations of two (not including a null signal as a possible probe indicator). Each tail sequence may have the capacity to bind two tags, and each tag in this design mav only have one fluorophore attached. An initial design of a set of 4 tags, one for each color may be performed. The complementary sequences of these tags may be combined to create 8 tails (out of a total of 30 possible 2455 combinations). The remaining 8 of the 16 tails may also require an additional set of 4 tags but they can carry the same fluorophores as used for the first set of 4 tags. [00263] In one aspect, probes may be prepared with a single fluorophore (e.g.. FAMRA) to determine the relative strengths of the different tag combinations (i.e. hybrid strengths). Once this information is obtained it is possible to match the fluorophores to the tags to
Z460 normalize intensities. A single fluorophore set of tags can also be used to determine the relative efficiencies of the BBNNNNNN region of the probe with a common tail structure. Once these parameters have been determined, a set of 16 B BNNNNNN -tail probes can be prepared. This probe set may be used to hybridize to RCR products derived from the PCR and synthetic target circles or even complex genomic samples.
1465 [00264] In one embodiment, arrayed RCR targets are first hybridized with an adaptor probe to determine the DNB locations and relative intensities. This probe is removed using standard techniques, such as by raising the temperature, and a second set of probes can then be hybridized to the array. The second probe set contains an anchor probe and 16 BBNNNNNN-tail probes in a ligation mix. The reaction proceeds for a sufficient length of
>47ø time, preferably for about 30 minutes, and the unligated, unhybridized probes are then washed away. The next addition to the chamber can include the 4 tag probes that hybridize to the tails of ligated and hybridized BBNNNNNN probes. This hybridization can in some embodiments be as short as 5 minutes to achieve high signal intensities. The chamber is again washed and imaging occurs at the desired wavelengths. The chamber then undergoes
475 heating to remove the tags but maintain the anchor-BBNNNNNN-tail probes in the hybrid. The second group of 4 tags can then be hybridized to score the presence of the second group of 8 BBNNNNNN probes. The level of discrimination between the matching BBNNNNNN probe and the other 15 mismatch BBNNNNNN probes can be determined through the level and combinations of signal intensity.
480 [00265] In one embodiment, to establish a probe-anchor ligation assay, a probe is provided, for example a probe of structure AANNNNNN. to generate enough of a signal for an AATATANN DNA spot with a low AG for the TATA sequence. If the signal for the optimal condition is low for some DNA sequences, matching probes can be prepared independent!) and added into the mix to selectively boost concentrations onh for these probes. If 20
485 sequences out of 256 at the first 4 degenerated positions have to be adjusted, 16x20 additional probes can be prepared. [00266] In one embodiment, development and testing 16 probes for reading 2-hase sequences from the other side of the genomic segment between two adaptors is accomplished. Tail and degenerated bases for these probes ma> be at the 5" end, e.g. Taii-
2490 NNNNNNBB.
|00267j In one aspect of the invention, the number of d\es that can be differentiated is maximized by using multiple specific excitation patterns and a maximal number of filters for each excitation pattern. For example, 2-4 excitations, each with 4 different wave lengths (total of 16 wave lengths) can be used in combination with 8-16 filters for each excitation.
2495 Algorithm and software is used to analyze intensit} patterns and deduce the amount of signal from each of the 8-24 dyes.
[00268] In one embodiment, direct labeling with dyes is combined with indirect labeling using haptens (such as biotin) to specifically stain multiple probes. Directly attached dyes may be photo-bleached or differences in the intensity may be calculated before and after
!500 staining.
[00269] In one embodiment, the number of color labels available for use is expanded by light or chemical de-blocking of quenchers or chemical modifications that shift absorption of the given d>e. Color intensities are measured before and after de-blocking treatment. After the first imaging is done the dye may be photo-bleached before an increase of signal for the
505 given wave length is measured. With multiple types of quenchers or modifiers (3-4-6) and 8 colors a total of 24-48 non combinatorial labels can be generated. Combinatorial labeling with 2 out of 24-48 labels gives a potential of 276-1 128 two-label combinations. [00270J Long stable anchors provide can improve probe hybridization and ligation to different targets. In one embodiment, the number of degenerate bases is increased to
510 minimize the influence of target sequences that form unstable hybrids such as 5ΥATA3'. This may increase the stability of probe/target hybrid but a probe that does not have a full match at the first 2-4 positions close to the ligation site may hybridize to the target and prevent ligation. To minimize this negative influence, one embodiment provides a higher starling temperature and/or temperature cycling to increase the number of ligatable probes
515 hy bridized next to the anchor.
Sequencing using primer extension
[00271 J End sequencing mav be performed from one anchor-primer end
Figure imgf000076_0001
man} consecume cycles of single base extension using specifical!) labeled nucleotides, In om embodiment the process includes a step m which the or blocker h rerno\ ed to repeat the 2520 extension. Multiple adaptors provide increased flexibility in this process. In one embodiment. 2-6 or more bases are read by single base primer extension using shifted primers in consecutive reactions. Multiple simultaneous shifted 0+1 or 1 +1 primer frames on one adaptor or single frame on multiple adaptors or both may be used. [00272] In one embodiment, using the initial plus 3 additional anchors provides 4 primers.
2525 By reading 4 bases of each primer, 16 bases are determined in 16 cycles using 4 standard colors, which can be accomplished without combinatorial labeling or tagging, In this embodimeni, the primer extension does not have degenerate bases on the labeled component, thus reducing the concentration of dyes used. Because 16 bases may not be sufficient for mapping, 4 primers x 5-6 bases of extension in 20-24 cycles can be used.
2530 [00273] {Multiplex primer extension is possible by discriminative removal of the primers. Several different methods may be used for such removal based on factors including: primer length, GC content, base or backbone modifications such as LNA or PNA. uracil incorporation, or light sensitive linkage between selected bases. Two to eight stability levels in one group may be designed. Also 2 to 4 distinct groups that may have different stabilizers
1535 or protectors can be used. By applying these labeling methods, 20-24 bases may be determined in as few as 3-5 enzymatic cycles. In another embodiment, a primer protection assay for multiplex primer extension one base at a time is used. In such an embodiment, the primer, for example UUUUUUUNNN. used for the fourth extension provides enough signal because mismatches at NNN can occupy over 50% or over 90% of the target and would not
!540 be efficiently extended. Primer with higher specificity may be created by ligating UUUUUUU.U UUNNN or UUUL1U UU. UNNNNN,
[00274] In one aspect, in order to be able to sequence on each side of the anchor, the attached ssDNA may be converted in dsDNA using the attached primer and removal of the original strand or primer invasion techniques. One approach to remove the original strand is
545 to incorporate in inserted adaptor binding site for a restriction enzyme that cuts only one strand. The fragmented strand would then be denatured and washed away. [00275] For performing consecutive or overlapped frames or reading 2-3 bases a different anchor and or probe design may be used. For example:
Cycle 1: UUUUUUUUUUU.BBNNNNNN 550 Cycle 2: UUUUUUUUUNN.BBNNNNNN or
UUUUUUUUUUU.NNBBNNNN Cycle 3: UUUUUUUUUNN.NNBBNNNN
Where U represents common pre-defined bases, a specified base and N a degenerate base (00276] Anchors that have degenerated bases may be designed in two parts to assure preferential binding of anchors that have matching bases at degenerated positions. Overlapped or shifted frames may be used to read each base multiple times in the same target. Two examples for multiple reading of the first four bases after the anchor are 2560 presented below:
UUUUUUUUUU.UBBNNNNN UUUUUUUUUUU.BBNNNNNN
UUCUUUUUUUN.BBNNNNNN 2565
UUUUUUUUUUU.NNBBNNNN
UUUUUUUUUNN.BBNNNNNN UUUUUUUUUUN.BBNNNNNN
Where U represents common pre-defined bases. B a specified base and N a degenerate base. 2570 The ligation site is indicated with a period (.}
Detection instrumentation
[00277] In one aspect of the invention, hardware is provided to allow detection of the ligation and hybridization events of the sequencing methods. In one embodiment, the
1575 system hardware comprises three major components: the illumination system, the reaction chamber, and the detector system. The detection instrument can include several features such as: adjustable laser power, electronic shutter, auto focus, and operating software. [00278J Signals from single molecules on random arrays made in accordance with the invention can generated and detected by a number of detection systems, including, but not
'580 limited to, scanning electron microscopy, near field scanning optical microscopy (MSOM), total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy (TIRFM), and the like. Abundant guidance is found in the literature for applying such techniques for analyzing and detecting nanoscale structures on surfaces, as evidenced by the following references that are incorporated by reference: Reimer et al, editors. Scanning Electron Microscopy: Physics of Image
585 Formation and Microanalysis, 2nd Edition (Springer, 1998): Nie et al, Anal. Chem.. 78:
1528-1534 (2006): Hecht et al. Journal Chemical Physics, 112: 7761-7774 (2000); /hu et al, editors. Near-Field Optics: Principles and Applications (World Scientific Publishing. Singapore. 1999): Drmanac, Internationa! patent publication WO 2004/076683; Lehr et al. Anal. Chem.. 75: 2414-2420 (2003): Neuschafcr et al, Biosensors & Bioeiectronics, 18: 489-
590 497 (2003): Neuschafer et al. U.S. patent 6,289.144: and the like. Of particular interest is TJRFM. for example, as disclosed by Neuschafer et aϊ. L .S, patent 6,289.144: I ehr et al fciled abo\ e;: and Brmanac International patent publication WO 2004 076683 [00279] In one aspect, instruments for use with arrays of the imention comprise three basic components: (i) a fluidics system for storing and transferring detection and processing
2595 reagents, e.g. probes, wash solutions, and the like, to an array: (ii) a reaction chamber, or flow cell, holding or comprising an array and having flow-through and temperature control capability; and (iii) an illumination and detection system. In one embodiment, a flow cell has a temperature control subsystem with ability to maintain temperature in the range from about 5-950C, or more specifically 10-850C, and can change temperature with a rate of about
2600 0.5-20C per second.
J00280] In one aspect, a flow cell for 1" square 170 micrometer thick cover slips can be used which have been derivatized to bind macromolecular structures of the invention. 'I he cell encloses the ""array" by sandwiching the glass and a gasket between two planes. One plane has an opening of sufficient size to permit imaging, and an indexing pocket for the
2605 cover slip. The other plane has an indexing pocket for the gasket, fluid ports, and a temperature control system. One fluid port is connected to a syringe pump which "pulis"' or '"pushes" fluid from the flow cell the other port is connected to a funnel like mixing chamber. The chamber, in turn is equipped with a liquid level sensor. The solutions are dispensed into the funnel, mixed if needed, then drawn into the flow cell. When the level
!6IO sensor reads air in the funnels connection to the flow cell the pump is reversed a known amount to back the fluid up to the funnel. This prevents air from entering the flow cell. The cover slip surface may be sectioned off and divided into strips to accommodate fluid flow/capillary effects caused by sandwiching. Such substrate may be housed in an "open air" / "open face" chamber to promote even flow of the buffers over the substrate by
615 eliminating capillary flow effects. Imaging maj be accomplished with a 10Ox objective using TIRF or epi illumination and a 1.3 mega pixel Hamamatsu orca-er-ag on a Zeiss axiovert 200, or like system. This configuration images RCR concatemers bound randomly to a substrate (non-ordered array). Imaging speed may be improved by decreasing the objectiv e magnification power, using grid patterned arrays and increasing the number of
620 pixels of data collected in each image.
[00281] In one embodiment four or more cameras mav be used, preferably in the 10-16 megapixel range. Multiple band pass filters and dichroic mirrors may also be used to collect pixel data across up to four or more emission spectra. To compensate for the lower light collecting power of the decreased magnification objective, the power of the excitation
WS light source can be increased. Throughput can be increased b\ using one or more flow clumbers with each camera, so that the imaging system is not idle while the sampler are being hv bridized/reacted Because the probing of arrays can be non-sequential, more than one imaging system can be used to collect data from a set of arrays, further decreasing assay time.
2630 [00282] During the imaging process, it is preferable that the substrate remain in focus.
Some ke> factors in maintaining focus are the flatness of the substrate, orthogonality of the substrate to the focus piane, and mechanical forces on the substrate that may deform it. Substrate flatness can be well-controlled, and glass plates which have better than 1A wave flatness are readily obtained. Uneven mechanical forces on the substrate can be minimized
2635 through proper design of the hybridization chamber. Orthogonality to the focus plane can be achieved by a well adjusted, high precision stage. Λuto focus routines generally take additional time to run, so it is desirable to run them on!) if necessary, In a preferred embodiment, each image is acquired and then analyzed using a fast algorithm to determine if the image is in focus. If the image is out of focus, the auto focus routine will be triggered.
>640 The system will then store the objectives Z position information to be used upon return to that section of that array during the next imaging cycle. By mapping the objective's Z position at various locations on the substrate, it is possible to reduce the time required for substrate image acquisition. [00283] In one aspect, suitable illumination and detection system for fluorescence-based
!645 signal is a Zeiss Axiovert 200 equipped with a TIRF slider coupled to an 80 milliwatt 532 nm solid state laser. The slider illuminates the substrate through the objective at the correct TIRF illumination angle. TIRF can also be accomplished without the use of the objective by illuminating the substrate though a prism optically coupled to the substrate. Planar wave guides can also be used to implement TIRF on the substrate Epi illumination can also be
650 employed. The light source can be rastered. spread beam, coherent, incoherent, and originate from a single or multi-spectrum source.
[00284] One embodiment for the imaging system includes a 2Ox lens with a 1 .25 mm field of view. A 10 megapixel camera is used for detection. Such a svstem is able to image approximately 1.5 million concatemers attached to the patterned arrav at 1 micron pitch
655 Under such a configuration, there are approximate!} 6.4 pixels per concatemer. The number of pixels per concatemer can be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the field of view of the objective. For example, a 1 mm field of view yields a value of 10 pixels per concatemer and a 2 mm field of view yields a value of 2.5 pixels per concatemer. The field of view may be adjusted relative to the magnification and numerical aperture of the objective to \ ield ihe 2660 lowest pixel count per concatemer that is still capable of being resolved by the optics, and image analysis software.
J0O285] Both TIRF and EPl illumination ailou for almost any light source to be used. One illumination schema pro\ides a common set of monochromatic illumination sources (about 4 lasers for 6-8 colors) which is shared amongst imagers. Each imager collects data at
2665 a different wavelength at any given time and the light sources would be switched to the imagers via an optical switching system. In such an embodiment, the illumination source preferably produces at least 6, but more preferably 8 different wavelengths. Such sources include gas lasers, multiple diode pumped solid state lasers combined through a fiber coupler, filtered Xenon Arc lamps, tunable lasers, or the more novel Spectralum Light
2670 Engine, soon to be offered by Tidal Photonics. The Spectralum Light Engine uses prism to spectrally separate light. The spectrum is projected onto a Texas Instruments Digital Light Processor, which can selectively reflect any portion of the spectrum into a fiber or optical connector. This system is capable of monitoring and calibrating the power output across indi\ idual wavelengths to keep them constant so as to automatically compensate for
Ϊ675 intensity differences as bulbs age or between bulb changes. The following table represents examples of possible lasers, dyes and filters:
excitation laser filter emission filter Dye
407nm 405/12 436/12 Alexa-405 401/421
407nm 405/12 546/10 cascade yd low 409/558
488nm 488/10 514/1 1 AIexa-488 492/517
543nm 546/10 540/565 Tamra 540/565
Bodipy
543nm 546 10 620- 12 577/618 577/618
546, 10 620/12 Alexa-594 594/6 ( 3
635nm 635'1 1 650/1 I Aiexa-635 632 64^
635nm 635/1 1 Alexa700 702 ^23
[00286] In one aspect, imaging is accomplished through a IGOx objective. The excitation 680 light source is an 80 milliwatt diode pumped solid state laser. This light source has been used successfully with TIRFM and EPI illumination techniques. The images are acquired using a 1 .3 mega pixel Hamamatsu orca-er-ag camera and a Ziess
Figure imgf000081_0001
200 imerted microscope. This configuration currently images DNBs bound randomly to a substrate at a 0.5 seconds exposure time.
2685 (00287J For handling multiple hybridization cycles a robotic station that is fully integrated with both the reaction chamber and detection system can be implemented for use with the present invention. Epifluorescence can be used for detecting greater than 10-20 fluorescent molecules per target site. An advantage of using epifluorescence is that it allows the use of probes of multiple colors with standard microscopes.
2690 [00288] In one aspect, a two piece flow cell is used to house a F' square. 170 μrø thick cover slip, which has been derivatized and actuated to bind DNBs. A side port is connected to a syringe pump that "pulls" or "pushes" fluid from the flow cell. A second port is connected to a funnel like mixing chamber that is equipped with a liquid level sensor. The solutions are dispensed into the mixing chamber, mixed if needed, then drawn into the flow
.695 cell. When the level sensor detects air in the funnel's connection to the flow cell, the pump is reversed a known amount to back the fluid up to the funnel. 'I his prevents air from entering the flow cell. This chamber has worked well for cover slip sized substrates and may be used in modified form for the larger substrates. Such a three-axis robotic gantry pipetting system integrated with the hy bridization chamber and imaging subsystem can be functionalized for
!7OO fully automated probe pipetting.
Fiducials
[00289] In one embodiment, the regular pattern of capture cells is interrupted in such a way as to encode location information into each acquired image. Approximately 1000 cells per image can be removed from the pattern to create a 10 bit code, which would represent up to
705 1024 named locations on each substrate (Fig. 5).
[00290] The physical features of the coding region can be used as a reference to locate all pixels in the image during image analysis, while the code itself is used to verify that the instrument imaged the correct area of the substrate. A key feature of the coding region is that each element is represented by a no-binding spots "empty area" block. This eliminates
710 the need for fluorescent markers on the substrate. RCR products which are positive lor a given probe-set define each element's borders. This means that the region would still be recognizable even if only 5% to 10% of RCR products bound to the surface are positive for a given probe pool. In one embodiment, the code is readable if each coding element represents 50 capture cells 2715 Kits of the invention
[00291] In the commercialization of the methods described herein, certain kits for construction of random arrays of the invention and for using the same for \arious applications are particularly useful. Kits for applications of random arrays of the invention include, but are not limited to, kits for determining the nucleotide sequence of target
?720 polynucleotides. Λ kit typically comprises at least one support having a surface and one or more reagents necessary or useful for constructing a random array of the invention or for earning out an application therewith. Such reagents include, without limitation, nucleic acid primers, probes, adaptors* enzymes, and the like, and are each packaged in a container, such as. without limitation, a vial, tube or bottle, in a package suitable for commercial
Ϊ725 distribution, such as, without limitation, a box. a sealed pouch, a buster pack and a carton.
The package typically contains a label or packaging insert indicating the uses of the packaged materials. As used herein, "packaging materials" includes any article used in the packaging for distribution of reagents in a kit. including without limitation containers, vials, tubes, bottles, pouches, blister packaging, labels, tags, instruction sheets and package inserts.
!730 |00292J In another aspect the invention provides kits for sequencing a target polynucleotide comprising the following components: (i) a support having a planar surface having an array of optically resolvable discrete spaced apart regions, wherein each discrete spaced apart region has an area of less than 1 μm"; (ii) a first set of probes for hybridizing to a plurality of concatemers randomly disposed on the discrete spaced apart regions, the concatemers each
•735 containing multiple copies of a DNA fragment of the target polynucleotide; and (iii) a second set of probes for hybridizing to the plurality of concatemers such that whenever a probe from the first set hybridizes contiguously to a probe from the second set. the probes are ligated. Such kits may further include a ligase, a ligase buffer, and a hybridization buffer. In some embodiments, the discrete spaced apart regions may have capture
740 oligonucleotides attached and the concatemers rna\ each have a region complementary to the capture oligonucleotides such that said concatemers are capable of being attached to the discrete spaced apart regions by formation of complexes between the capture oligonucleotides and the complementary regions of said concatemers. [00293] In another aspect, the invention includes kits for circularizing DNA fragments. In
745 an exemplary embodiment, such a kit includes the components: (a) at least one adaptor oligonucleotide for ligating to one or more DNA fragments and forming DNA circles therewith {h} a terminal transferase for attaching a homopolymer tail to said D\A fragments to prcΛ ide a binding site for a first end of ^aid adaptor oligonucleotide, tc i a hgase for ligating a strand of said adaptor oligonucleotide to ends of said DNA fragment to form said
2750 DNA circle, (d) a primer for annealing to a region of the strand of said adaptor oligonucleotide, and (e) a DNA polymerase for extending the primer annealed to the strand in a rolling circle replication reaction. In a further embodiment, the above adaptor oligonucleotide may have a second end having a number of degenerate bases in the range of from 4 to 12. The above kit may further include reaction buffers for the terminal transferase,
.755 ligase. and DNA polymerase.
|00294] in still another aspect, the invention includes a kit for circularizing DNA fragments using a CircLigase™ enzyme (Epicentre Biotechnologies, Madison, WI), which kit comprises a volume exclusion polymer. In a further embodiment, the kit includes the following components: (a) reaction buffer for controlling pH and providing an optimized
1760 salt composition for CircLigase, and (b) CircLigase cofactors. In another aspect, a reaction buffer for such kit comprises 0.5 M MOPS (pH 7.5), 0.1 M KCL 50 mM MgCI2, and 10 mM DTT. In another aspect, such kit includes CircLigase. e.g. 10-100 μL CircLigase solution (at 100 unit/μL). Exemplary volume exclusion polymers are disclosed in U.S. patent 4,886,74] , which is incorporated by reference, and include polyethylene glycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone,
»765 dextran sulfate, and like polymers. In one aspect, polyethylene glycol (PEG) is 50% PEG4000. In one aspect, a kit for circle formation includes the following:
Figure imgf000084_0001
Firm! reaction volume: 20 μL.
[00295] The above components can be used in a number of different protocols known in the 770 art, for example: (1) LIeat DNA at 60- 960C depending on the length of the DNA (ssDNA templates that have a 5'- phosphate and a 3"-hydroxyl group); (2) Preheat 2.2X reaction mix at 6O0C for about 5-10 min: (3) If DNA was preheated to 96l'C cool it down at 60°C.Mix
DNA and buffer at 6O0C without cooling it down and incubate for 2-3h: (4) Heat-inactivate enzyme to stop the ligation reaction. 775 [002961 The present invention
Figure imgf000084_0002
be better understood b> reference to the following nors-
Hrniting Examples, which are provided as exemplary of the invention F he following examples are presented in order to more fully illustrate preferred embodiments of the invention, but should in no way be construed as limiting the broad scope of the invention.
EXAMPLES
2780 Example 1 : RCR based formation and attachment of DNBs
[00297] Two synthetic targets were co-amplified. About one million molecules were captured on the glass surface, and then probed for one of the targets. After imaging and photo-bleaching the first probe, the second target was probed. Successive hybridization with amplicon specific probes showed that each spot on the array corresponded uniquely to either 2785 one of the two amplicon sequences. It was also confirmed that the probe could be removed through heating to 7O0C and then re-hybridized to produce equally strong signals.
Example 2: Validation of circle formation and amplification
[00298] The circle formation and amplification process was validated using E. coli DNA (Fig. 6). A universal adaptor, which also served as the binding site for capture probes and 2790 RCR primer, was ligated to the 5' end of the target molecule using a universal template DNA containing degenerate bases for binding to all genomic sequences. The 3' end of the target molecule was modified by addition of a poly-dA tail using terminal transferase. The modified target was then circularized using a bridging template complementary to the adaptor and to the oligo-dA tail.
Ϊ795 Example 3: Validation of ligation with condensed concatemers
[00299] The ability for probe ligation to occur with the condensed concatemers was tested. Reactions were carried out at 2O0C for 10 min using ligase. followed by a brief wash of the chamber to remove excess probes. The ligation of a 6-mer and a labeled 5-mer produced signal levels comparable to that of an 1 1-mer. Software modules, including image ana!) sis 800 of random arrays, were tested on simulated data for whole genome sequence reconstruction.
Example 4: Identification of targets from multiple pathogens using a single arra\
[00300] PCR products from diagnostic regions of Bacillus anthracis and Yersinia pestis were converted into single stranded DNA and attached to a universal adaptor. These 2 samples were then mixed and replicated together using RCR and deposited onto the chip 80S surface as a random array. Successive hybridization with amplicon specific probes showed that each spot on the array corresponded uniqueh to either one of the two amplicon sequences and that the) can be identified specifically with the probes (Fig 7), thus demonstrating sensitivity and specificity for identifying DNA present in submicron size DNA nano-balls having about 100-1000 copies of a DNA fragment generated by the RCR
28 to reaction.
(00301 J A 155 bp amplicon sequence from B. anthracis and a 275 bp amplkon sequence from Y. pestis were amplified using standard PCR techniques with PCR primers in which one primer of the pair was phosphorylated. A single stranded form of the PCR products was generated by degradation of the phosphorylated strand using lambda exonuclease. The 5'
2815 end of the remaining strand was then phosphorylated using T4 DNA polynucleotide kinase to allow ligation of the single stranded product to the universal adaptor. The universal adaptor was ligated using T4 DNA ligase to the 5' end of the target molecule, assisted by a template oligonucleotide complementary to the 5* end of the targets and 3' end of the universal adaptor. The adaptor ligated targets were then circularized using bridging
2820 oligonucleotides with bases complementary to the adaptor and to the 3' end of the targets.
Linear DNA molecules were removed by treating with exonuclease I. RCR were generated by mixing the single-stranded samples and using Phi29 polymerase to repiicate around the circularized adaptor-target molecules with the bridging oligonucleotides as the initiating primers. The RCR products were captured on the glass slide via the capture oligonucleotide,
?825 which was attached to derivati/ed glass coverslips and was complementary to the universal adaptor sequence.
[00302] Arrayed target nano-ball molecules derived from B. anthracis and Y. pestis PCR amplicons were probed sequentially with TAMRA-labeled 1 1-mer probes complementary to the universal adaptor sequence, or 1 1-mer probes complementary to one of the two amplicon
830 sequences By overlaying the images obtained from successive hybridization of 3 probes, (Fig. 7) it can be seen that most of the arrayed molecules that hybridized with the adaptor probe (blue spots) would only hybridize to either the amplicon 1 probe (red spots) or the amplicon 2 probe (green spots), with very few that would hy bridize to both. This specific hybridization pattern demonstrated that each spot on the array contained only one type of
835 sequence, either the B anthracis amplicon or the Y. pestis amplicon. It also demonstrated that the rSBH process was able to distinguish target molecules of different sequences deposited onto the array by using sequence specific probes. Example 5: Decoding base position in arrayed DNBs created from 80-mer oligonucleotide with degenerate bases
2840 [00303] Individual molecules of a synthetic oligonucleotide containing a degenerate base were divided into 4 sub-populations, each having either an A. C. G or T base at that particular position. An array of DNBs created from this synthetic DNA can have about 25% of spots with each of the bases. Four successive hybridization and ligation of pairs of probes specific to each of the 4 bases identified the sub-populations (Fig. 8).
2845 [00304] A 5' phosphorylated, 3' TAMRA-labeled pentamer oligonucleotide was paired with one of the four hexamer oligonucleotides. Each of these 4 ligation probe pairs hybridize to either an A, C, G or T-containing version of the target. Discrimination scores of greater than 3 were obtained for most targets, demonstrating the ability to identify single base differences between the nanoball targets. The discrimination score is the highest spot score divided by
ZS50 the average of the other 3 base-specific signals of the same spot. Adjusting the assay conditions (buffer composition, concentrations of all components, time and temperature of each step in the cycle) can result in higher signal to background allowing for calculation of full match to mismatch ratios. [00305] A similar ligation assay was performed on the spotted arrays of 6-mer probes, ϊn
!855 this case full-match/background ratio was about 50 and the average full match/mismatch ratio was 30. The results further demonstrated the ability to determine partial or complete sequences of DNA present in DNBs by increasing the number of consecutive probe cycles or by using 4 or more probes labeled with different dyes per each cycle. [00306] To identify the sub-populations, a set of 4 ligation probes specific to each of the 4
S60 bases was used. A 5' phosphorylated, 3' TAMRA-labeled pentamer oligonucleotide corresponding to position 33-37 of TlA with sequence CAAAC (probe Tl A9b) was paired with one of the following hexamer oligonucleotides corresponding to position 27-32 : ACTGTA (probe TlA9a), ACTGTC (probe Tl Al Oa). ACTGTG (probe TI Al Ia). ACTGTT (probe Tl A12a). Each of these 4 ligation probe pairs should
Figure imgf000087_0001
to either an A, C. G
865 or T containing \ersion of Tl A. For each hybridization cycle, the probes were incubated with the array in a ligation/hybridization buffer containing T4 DNA ligase at 20 C for 5 minutes. Excess probes were washed off at 20"C and images were taken with the TIRF microscope. Bound probes were stripped to prepare for the next round of
Figure imgf000087_0002
bridi/ation. [00307] An adaptor specific probe (BrPrb3) was hybridized to the arra> to establish the
S70 pcsitions of all the spots (Fig. 8). The 4 ligation probe pain*, at 0.4 μM, were then hybridized successively to the array : the spots hy bridized to the A-specific ligation probe pair are shown as red in figure 5, the C -specific spots are green, G-specific spots are >ellow and the r-specific spots are c\an. In figure 5, circle Λ indicates the position of one of the spots hybridized to both the adaptor probe and the A-specific ligation probe pair, suggesting
2875 that the DNA arrayed at this spot is derived from a molecule of TlA that contains an A at position 32. It is clear that most of the spots associated with only one of the 4 ligation probe pairs, allowing identification of the base at position 32 to be determined specifically. |00308] Using an in-house image analysis program, spots were identified using the images taken for the hybridization cycle using the adaptor probe. The same spots were also
2880 identified, and the fluorescent signals were quantified for subsequent cvcles. with the base- specific ligation probes. A discrimination score was calculated for each signal for each base-specific signal of each spot. The discrimination score is the spot score divided by the average of the other 3 base-specific signals of the same spot. For each spot, the highest of the 4 base-specific discrimination scores was compared with the second highest score. If the
Ϊ88S ratio of the two was above 1.8, then the base corresponding to the maximum discrimination score was selected for the base calling. In this analysis over 500 spots were successfully base-called and the a\ erage discrimination score was 3.34. 1 he average full match signal was 272, while the average single mismatch signal (signals from the un-selccted bases) was 83.2. Thus the full match / mismatch ratio was 3.27. The image background noise was
!890 calculated by quantifying signals from randomly selected empty spots and the average signal of these empty spots was 82.9. Thus the full match / background noise ratio was 3.28. In these experiments the mismatch discrimination was limited by the low full match signal relative to the background.
Example 6: Decoding 2 degenerate bases at the end of a synthetic 80-mer 895 oligonucleotide using a probe-anchor ligation assay
[00309] A synthetic oligonucleotide containing 8 degenerate bases at the 5' end was used to simulate random genomic DNΛ ends. The DNA-nanobails created from this oligonucleotide will ha\ε these S degenerate bases placed directly next to the adaptor sequence. T o demonstrate the feasibility of sequencing the 2 unknown bases adjacent to the known WO adaptor sequence using a probe-anchor ligation approach, a 12-mer oligonucleotide with a specific sequence to hybridize to the 3' end of the adaptor sequence was used as the anchor, and a set of 16 TΛMRA-labeled oligonucleotides in the form of BBKNNNNN were used as the sequence-reading probes. [00310] Using a subset of the BBNNNNNN probe set (namely GA. GC, GG and GT in the 2905 place of BB). spots could be identified on the nano-ball array created from targets that specifically bind to one of these 4 probes, with an average full match/mismatch ratio of over 20 (Fig. 9).
Example 7; Producing structured nano-baj] arrays
[00311] Ordered array lines of capture probe separated on a\erage by 5 urn were prepared.
2910 Lines were produced by using a pulled glass capillary be\e!ed at 45 degrees to a tip si/e of 5 μm, loaded with 1 μl of 5 μM capture probe in water, and drawn across the glass slide by a precision gantry robot. DNBs were allowed to attach to the surface of the co\erslip and then detected with a probe specific for the adaptor. Fig. 10 shows the high density attachment to regions where a capture probe was deposited on the surface, indicating that DNBs can be
2915 arranged in a grid if a substrate with submicron binding sites is prepared.
Example 8: Demonstrating circle formation with multiple adaptors
[00312] A synthetic target DNA of 70 bases in length and a PCR derived fragment of 200- 300 bp in length was obtained from a double stranded product by phosphorylation of one of the primers and treatment with lambda exonuclease to remove the phosphorylated strand.
>920 The single stranded fragment was ligaled to an adaptor for circulanzation. Polymerization, type Hs restriction enzyme digestion and re-ϊigation with a new adaptor was performed as described herein.
[00313] Demonstration that the process was successful was accomplished using RCR amplification of the final derived circles. Briefly, the DNA circles were incubated with
'925 primer complementary to the last introduced adaptor and Phi29 polymerase for 1 hour at
300C to generate a single concatemer molecule consisting of hundreds of repeated copies of the original DNA circle. Attachment of the RCR products to the surface of coverslips could also be accomplished by utilizing an adaptor sequence in the concatemer that is complementary to an attached oligonucleotide on the surface. Hybridization of adaptor
930 unique probes was used to demonstrate that the individual adaptors were incorporated into the circle and ultimately the RCR product. To demonstrate that the adaptors were incorporated at the expected positions within the circle, sequence specific probes (labeled 5- mers) were used for the synthetic or PCR derived sequence such that ligation may occur to an unlabeled anchor probe that recognizes the terminal sequence of the adaptor. Cloning and
935 sequencing were akø used to verify DN 4 integrity I he process was simplified by generating clean ssDNA after each circle cutting which allowed the use of the same circle closing chemistry for each of the adaptor incorporations.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
2940 1. A method of determining the identification of a first nucleotide at a detection position of a target sequence comprising a plurality of detection positions, said method comprising:
(a) providing a plurality of concatemers. wherein each concatemer comprises a plurality of monomers and each monomer comprises: i) a first target domain of said target sequence comprising a first set of target detection 2945 positions: ii) a first adaptor comprising a Type Hs endonuclease restriction site:
Ui) a second target domain of said target sequence comprising a second set of target detection positions: and iv) a second interspersed adaptor comprising a Type Os endonuclease restriction site: 2950 (b) identifying said first nucleotide.
2. A method according to claim I wherein said target sequence concatemers are immobilized on a surface.
1955 3. A method according to claim 2 wherein said identifying step comprises:
(a) contacting said concatemers with a set of sequencing probes each comprising: j) a first domain complementary to one of said adaptors; ii) a unique nucleotide at a first interrogation position; and iii) a label;
I960 under conditions wherein if said unique nucleotide is complementary to said first nucleotide, a sequencing probe hybridizes to said concatemer; and
(b) identifying said first nucleotide.
4. A method according to claim 2 wherein each adaptor comprises an anchor probe !965 hybridization site, and said identifying step comprises:
(a) hybridizing anchor probes to said anchor probe hybridization sites;
(b) hybridizing sequencing probes to target detection positions adjacent to said adaptors:
(c) ligating adjacent hybridized sequencing and anchor probes to form ligated probes; and
(d) detecting said ligated probes to identify said first nucleotide. 1970
5. A method according to claim 2 wherein each adaptor comprises an anchor probe hybridization site, and said identifying step comprises:
(a) hybridizing anchor probes to said anchor probe hybridization sites;
(b) adding a polymerase and at least one dNTP comprising a label, under conditions whereby if 975 said dNTP is perfectly complementary to a detection position, said dNTP is added to the anchor probe to form an extended probe, thereby creating an interrogation position of the extended probe; and
(c) determining the nucleotide at the interrogation position of the extended probe.
980 6. A method according to claim 2 wherein a nucleotide at a second detection position is identified.
7. A method according to claim 6 wherein a nucleotide at a third detection position is identified.
8. A method according to claim 7 wherein a nucleotide at a fourth detection position is identified. 985
9. Λ method according to claim 8 wherein a nucleotide at a fifth detection position is identified.
10. A method according to claim 9 wherein a nucleotide at a sixth detection position is identified. 2990
1 1. A method according to claim 2 wherein said surface is functionali/ed.
12, A method according to claim 1 1 wherein said functionalized surface comprises functional moieties selected from the group consisting of amines, silanes. and hydroxyls.
2995 13. A method according to claim 2 wherein said surface comprises a pluralit} of spatially distinct regions comprising said immobilized concatemers.
14. A method according to claim 2 wherein said concatemers are immobilized on said surface using capture probes.
5000
15. A method according to claim 1 further comprising fragmenting genomic nucleic acid to form target sequences.
16. A method according to claim 1 wherein the Type Us endonuclease restriction sites of )005 said first and second adaptors are the same.
17. A method according to ciaim 1 wherein the Type Hs endonuciease restriction sites of said first and second adaptors are different. iOlO 18. A substrate comprising a plurality of immobilized concatemers, each monomer of said concatemer comprising: a) a first target sequence; b) a first adaptor comprising a Type Hs endonuclease restriction site; c) a second target sequence; and
015 d) a second interspersed adaptor comprising a Type Os endonuclease restriction site.
19. A substrate according to claim 18 wherein each monomer further comprises a third target sequence and a third interspersed adaptor comprising a Type Os endonuclease restriction site.
020 20. A substrate according to claim 19 each monomer further comprises a fourth target sequence and a fourth interspersed adaptor comprising a
Figure imgf000092_0001
Hs endonuclease restriction site.
21. A substrate according to claim 18 wherein said substrate is glass. 025
22. A substrate according to claim 21 wherein said glass is functional i/ed.
23. A substrate according to claim 18 wherein said substrate comprises capture probes and said concatemers are immobilized by hybridization to said capture probes.
030 24. A substrate according to claim 18 wherein the Type Hs endonuclease restriction sites of said first and second adaptors are the same.
25. A substrate according to claim 38 wherein the Type Hs endonuclease restriction sites of said first and second adaptors are different.
335
26, \ substrate according to claim 18 wherein said target sequences are genomic nucleic acid sequences
9]
27. Λ substrate according to claim 26 wherein said genomic nucleic acid sequences are 3040 human.
28. A method of inserting multiple adaptors In a target sequence comprising:
(a) ligating a first adaptor to one terminus of said target sequence, wherein the adaptor comprises a binding site for a restriction en/yme; 3045 (b) circularizing the product from step (i) to create a first circular polynucleotide;
(c) cleaving the circular polynucleotide with a restriction enzyme, wherein the restriction enz>me is able to bind to the binding site within the first adaptor;
(d) ligating a second adaptor, wherein said second adaptor comprises a binding site for a restriction enzyme; 3050 (e) circularizing the product from step (d) to create a second circular polynucleotide; wherein steps (c) through (e) are optionally repeated to insert a desired number of adaptors in the target sequence.
29. Λ method according Io claim 28 wherein said binding site of said first adaptor comprises a 3055 Type Os endonuclease restriction site.
30. A method according to claim 28 wherein said binding site of said second adaptor comprises a Type Os endonuclease restriction site.
5060 31. A method according to claim 28 wherein said circularization step comprises adding a CircLigase™ enzyme.
32. A method according to claim 28 wherein said circularization step comprises:
(a) adding a circularization sequence to a second terminus of said target sequence; 1065 (b) hybridizing a bridge template to at least a portion of said adaptor and a portion of said circularization sequence; (c) ligating said first and second termini together to circularize the target sequence.
33. A method for identifying a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence, the method comprising the 070 steps of:
(a) providing a plurality of interspersed adaptors within a target sequence, each interspersed adaptor having at least one boundary with the target sequence; and
(b) determining the identity of at least one nucleotide adjacent to at least one boundary of at least two interspersed adaptors, thereby identifying a nucleotide sequence of the target 075 sequence.
34. A library of polynucleotides comprising more than one nucleic acid fragment, each fragment comprising a plurality of interspersed adaptor, wherein each interspersed adaptor has t least one end having different non-cross-hybπdi/able sequence with respect to the sequences of 080 every other interspersed adaptor of the plurality.
35. The library of claim 34. wherein the plurality of interspersed adaptors is in a predetermined order.
085 36. The library of cϊaim 35, wherein the predetermined order of the interspersed adaptors is the same for e\er> nucleic acid fragment
37. The library of claim 34. wherein each of said nucleic acid fragments is a closed single stranded
DNA circle.
3090
38. A method of identify ing a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence, the method comprising the steps of
(a) prov iding an amplicon from each of a plurality of fragments of the target sequence, each fragment containing a plurality of interspersed adaptors at predetermined sites, and
3095 each amplicon comprising multiple copies of a fragment and the amplicons including a number of fragments that substantially covers the target sequence.
(b) providing a random array of amplicons fixed to a surface at a densit\ such that at least a majority of the amplicons are optically resoh able:
(c) Irybridszing one or more sequencing probes to the random array under conditions that 3100 permit the formation of perfectly matched duplexes between the one or more sequencing probes and complementary sequences on the interspersed adaptors.
(d) identifying at least one nucleotide adjacent to at least one interspersed adaptor by extending the one or more sequencing probes in a sequence specific reaction; and
(e) repeating steps (c) and (d) until a nucleotide sequence of the target sequence is identified.
3105
39. A method of identifying a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) providing a random array of concatemers fixed to a planar surface, wherein said surface has an arra\ of optically resolvable discrete spaced apart regions, and wherein each 5 HO discrete spaced apart region has an area of less than 1 μm2 and substantially all such regions have at most one of said concaiemers attached, each concatemer comprising multiple copies of a fragment of the target sequence, each such fragment continuing a plurality of interspersed adaptors at predetermined sites, and the number of different concatemers such that their respective fragments substantially cover the target π 15 polynucleotide;
(b) hybridizing one or more probes from a first set of probes to the random array under conditions that permit the formation of perfectly matched duplexes between the one or more probes and complementary sequences on the concatemers;
(c) hybridizing one or more probes from a second set of probes to the random array under
1120 conditions that permit the formation of perfectly matched duplexes between the one or more probes and complementary sequences on the concatemers;
(d) ligating probes from the first and second sets which are hybridized to a concatemer at contiguous sites;
(e) identifying the sequences of the ligated probes; and
125 (f) repeating steps (b) through (e) to identify the nucleotide sequence of the target sequence.
40. A method of identifying a nucleotide sequence of a target sequence, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) providing a plurality of concatemers from the target sequence, each concatemer comprising 130 multiple copies of a fragment of the target sequence, each fragment containing a plurality of interspersed adaptors at predetermined sites:
(b) pro\ iding a random arra\ of concatemers fixed to a surface at a density such thai at least a majorin of the eoncatemers are optical!} resolvable;
(c) identifying a sequence of at least a portion of each fragment adjacent to at least one 135 interspersed adaptor in at least one concatemer. thereby identify ing a nucleotide sequence of the target sequence
41. The method of claim 40, wherein said plurality of concatemers includes a number of fragments such that said fragments substantially cover said target sequence. 3 (40
42. The method of claim 41 further comprising a step of reconstructing a nucleotide sequence of the target sequence from the identities of the sequences of said portions of said fragments of said concatemers.
3145
3150
PCT/US2007/062825 2005-10-07 2007-02-26 High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays WO2007133831A2 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008556583A JP5180845B2 (en) 2006-02-24 2007-02-26 High-throughput genomic sequencing on DNA arrays
EP07757499A EP1994180A4 (en) 2006-02-24 2007-02-26 High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays
AU2007249635A AU2007249635B2 (en) 2005-10-07 2007-02-26 High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays
CA002643700A CA2643700A1 (en) 2006-02-24 2007-02-26 High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays
CN2007800147466A CN101432439B (en) 2006-02-24 2007-02-26 High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays
IL193599A IL193599A (en) 2006-02-24 2008-08-21 Method and system for determining sequence information for a target polynucleotide
IL238895A IL238895B (en) 2006-02-24 2015-05-19 High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US77641506P 2006-02-24 2006-02-24
US60/776,415 2006-02-24

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007133831A2 true WO2007133831A2 (en) 2007-11-22
WO2007133831A3 WO2007133831A3 (en) 2008-02-07

Family

ID=38694571

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2007/062825 WO2007133831A2 (en) 2005-10-07 2007-02-26 High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US8722326B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2495337A1 (en)
JP (2) JP5180845B2 (en)
CN (1) CN101432439B (en)
AU (1) AU2007249635B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2643700A1 (en)
IL (2) IL193599A (en)
WO (1) WO2007133831A2 (en)

Cited By (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1951900A2 (en) * 2005-10-07 2008-08-06 Callida Genomics, Inc. Self-assembled single molecule arrays and uses thereof
WO2009094583A1 (en) * 2008-01-23 2009-07-30 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for preventing bias in amplification and sequencing reactions
WO2009097368A2 (en) * 2008-01-28 2009-08-06 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for efficient base calling in sequencing reactions
WO2010148039A2 (en) 2009-06-15 2010-12-23 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for long fragment read sequencing
JP2011520420A (en) * 2007-12-05 2011-07-21 コンプリート・ジェノミックス・インコーポレイテッド Efficient base determination in sequencing reactions
WO2011143556A1 (en) * 2010-05-13 2011-11-17 Gen9, Inc. Methods for nucleotide sequencing and high fidelity polynucleotide synthesis
EP2405017A1 (en) * 2010-07-06 2012-01-11 Alacris Theranostics GmbH Method for nucleic acid sequencing
WO2012130478A1 (en) 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Queen Mary And Westfield College, University Of London Cancer markers
EP2565279A1 (en) 2007-12-05 2013-03-06 Complete Genomics, Inc. Efficient base determination in sequencing reactions
WO2013066975A1 (en) 2011-11-02 2013-05-10 Complete Genomics, Inc. Treatment for stabilizing nucleic acid arrays
WO2013166517A1 (en) 2012-05-04 2013-11-07 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods for determining absolute genome-wide copy number variations of complex tumors
US8725422B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2014-05-13 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods for estimating genome-wide copy number variations
WO2014145820A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Complete Genomics, Inc. Multiple tagging of long dna fragments
WO2014196863A1 (en) * 2013-06-07 2014-12-11 Keygene N.V. Method for targeted sequencing
US20150166997A1 (en) * 2009-10-20 2015-06-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Single molecule nucleic acid nanoparticles
US9249460B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2016-02-02 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods for obtaining a sequence
EP3077543A4 (en) * 2013-12-05 2017-09-27 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Fabrication of patterned arrays
US9944984B2 (en) 2005-06-15 2018-04-17 Complete Genomics, Inc. High density DNA array
WO2018129214A1 (en) 2017-01-04 2018-07-12 Complete Genomics, Inc. Stepwise sequencing by non-labeled reversible terminators or natural nucleotides
WO2019071471A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 深圳华大智造科技有限公司 Method for improving loading and stability of nucleic acid on solid support
US10385335B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2019-08-20 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Modified surfaces
US10597715B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2020-03-24 Centrillion Technology Holdings Methods for sequencing nucleic acids
WO2020180813A1 (en) 2019-03-06 2020-09-10 Qiagen Sciences, Llc Compositions and methods for adaptor design and nucleic acid library construction for rolony-based sequencing
US11060139B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2021-07-13 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Methods for sequencing nucleic acids
US11352667B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2022-06-07 10X Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing
US11505826B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2022-11-22 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Sequencing method for genomic rearrangement detection
US11940413B2 (en) 2007-02-05 2024-03-26 IsoPlexis Corporation Methods and devices for sequencing nucleic acids in smaller batches

Families Citing this family (150)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090264299A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2009-10-22 Complete Genomics, Inc. High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays
US7960104B2 (en) * 2005-10-07 2011-06-14 Callida Genomics, Inc. Self-assembled single molecule arrays and uses thereof
US7910302B2 (en) * 2006-10-27 2011-03-22 Complete Genomics, Inc. Efficient arrays of amplified polynucleotides
US20090105961A1 (en) * 2006-11-09 2009-04-23 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods of nucleic acid identification in large-scale sequencing
US20090075343A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2009-03-19 Complete Genomics, Inc. Selection of dna adaptor orientation by nicking
WO2009135212A2 (en) 2008-05-02 2009-11-05 Epicentre Technologies Corporation Selective 5' ligation tagging of rna
EP2201136B1 (en) 2007-10-01 2017-12-06 Nabsys 2.0 LLC Nanopore sequencing by hybridization of probes to form ternary complexes and variable range alignment
US8951731B2 (en) * 2007-10-15 2015-02-10 Complete Genomics, Inc. Sequence analysis using decorated nucleic acids
US8518640B2 (en) * 2007-10-29 2013-08-27 Complete Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing and process
US7897344B2 (en) * 2007-11-06 2011-03-01 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and oligonucleotide designs for insertion of multiple adaptors into library constructs
US8415099B2 (en) * 2007-11-05 2013-04-09 Complete Genomics, Inc. Efficient base determination in sequencing reactions
CN105349647B (en) 2007-10-30 2020-08-28 完整基因有限公司 Methods for high throughput sequencing of nucleic acids
WO2009061840A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-14 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and oligonucleotide designs for insertion of multiple adaptors employing selective methylation
WO2009073629A2 (en) * 2007-11-29 2009-06-11 Complete Genomics, Inc. Efficient shotgun sequencing methods
US8592150B2 (en) 2007-12-05 2013-11-26 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for long fragment read sequencing
US8628940B2 (en) 2008-09-24 2014-01-14 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Intermittent detection during analytical reactions
WO2009120374A2 (en) 2008-03-28 2009-10-01 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sample preparation
CA2719747C (en) 2008-03-28 2018-02-20 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Compositions and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
US8882980B2 (en) * 2008-09-03 2014-11-11 Nabsys, Inc. Use of longitudinally displaced nanoscale electrodes for voltage sensing of biomolecules and other analytes in fluidic channels
US8262879B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2012-09-11 Nabsys, Inc. Devices and methods for determining the length of biopolymers and distances between probes bound thereto
US9650668B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2017-05-16 Nabsys 2.0 Llc Use of longitudinally displaced nanoscale electrodes for voltage sensing of biomolecules and other analytes in fluidic channels
US9080211B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2015-07-14 Epicentre Technologies Corporation Transposon end compositions and methods for modifying nucleic acids
DK2376517T3 (en) 2008-10-24 2013-02-11 Epict Technologies Corp TRANSPOSON END COMPOSITIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR MODIFYING NUCLEIC ACIDS
KR20100076802A (en) * 2008-12-26 2010-07-06 삼성전자주식회사 Microarray including layer comprising dna molecule and method for manufacturing the same
US8455260B2 (en) * 2009-03-27 2013-06-04 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Tagged-fragment map assembly
US20100243449A1 (en) * 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Oliver John S Devices and methods for analyzing biomolecules and probes bound thereto
US8246799B2 (en) * 2009-05-28 2012-08-21 Nabsys, Inc. Devices and methods for analyzing biomolecules and probes bound thereto
CN101570784B (en) * 2009-06-03 2011-11-23 东南大学 Signal combination coding-based DNA ligation sequencing method
US9524369B2 (en) 2009-06-15 2016-12-20 Complete Genomics, Inc. Processing and analysis of complex nucleic acid sequence data
KR20110018763A (en) * 2009-08-18 2011-02-24 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for fixing a target molecule on a substrate
US10174368B2 (en) * 2009-09-10 2019-01-08 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Methods and systems for sequencing long nucleic acids
WO2011032040A1 (en) * 2009-09-10 2011-03-17 Centrillion Technology Holding Corporation Methods of targeted sequencing
US9023769B2 (en) 2009-11-30 2015-05-05 Complete Genomics, Inc. cDNA library for nucleic acid sequencing
PT2556171E (en) 2010-04-05 2015-12-21 Prognosys Biosciences Inc Spatially encoded biological assays
US20190300945A1 (en) 2010-04-05 2019-10-03 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially Encoded Biological Assays
US10787701B2 (en) 2010-04-05 2020-09-29 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays
US8715933B2 (en) 2010-09-27 2014-05-06 Nabsys, Inc. Assay methods using nicking endonucleases
EP2640849B1 (en) 2010-11-16 2016-04-06 Nabsys 2.0 LLC Methods for sequencing a biomolecule by detecting relative positions of hybridized probes
US10144950B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2018-12-04 Roche Sequencing Solutions, Inc. Methods of identifying multiple epitopes in cells
WO2012109574A2 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Nabsys, Inc. Assay methods using dna binding proteins
EP3150750B1 (en) 2011-04-08 2018-12-26 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Peptide constructs and assay systems
GB201106254D0 (en) 2011-04-13 2011-05-25 Frisen Jonas Method and product
CN107368705B (en) * 2011-04-14 2021-07-13 完整基因有限公司 Method and computer system for analyzing genomic DNA of organism
HUE056246T2 (en) 2011-09-23 2022-02-28 Illumina Inc Compositions for nucleic acid sequencing
US20130261984A1 (en) 2012-03-30 2013-10-03 Illumina, Inc. Methods and systems for determining fetal chromosomal abnormalities
EP3514243B1 (en) 2012-05-21 2022-08-17 The Scripps Research Institute Methods of sample preparation
US9977861B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2018-05-22 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods and systems for determining haplotypes and phasing of haplotypes
US9951386B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-04-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
MX364957B (en) 2012-08-14 2019-05-15 10X Genomics Inc Microcapsule compositions and methods.
US20150376609A1 (en) 2014-06-26 2015-12-31 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of Analyzing Nucleic Acids from Individual Cells or Cell Populations
US10400280B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-09-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10752949B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-08-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10273541B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-04-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10221442B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-03-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for sample processing
US11591637B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2023-02-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for sample processing
US9701998B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2017-07-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10323279B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-06-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
CN102978205B (en) * 2012-11-19 2014-08-20 北京诺禾致源生物信息科技有限公司 High-throughput sequencing junction applied to marker development and application method thereof
US10533221B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2020-01-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
CA2894694C (en) 2012-12-14 2023-04-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9914966B1 (en) 2012-12-20 2018-03-13 Nabsys 2.0 Llc Apparatus and methods for analysis of biomolecules using high frequency alternating current excitation
EP2956550B1 (en) 2013-01-18 2020-04-08 Nabsys 2.0 LLC Enhanced probe binding
CA2900481A1 (en) 2013-02-08 2014-08-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Polynucleotide barcode generation
WO2014210223A1 (en) 2013-06-25 2014-12-31 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays using a microfluidic device
US10395758B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2019-08-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Sequencing methods
US10351899B2 (en) 2013-09-25 2019-07-16 Bio-ID Diagnostics Inc. Methods for detecting nucleic acid fragments
US11859246B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2024-01-02 Accuragen Holdings Limited Methods and compositions for enrichment of amplification products
AU2014362227B2 (en) * 2013-12-11 2021-05-13 Accuragen Holdings Limited Compositions and methods for detecting rare sequence variants
US9824068B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2017-11-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and apparatus for sorting data
CN103810404A (en) * 2014-01-13 2014-05-21 哈尔滨工程大学 High-flux DNA sequencing data matching reinforcement method based on Bayes technology
AU2015243445B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2020-05-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same
JP2017526046A (en) 2014-06-26 2017-09-07 10エックス ゲノミクス,インコーポレイテッド Nucleic acid sequence assembly process and system
PT3207134T (en) * 2014-10-17 2019-09-17 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Contiguity preserving transposition
US20160122817A1 (en) 2014-10-29 2016-05-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing
US9975122B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2018-05-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Instrument systems for integrated sample processing
CN107208144B (en) * 2014-11-21 2021-06-08 纳米线科技公司 Enzyme-free and amplification-free sequencing
SG11201705615UA (en) 2015-01-12 2017-08-30 10X Genomics Inc Processes and systems for preparing nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same
KR20170106979A (en) 2015-01-13 2017-09-22 10엑스 제노믹스, 인크. System and method for visualizing structure variation and phase adjustment information
US10854315B2 (en) 2015-02-09 2020-12-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for determining structural variation and phasing using variant call data
JP6773687B2 (en) * 2015-02-17 2020-10-21 エムジーアイ テック カンパニー リミテッドMGI Tech Co., Ltd. DNA sequencing using controlled strand substitutions
EP3262188B1 (en) 2015-02-24 2021-05-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for targeted nucleic acid sequence coverage
EP3262407B1 (en) 2015-02-24 2023-08-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Partition processing methods and systems
CN107532207B (en) 2015-04-10 2021-05-07 空间转录公司 Spatially differentiated, multiplexed nucleic acid analysis of biological samples
FI3822365T3 (en) * 2015-05-11 2023-02-21 Platform for discovery and analysis of therapeutic agents
SG11201804086VA (en) 2015-12-04 2018-06-28 10X Genomics Inc Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis
CN107034267B (en) * 2016-02-03 2021-06-08 深圳华大智造科技股份有限公司 Method and device for preparing candidate sequencing probe set and application of candidate sequencing probe set
SG11201806757XA (en) 2016-02-11 2018-09-27 10X Genomics Inc Systems, methods, and media for de novo assembly of whole genome sequence data
EP3448868B1 (en) * 2016-04-27 2021-12-29 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Mirna transcriptome methods and compositions
WO2017197338A1 (en) 2016-05-13 2017-11-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods of use
CN109074430B (en) * 2016-05-26 2022-03-29 贝克顿迪金森公司 Molecular marker counting adjustment method
EP3491151A4 (en) * 2016-08-01 2020-07-29 California Institute of Technology Sequential probing of molecular targets based on pseudo-color barcodes with embedded error correction mechanism
US10011872B1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-07-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10815525B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-10-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10550429B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-02-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
EP4029939B1 (en) 2017-01-30 2023-06-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding
EP3625715A4 (en) 2017-05-19 2021-03-17 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing datasets
CN116064732A (en) 2017-05-26 2023-05-05 10X基因组学有限公司 Single cell analysis of transposase accessibility chromatin
US10400235B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2019-09-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
SG11201913654QA (en) 2017-11-15 2020-01-30 10X Genomics Inc Functionalized gel beads
US10829815B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2020-11-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for associating physical and genetic properties of biological particles
SG11202009889VA (en) 2018-04-06 2020-11-27 10X Genomics Inc Systems and methods for quality control in single cell processing
EP4269618A3 (en) 2018-06-04 2024-01-10 Illumina, Inc. Methods of making high-throughput single-cell transcriptome libraries
US20210163927A1 (en) * 2018-06-15 2021-06-03 Roche Sequencing Solutions, Inc. Generation of double-stranded dna templates for single molecule sequencing
US11519033B2 (en) 2018-08-28 2022-12-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Method for transposase-mediated spatial tagging and analyzing genomic DNA in a biological sample
EP3853382A4 (en) * 2018-09-19 2022-06-22 Apton Biosystems, Inc. Densely-packed analyte layers and detection methods
WO2020123319A2 (en) 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of using master / copy arrays for spatial detection
US11926867B2 (en) 2019-01-06 2024-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Generating capture probes for spatial analysis
US11649485B2 (en) 2019-01-06 2023-05-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Generating capture probes for spatial analysis
WO2020180778A1 (en) 2019-03-01 2020-09-10 Illumina, Inc. High-throughput single-nuclei and single-cell libraries and methods of making and of using
MX2021003760A (en) 2019-04-29 2021-09-21 Illumina Inc Identification and analysis of microbial samples by rapid incubation and nucleic acid enrichment.
BR112022001539A2 (en) * 2019-05-13 2022-03-22 Rapid Genomics Llc Capture and analysis of target genomic regions
EP3976820A1 (en) 2019-05-30 2022-04-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of detecting spatial heterogeneity of a biological sample
EP4004232A4 (en) * 2019-07-22 2023-08-09 Igenomx International Genomics Corporation Methods and compositions for high throughput sample preparation using double unique dual indexing
WO2021092433A2 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Enhancing specificity of analyte binding
WO2021091611A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatially-tagged analyte capture agents for analyte multiplexing
CA3134746A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 Illumina, Inc. High-throughput single-cell libraries and methods of making and of using
SG11202106899SA (en) 2019-12-23 2021-09-29 10X Genomics Inc Methods for spatial analysis using rna-templated ligation
US11732299B2 (en) 2020-01-21 2023-08-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial assays with perturbed cells
US11702693B2 (en) 2020-01-21 2023-07-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for printing cells and generating arrays of barcoded cells
US11821035B1 (en) 2020-01-29 2023-11-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods of making gene expression libraries
US20210238664A1 (en) * 2020-02-03 2021-08-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for preparing high-resolution spatial arrays
US11898205B2 (en) 2020-02-03 2024-02-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Increasing capture efficiency of spatial assays
US11732300B2 (en) 2020-02-05 2023-08-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Increasing efficiency of spatial analysis in a biological sample
US11835462B2 (en) 2020-02-11 2023-12-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for partitioning a biological sample
US11891654B2 (en) 2020-02-24 2024-02-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of making gene expression libraries
US11926863B1 (en) 2020-02-27 2024-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Solid state single cell method for analyzing fixed biological cells
US11768175B1 (en) 2020-03-04 2023-09-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Electrophoretic methods for spatial analysis
EP4242325A3 (en) 2020-04-22 2023-10-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for spatial analysis using targeted rna depletion
WO2021237087A1 (en) 2020-05-22 2021-11-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial analysis to detect sequence variants
WO2021236929A1 (en) 2020-05-22 2021-11-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Simultaneous spatio-temporal measurement of gene expression and cellular activity
WO2021242834A1 (en) 2020-05-26 2021-12-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Method for resetting an array
WO2021247543A2 (en) 2020-06-02 2021-12-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid library methods
EP4158054A1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-04-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial transcriptomics for antigen-receptors
WO2021252499A1 (en) 2020-06-08 2021-12-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of determining a surgical margin and methods of use thereof
WO2021252617A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Illumina, Inc. Methods for increasing yield of sequencing libraries
WO2021252591A1 (en) 2020-06-10 2021-12-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for determining a location of an analyte in a biological sample
CN116034166A (en) 2020-06-25 2023-04-28 10X基因组学有限公司 Spatial analysis of DNA methylation
US11761038B1 (en) 2020-07-06 2023-09-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for identifying a location of an RNA in a biological sample
US11926822B1 (en) 2020-09-23 2024-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Three-dimensional spatial analysis
US11827935B1 (en) 2020-11-19 2023-11-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for spatial analysis using rolling circle amplification and detection probes
AU2021409136A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2023-06-29 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, and systems for capturing probes and/or barcodes
EP4301870A1 (en) 2021-03-18 2024-01-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Multiplex capture of gene and protein expression from a biological sample
US20220336052A1 (en) * 2021-04-19 2022-10-20 University Of Utah Research Foundation Systems and methods for facilitating rapid genome sequence analysis
EP4095254A3 (en) * 2021-05-27 2022-12-14 New England Biolabs, Inc. Fragmentation of dna
WO2023034489A1 (en) 2021-09-01 2023-03-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, and kits for blocking a capture probe on a spatial array
WO2023196572A1 (en) 2022-04-07 2023-10-12 Illumina Singapore Pte. Ltd. Altered cytidine deaminases and methods of use
WO2024069581A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Illumina Singapore Pte. Ltd. Helicase-cytidine deaminase complexes and methods of use
WO2024073047A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Illumina, Inc. Cytidine deaminases and methods of use in mapping modified cytosine nucleotides
WO2024073043A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Illumina, Inc. Methods of using cpg binding proteins in mapping modified cytosine nucleotides
CN115409174B (en) * 2022-11-01 2023-03-31 之江实验室 Base sequence filtering method and device based on DRAM memory calculation

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040248161A1 (en) 1999-09-16 2004-12-09 Rothberg Jonathan M. Method of sequencing a nucleic acid
WO2006040549A2 (en) 2004-10-11 2006-04-20 Interaseq Genetics Limited Labelling and sequencing of nucleic acids

Family Cites Families (166)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US503645A (en) * 1893-08-22 brooks
US2002671A (en) * 1935-02-21 1935-05-28 Buffalo Bolt Company Screw and trunnion nut device and method of making it
US4318846A (en) 1979-09-07 1982-03-09 Syva Company Novel ether substituted fluorescein polyamino acid compounds as fluorescers and quenchers
US4469863A (en) 1980-11-12 1984-09-04 Ts O Paul O P Nonionic nucleic acid alkyl and aryl phosphonates and processes for manufacture and use thereof
US4994373A (en) * 1983-01-27 1991-02-19 Enzo Biochem, Inc. Method and structures employing chemically-labelled polynucleotide probes
US4605735A (en) 1983-02-14 1986-08-12 Wakunaga Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Oligonucleotide derivatives
US4719179A (en) * 1984-11-30 1988-01-12 Pharmacia P-L Biochemicals, Inc. Six base oligonucleotide linkers and methods for their use
US4883750A (en) 1984-12-13 1989-11-28 Applied Biosystems, Inc. Detection of specific sequences in nucleic acids
US5034506A (en) 1985-03-15 1991-07-23 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages
US5235033A (en) 1985-03-15 1993-08-10 Anti-Gene Development Group Alpha-morpholino ribonucleoside derivatives and polymers thereof
US4757141A (en) 1985-08-26 1988-07-12 Applied Biosystems, Incorporated Amino-derivatized phosphite and phosphate linking agents, phosphoramidite precursors, and useful conjugates thereof
US5091519A (en) 1986-05-01 1992-02-25 Amoco Corporation Nucleotide compositions with linking groups
US5151507A (en) 1986-07-02 1992-09-29 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Alkynylamino-nucleotides
US5525464A (en) * 1987-04-01 1996-06-11 Hyseq, Inc. Method of sequencing by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes
US6270961B1 (en) * 1987-04-01 2001-08-07 Hyseq, Inc. Methods and apparatus for DNA sequencing and DNA identification
US5202231A (en) * 1987-04-01 1993-04-13 Drmanac Radoje T Method of sequencing of genomes by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes
US5124246A (en) * 1987-10-15 1992-06-23 Chiron Corporation Nucleic acid multimers and amplified nucleic acid hybridization assays using same
US4886741A (en) 1987-12-09 1989-12-12 Microprobe Corporation Use of volume exclusion agents for the enhancement of in situ hybridization
DE3813278A1 (en) 1988-01-12 1989-07-20 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh METHOD FOR DETECTING NUCLEIC ACIDS
US5354657A (en) 1988-01-12 1994-10-11 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh Process for the highly specific detection of nucleic acids in solid
US5216141A (en) 1988-06-06 1993-06-01 Benner Steven A Oligonucleotide analogs containing sulfur linkages
US5066580A (en) 1988-08-31 1991-11-19 Becton Dickinson And Company Xanthene dyes that emit to the red of fluorescein
DE3836656A1 (en) * 1988-10-27 1990-05-03 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh NEW DIGOXIGENINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE
US5091302A (en) * 1989-04-27 1992-02-25 The Blood Center Of Southeastern Wisconsin, Inc. Polymorphism of human platelet membrane glycoprotein iiia and diagnostic and therapeutic applications thereof
US5744101A (en) * 1989-06-07 1998-04-28 Affymax Technologies N.V. Photolabile nucleoside protecting groups
US5800992A (en) 1989-06-07 1998-09-01 Fodor; Stephen P.A. Method of detecting nucleic acids
US6379895B1 (en) * 1989-06-07 2002-04-30 Affymetrix, Inc. Photolithographic and other means for manufacturing arrays
US6346413B1 (en) * 1989-06-07 2002-02-12 Affymetrix, Inc. Polymer arrays
US5143854A (en) 1989-06-07 1992-09-01 Affymax Technologies N.V. Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of polypeptides and receptor binding screening thereof
US5366860A (en) 1989-09-29 1994-11-22 Applied Biosystems, Inc. Spectrally resolvable rhodamine dyes for nucleic acid sequence determination
US5188934A (en) 1989-11-14 1993-02-23 Applied Biosystems, Inc. 4,7-dichlorofluorescein dyes as molecular probes
US5427930A (en) * 1990-01-26 1995-06-27 Abbott Laboratories Amplification of target nucleic acids using gap filling ligase chain reaction
CA2036946C (en) 1990-04-06 2001-10-16 Kenneth V. Deugau Indexing linkers
US5198337A (en) 1990-04-13 1993-03-30 State Of Oregon Assay for gene deletion of GST-1 in human samples based on the polymerase chain reaction
US5073562A (en) 1990-05-10 1991-12-17 G. D. Searle & Co. Alkoxy-substituted dihydrobenzopyran-2-carboxylic acids and derivatives thereof
US5602240A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-02-11 Ciba Geigy Ag. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs
US5386023A (en) 1990-07-27 1995-01-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs and preparation thereof through reductive coupling
US5426180A (en) 1991-03-27 1995-06-20 Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. Methods of making single-stranded circular oligonucleotides
US6589726B1 (en) * 1991-09-04 2003-07-08 Metrigen, Inc. Method and apparatus for in situ synthesis on a solid support
US5474796A (en) * 1991-09-04 1995-12-12 Protogene Laboratories, Inc. Method and apparatus for conducting an array of chemical reactions on a support surface
AU672760B2 (en) 1991-09-24 1996-10-17 Keygene N.V. Selective restriction fragment amplification: a general method for DNA fingerprinting
US5632957A (en) * 1993-11-01 1997-05-27 Nanogen Molecular biological diagnostic systems including electrodes
US5644048A (en) 1992-01-10 1997-07-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for preparing phosphorothioate oligonucleotides
US5403708A (en) * 1992-07-06 1995-04-04 Brennan; Thomas M. Methods and compositions for determining the sequence of nucleic acids
GB9214873D0 (en) 1992-07-13 1992-08-26 Medical Res Council Process for categorising nucleotide sequence populations
US6261808B1 (en) * 1992-08-04 2001-07-17 Replicon, Inc. Amplification of nucleic acid molecules via circular replicons
WO1994003624A1 (en) 1992-08-04 1994-02-17 Auerbach Jeffrey I Methods for the isothermal amplification of nucleic acid molecules
US5834202A (en) * 1992-08-04 1998-11-10 Replicon, Inc. Methods for the isothermal amplification of nucleic acid molecules
US6077668A (en) * 1993-04-15 2000-06-20 University Of Rochester Highly sensitive multimeric nucleic acid probes
US5714320A (en) * 1993-04-15 1998-02-03 University Of Rochester Rolling circle synthesis of oligonucleotides and amplification of select randomized circular oligonucleotides
US6096880A (en) * 1993-04-15 2000-08-01 University Of Rochester Circular DNA vectors for synthesis of RNA and DNA
US5473060A (en) 1993-07-02 1995-12-05 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotide clamps having diagnostic applications
WO1995001365A1 (en) 1993-07-02 1995-01-12 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Synthesis of branched nucleic acids
US6401267B1 (en) 1993-09-27 2002-06-11 Radoje Drmanac Methods and compositions for efficient nucleic acid sequencing
US5654419A (en) 1994-02-01 1997-08-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Fluorescent labels and their use in separations
SE9400522D0 (en) 1994-02-16 1994-02-16 Ulf Landegren Method and reagent for detecting specific nucleotide sequences
US5637684A (en) 1994-02-23 1997-06-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphoramidate and phosphorothioamidate oligomeric compounds
US5641658A (en) * 1994-08-03 1997-06-24 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Method for performing amplification of nucleic acid with two primers bound to a single solid support
US5710000A (en) * 1994-09-16 1998-01-20 Affymetrix, Inc. Capturing sequences adjacent to Type-IIs restriction sites for genomic library mapping
US6013445A (en) 1996-06-06 2000-01-11 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Massively parallel signature sequencing by ligation of encoded adaptors
US6654505B2 (en) 1994-10-13 2003-11-25 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. System and apparatus for sequential processing of analytes
FR2726286B1 (en) * 1994-10-28 1997-01-17 Genset Sa SOLID PHASE NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION PROCESS AND REAGENT KIT USEFUL FOR CARRYING OUT SAID PROCESS
US5866337A (en) * 1995-03-24 1999-02-02 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Method to detect mutations in a nucleic acid using a hybridization-ligation procedure
US5750341A (en) 1995-04-17 1998-05-12 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. DNA sequencing by parallel oligonucleotide extensions
US5648245A (en) * 1995-05-09 1997-07-15 Carnegie Institution Of Washington Method for constructing an oligonucleotide concatamer library by rolling circle replication
EP0824684B1 (en) 1995-05-12 2007-11-07 Novartis AG Method for the parallel detection of a plurality of analytes using evanescently excited luminescence
US5774305A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-06-30 Seagate Technology, Inc. Head gimbal assembly to reduce slider distortion due to thermal stress
US5854033A (en) * 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
AU714486B2 (en) 1995-11-21 2000-01-06 Yale University Unimolecular segment amplification and detection
EP1300466B1 (en) 1995-12-05 2006-04-26 Jorn Erland Koch A cascade nucleic acid amplification reaction
US5847162A (en) 1996-06-27 1998-12-08 The Perkin Elmer Corporation 4, 7-Dichlororhodamine dyes
US5800996A (en) 1996-05-03 1998-09-01 The Perkin Elmer Corporation Energy transfer dyes with enchanced fluorescence
US5851804A (en) 1996-05-06 1998-12-22 Apollon, Inc. Chimeric kanamycin resistance gene
US5869245A (en) * 1996-06-05 1999-02-09 Fox Chase Cancer Center Mismatch endonuclease and its use in identifying mutations in targeted polynucleotide strands
JP3363735B2 (en) * 1996-06-26 2003-01-08 松下電器産業株式会社 X-ray imaging device
GB9620209D0 (en) 1996-09-27 1996-11-13 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Method of sequencing DNA
US5916750A (en) * 1997-01-08 1999-06-29 Biogenex Laboratories Multifunctional linking reagents for synthesis of branched oligomers
US6309824B1 (en) 1997-01-16 2001-10-30 Hyseq, Inc. Methods for analyzing a target nucleic acid using immobilized heterogeneous mixtures of oligonucleotide probes
US6297006B1 (en) 1997-01-16 2001-10-02 Hyseq, Inc. Methods for sequencing repetitive sequences and for determining the order of sequence subfragments
US5994068A (en) 1997-03-11 1999-11-30 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Nucleic acid indexing
DE69824716D1 (en) * 1997-04-01 2004-07-29 Manteia S A METHOD FOR SEQUENCING NUCLEIC ACIDS
US5888737A (en) * 1997-04-15 1999-03-30 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Adaptor-based sequence analysis
US20040229221A1 (en) 1997-05-08 2004-11-18 Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Method to detect mutations in a nucleic acid using a hybridization-ligation procedure
EP1019496B1 (en) 1997-07-07 2004-09-29 Medical Research Council In vitro sorting method
US6124120A (en) * 1997-10-08 2000-09-26 Yale University Multiple displacement amplification
JP2001519538A (en) * 1997-10-10 2001-10-23 プレジデント・アンド・フェローズ・オブ・ハーバード・カレッジ Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays
US6322901B1 (en) 1997-11-13 2001-11-27 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Highly luminescent color-selective nano-crystalline materials
US6207392B1 (en) 1997-11-25 2001-03-27 The Regents Of The University Of California Semiconductor nanocrystal probes for biological applications and process for making and using such probes
US5990479A (en) 1997-11-25 1999-11-23 Regents Of The University Of California Organo Luminescent semiconductor nanocrystal probes for biological applications and process for making and using such probes
US6136537A (en) 1998-02-23 2000-10-24 Macevicz; Stephen C. Gene expression analysis
WO1999049079A1 (en) * 1998-03-25 1999-09-30 Ulf Landegren Rolling circle replication of padlock probes
US6004755A (en) 1998-04-07 1999-12-21 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quantitative microarray hybridizaton assays
US6284497B1 (en) 1998-04-09 2001-09-04 Trustees Of Boston University Nucleic acid arrays and methods of synthesis
US6255469B1 (en) * 1998-05-06 2001-07-03 New York University Periodic two and three dimensional nucleic acid structures
US6316229B1 (en) 1998-07-20 2001-11-13 Yale University Single molecule analysis target-mediated ligation of bipartite primers
US6787308B2 (en) 1998-07-30 2004-09-07 Solexa Ltd. Arrayed biomolecules and their use in sequencing
CA2339121A1 (en) * 1998-07-30 2000-02-10 Shankar Balasubramanian Arrayed biomolecules and their use in sequencing
US6232067B1 (en) * 1998-08-17 2001-05-15 The Perkin-Elmer Corporation Adapter directed expression analysis
WO2000014282A1 (en) 1998-09-04 2000-03-16 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Method of screening for genetic polymorphism
US6287824B1 (en) 1998-09-15 2001-09-11 Yale University Molecular cloning using rolling circle amplification
US6426513B1 (en) 1998-09-18 2002-07-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Water-soluble thiol-capped nanocrystals
US6235502B1 (en) * 1998-09-18 2001-05-22 Molecular Staging Inc. Methods for selectively isolating DNA using rolling circle amplification
US6251303B1 (en) 1998-09-18 2001-06-26 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Water-soluble fluorescent nanocrystals
US6326144B1 (en) 1998-09-18 2001-12-04 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Biological applications of quantum dots
JP2002534098A (en) * 1999-01-06 2002-10-15 コーネル リサーチ ファンデーション インク. Accelerated Identification of Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms and Alignment of Clones in Genome Sequencing
ATE440148T1 (en) 1999-01-06 2009-09-15 Callida Genomics Inc IMPROVED SEQUENCING VIA HYBRIDIZATION BY USING PROBE MIXTURES
GB9901475D0 (en) 1999-01-22 1999-03-17 Pyrosequencing Ab A method of DNA sequencing
US6514768B1 (en) * 1999-01-29 2003-02-04 Surmodics, Inc. Replicable probe array
WO2000068692A1 (en) 1999-05-07 2000-11-16 Quantum Dot Corporation A method of detecting an analyte using semiconductor nanocrystals
US6620584B1 (en) 1999-05-20 2003-09-16 Illumina Combinatorial decoding of random nucleic acid arrays
US6573369B2 (en) * 1999-05-21 2003-06-03 Bioforce Nanosciences, Inc. Method and apparatus for solid state molecular analysis
US6818395B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-11-16 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US6472156B1 (en) 1999-08-30 2002-10-29 The University Of Utah Homogeneous multiplex hybridization analysis by color and Tm
US7244559B2 (en) * 1999-09-16 2007-07-17 454 Life Sciences Corporation Method of sequencing a nucleic acid
US6274320B1 (en) * 1999-09-16 2001-08-14 Curagen Corporation Method of sequencing a nucleic acid
WO2001023610A2 (en) 1999-09-29 2001-04-05 Solexa Ltd. Polynucleotide sequencing
US6297016B1 (en) 1999-10-08 2001-10-02 Applera Corporation Template-dependent ligation with PNA-DNA chimeric probes
US6498023B1 (en) * 1999-12-02 2002-12-24 Molecular Staging, Inc. Generation of single-strand circular DNA from linear self-annealing segments
US6500620B2 (en) 1999-12-29 2002-12-31 Mergen Ltd. Methods for amplifying and detecting multiple polynucleotides on a solid phase support
GB0002389D0 (en) * 2000-02-02 2000-03-22 Solexa Ltd Molecular arrays
US6221603B1 (en) * 2000-02-04 2001-04-24 Molecular Dynamics, Inc. Rolling circle amplification assay for nucleic acid analysis
WO2001057268A2 (en) 2000-02-07 2001-08-09 Illumina, Inc. Nucleic acid detection methods using universal priming
US6913884B2 (en) * 2001-08-16 2005-07-05 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for repetitive use of genomic DNA
US20020006617A1 (en) * 2000-02-07 2002-01-17 Jian-Bing Fan Nucleic acid detection methods using universal priming
US20020004204A1 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-01-10 O'keefe Matthew T. Microarray substrate with integrated photodetector and methods of use thereof
US6413722B1 (en) * 2000-03-22 2002-07-02 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Polymer coated surfaces for microarray applications
JP2002085097A (en) * 2000-09-12 2002-03-26 Hitachi Ltd Method for determination of dna base sequence
US6649138B2 (en) 2000-10-13 2003-11-18 Quantum Dot Corporation Surface-modified semiconductive and metallic nanoparticles having enhanced dispersibility in aqueous media
US6576291B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-06-10 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Preparation of nanocrystallites
AU2002239679A1 (en) 2000-12-20 2002-07-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Rolling circle amplification detection of rna and dna
EP2465943A3 (en) 2001-03-16 2012-10-03 Kalim Mir Linear polymer display
EP2218762A3 (en) 2001-07-20 2010-09-29 Life Technologies Corporation Luminescent nanoparticles and methods for their preparation
US7297778B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2007-11-20 Affymetrix, Inc. Complexity management of genomic DNA
GB2382137A (en) 2001-11-20 2003-05-21 Mats Gullberg Nucleic acid enrichment
US7011945B2 (en) * 2001-12-21 2006-03-14 Eastman Kodak Company Random array of micro-spheres for the analysis of nucleic acids
US20040002090A1 (en) * 2002-03-05 2004-01-01 Pascal Mayer Methods for detecting genome-wide sequence variations associated with a phenotype
DE10224339A1 (en) 2002-05-29 2003-12-11 Axaron Bioscience Ag Method for highly parallel nucleic acid sequencing
AUPS298102A0 (en) 2002-06-13 2002-07-04 Nucleics Pty Ltd Method for performing chemical reactions
US20050019776A1 (en) * 2002-06-28 2005-01-27 Callow Matthew James Universal selective genome amplification and universal genotyping system
AU2003267583A1 (en) 2002-09-19 2004-04-08 The Chancellor, Master And Scholars Of The University Of Oxford Molecular arrays and single molecule detection
US7459273B2 (en) 2002-10-04 2008-12-02 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for genotyping selected polymorphism
EP1587940A4 (en) 2002-12-20 2006-06-07 Caliper Life Sciences Inc Single molecule amplification and detection of dna
US6977153B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2005-12-20 Qiagen Gmbh Rolling circle amplification of RNA
ES2396245T3 (en) 2003-01-29 2013-02-20 454 Life Sciences Corporation Nucleic Acid Amplification and Sequencing Method
EP2365095A1 (en) * 2003-02-26 2011-09-14 Callida Genomics, Inc. Random array DNA analysis by hybridization
FR2852605B1 (en) * 2003-03-18 2012-11-30 Commissariat Energie Atomique PROCESS FOR PREPARING DNA FRAGMENTS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
US8222005B2 (en) * 2003-09-17 2012-07-17 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Method for gene identification signature (GIS) analysis
WO2005029040A2 (en) 2003-09-18 2005-03-31 Parallele Biosciences, Inc. System and methods for enhancing signal-to-noise ratios of microarray-based measurements
ATE510024T1 (en) * 2003-10-31 2011-06-15 Advanced Genetic Analysis Corp Ab METHOD FOR PRODUCING A PAIRED TAG FROM A NUCLEIC ACID SEQUENCE AND METHOD FOR USE THEREOF
ES2432040T3 (en) 2004-01-28 2013-11-29 454 Life Sciences Corporation Nucleic acid amplification with continuous flow emulsion
CN1950519A (en) 2004-02-27 2007-04-18 哈佛大学的校长及成员们 Polony fluorescent in situ sequencing beads
US20050214840A1 (en) 2004-03-23 2005-09-29 Xiangning Chen Restriction enzyme mediated method of multiplex genotyping
US20060002471A1 (en) 2004-06-30 2006-01-05 Lippincott Louis A Motion estimation unit
US20060024711A1 (en) * 2004-07-02 2006-02-02 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods for nucleic acid amplification and sequence determination
US7276720B2 (en) 2004-07-19 2007-10-02 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Apparatus and methods for analyzing samples
US20060012793A1 (en) * 2004-07-19 2006-01-19 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Apparatus and methods for analyzing samples
JP2008526877A (en) 2005-01-05 2008-07-24 エージェンコート パーソナル ジェノミクス Reversible nucleotide terminator and use thereof
US20090264299A1 (en) 2006-02-24 2009-10-22 Complete Genomics, Inc. High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays
CA2611671C (en) * 2005-06-15 2013-10-08 Callida Genomics, Inc. Single molecule arrays for genetic and chemical analysis
WO2007044245A2 (en) * 2005-10-07 2007-04-19 Callida Genomics, Inc. Self-assembled single molecule arrays and uses thereof
US7960104B2 (en) * 2005-10-07 2011-06-14 Callida Genomics, Inc. Self-assembled single molecule arrays and uses thereof
WO2007087310A2 (en) * 2006-01-23 2007-08-02 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd. Nucleic acid analysis using sequence tokens
WO2007092538A2 (en) * 2006-02-07 2007-08-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods for making nucleotide probes for sequencing and synthesis
US7910302B2 (en) * 2006-10-27 2011-03-22 Complete Genomics, Inc. Efficient arrays of amplified polynucleotides
US7897344B2 (en) * 2007-11-06 2011-03-01 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and oligonucleotide designs for insertion of multiple adaptors into library constructs
WO2009061840A1 (en) 2007-11-05 2009-05-14 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and oligonucleotide designs for insertion of multiple adaptors employing selective methylation

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040248161A1 (en) 1999-09-16 2004-12-09 Rothberg Jonathan M. Method of sequencing a nucleic acid
WO2006040549A2 (en) 2004-10-11 2006-04-20 Interaseq Genetics Limited Labelling and sequencing of nucleic acids

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1994180A4

Cited By (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9944984B2 (en) 2005-06-15 2018-04-17 Complete Genomics, Inc. High density DNA array
US11414702B2 (en) 2005-06-15 2022-08-16 Complete Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid analysis by random mixtures of non-overlapping fragments
US10351909B2 (en) 2005-06-15 2019-07-16 Complete Genomics, Inc. DNA sequencing from high density DNA arrays using asynchronous reactions
EP2546360A1 (en) * 2005-10-07 2013-01-16 Callida Genomics, Inc. Self-assembled single molecule arrays and uses thereof
EP1951900A4 (en) * 2005-10-07 2010-01-20 Callida Genomics Inc Self-assembled single molecule arrays and uses thereof
EP1951900A2 (en) * 2005-10-07 2008-08-06 Callida Genomics, Inc. Self-assembled single molecule arrays and uses thereof
US11940413B2 (en) 2007-02-05 2024-03-26 IsoPlexis Corporation Methods and devices for sequencing nucleic acids in smaller batches
JP2011520420A (en) * 2007-12-05 2011-07-21 コンプリート・ジェノミックス・インコーポレイテッド Efficient base determination in sequencing reactions
EP2610351A1 (en) 2007-12-05 2013-07-03 Complete Genomics, Inc. Efficient base determination in sequencing reactions
EP2565279A1 (en) 2007-12-05 2013-03-06 Complete Genomics, Inc. Efficient base determination in sequencing reactions
WO2009094583A1 (en) * 2008-01-23 2009-07-30 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for preventing bias in amplification and sequencing reactions
WO2009097368A3 (en) * 2008-01-28 2009-10-15 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for efficient base calling in sequencing reactions
WO2009097368A2 (en) * 2008-01-28 2009-08-06 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for efficient base calling in sequencing reactions
WO2010148039A2 (en) 2009-06-15 2010-12-23 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for long fragment read sequencing
EP2977455A1 (en) 2009-06-15 2016-01-27 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for long fragment read sequencing
US20150166997A1 (en) * 2009-10-20 2015-06-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Single molecule nucleic acid nanoparticles
US10240194B2 (en) 2010-05-13 2019-03-26 Gen9, Inc. Methods for nucleotide sequencing and high fidelity polynucleotide synthesis
WO2011143556A1 (en) * 2010-05-13 2011-11-17 Gen9, Inc. Methods for nucleotide sequencing and high fidelity polynucleotide synthesis
WO2012004203A1 (en) 2010-07-06 2012-01-12 Alacris Theranostics Gmbh Method for nucleic acid sequencing
EP2405017A1 (en) * 2010-07-06 2012-01-11 Alacris Theranostics GmbH Method for nucleic acid sequencing
US8725422B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2014-05-13 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods for estimating genome-wide copy number variations
WO2012130478A1 (en) 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Queen Mary And Westfield College, University Of London Cancer markers
US9249460B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2016-02-02 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods for obtaining a sequence
US9725765B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2017-08-08 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods for obtaining a sequence
WO2013066975A1 (en) 2011-11-02 2013-05-10 Complete Genomics, Inc. Treatment for stabilizing nucleic acid arrays
US11835437B2 (en) 2011-11-02 2023-12-05 Complete Genomics, Inc. Treatment for stabilizing nucleic acid arrays
US10837879B2 (en) 2011-11-02 2020-11-17 Complete Genomics, Inc. Treatment for stabilizing nucleic acid arrays
WO2013166517A1 (en) 2012-05-04 2013-11-07 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods for determining absolute genome-wide copy number variations of complex tumors
EP3741872A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-11-25 Complete Genomics, Inc. Multiple tagging of long dna fragments
WO2014145820A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Complete Genomics, Inc. Multiple tagging of long dna fragments
WO2014196863A1 (en) * 2013-06-07 2014-12-11 Keygene N.V. Method for targeted sequencing
US20150284789A1 (en) * 2013-06-07 2015-10-08 Keygene N.V. Method for targeted sequencing
US10391467B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2019-08-27 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Fabrication of patterned arrays
US10597715B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2020-03-24 Centrillion Technology Holdings Methods for sequencing nucleic acids
EP3628747A1 (en) * 2013-12-05 2020-04-01 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Fabrication of patterned arrays
US10385335B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2019-08-20 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Modified surfaces
EP3077543A4 (en) * 2013-12-05 2017-09-27 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Fabrication of patterned arrays
US11060139B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2021-07-13 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Methods for sequencing nucleic acids
US11352667B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2022-06-07 10X Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing
EP4112741A1 (en) 2017-01-04 2023-01-04 MGI Tech Co., Ltd. Stepwise sequencing by non-labeled reversible terminators or natural nucleotides
WO2018129214A1 (en) 2017-01-04 2018-07-12 Complete Genomics, Inc. Stepwise sequencing by non-labeled reversible terminators or natural nucleotides
US11505826B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2022-11-22 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Sequencing method for genomic rearrangement detection
WO2019071471A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 深圳华大智造科技有限公司 Method for improving loading and stability of nucleic acid on solid support
EP3995590A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2022-05-11 MGI Tech Co., Ltd. Method for improving loading and stability of nucleic acid
WO2020180813A1 (en) 2019-03-06 2020-09-10 Qiagen Sciences, Llc Compositions and methods for adaptor design and nucleic acid library construction for rolony-based sequencing

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2007249635B2 (en) 2012-05-31
CN101432439B (en) 2013-07-24
EP2495337A1 (en) 2012-09-05
US8722326B2 (en) 2014-05-13
IL193599A (en) 2015-06-30
IL193599A0 (en) 2009-05-04
JP5180845B2 (en) 2013-04-10
JP2010500002A (en) 2010-01-07
IL238895B (en) 2018-05-31
AU2007249635A1 (en) 2007-11-22
EP1994180A2 (en) 2008-11-26
CN101432439A (en) 2009-05-13
JP2013027401A (en) 2013-02-07
WO2007133831A3 (en) 2008-02-07
CA2643700A1 (en) 2007-11-22
US20090005252A1 (en) 2009-01-01
EP1994180A4 (en) 2009-11-25
IL238895A0 (en) 2015-07-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20190010542A1 (en) High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays
US8722326B2 (en) High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays
US20200190557A1 (en) Efficient arrays of amplified polynucleotides
US9334490B2 (en) Methods and compositions for large-scale analysis of nucleic acids using DNA deletions
AU694146B2 (en) Methods and compositions for efficient nucleic acid sequencing
WO2009132028A1 (en) Array structures for nucleic acid detection
US20090263872A1 (en) Methods and compositions for preventing bias in amplification and sequencing reactions
AU2013202990B2 (en) High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays
AU2012216376B2 (en) High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays
AU2014250690B9 (en) High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07757499

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 193599

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007249635

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: 2643700

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 1807/MUMNP/2008

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008556583

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2007249635

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20070226

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007757499

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200780014746.6

Country of ref document: CN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 238895

Country of ref document: IL